Undergraduate Prospectus

2017

/18confident Undergraduate Open Days

• Wednesday 29 June 2016 Throughout the year we will be adding to our events calendar, so take a look at our website for more event • Saturday 24 September 2016 dates and to book your place www.kingston.ac.uk/ • Saturday 8 October 2016 opendays

In addition, faculty or subject related open days and events are listed on our website. Please visit www.kingston.ac.uk/events for more information. Contents

Introduction 4 and 6 Student life 10 Our campuses 14 Equipment and facilities 22 Supporting you 28 Employability 34 Student accommodation 42 Fees, funding and money matters 46 International students 48 Our courses 61 How to apply 227 Getting here: maps and directions 230 Contractual information 238 Explore 239 Index 234

Students with disabilities If you require this document in an alternative format (eg large print or electronic form), please contact Applicant Services by calling +44 (0)20 8328 1148 or by emailing [email protected] 1 Students154 from Countries 117 history years on campus development (now untill 2019)

Central study abroad programme covers London just 30 mins 36 5 away countries continents

2 15%TOP

institutions in the in Top 2 the Globe universities for graduate start ups (the prestigious qs world university rankings 2015) In the World's In The Top Top 200 150 International Young Universities Universities (The Times Higher Education World University Rankings 2016) (the Times Higher Education 150 Under 50 Rankings 2016)

over active 90 societies

free Over 40 learn volunteering140 sports languages links clubs 9 to choose from local & abroad

3 Introduction

Make it Kingston University

4 At Kingston University we offer world-class Whoever you are, wherever you come from and facilities, award-winning resources, an enviable whatever your background, we aim to help you location, excellent links with industry and a diverse succeed. We make it our goal to provide you with the student population – an essential combination that skills and experiences you need to go on and make a will help you develop during your time here and difference – to your own life and those around you. launch your career when you graduate. With over 300 undergraduate courses, we offer a vibrant We are proud of our rankings and the recognition and inspiring student community. You’ll have the option we achieve for our courses, teaching and student to learn a language for free and to study, work or experience. Recent examples of how we have been volunteer abroad. Many of our courses have integrated recognised in 2016 include being named twice in the work placements, giving you the opportunity to gain sector-leading publication, Times Higher Education, practical experience as a structured part of your course. as one of the Top 200 International Universities in the This ensures that you graduate with not only academic World and as one of the Top 150 young universities qualifications, but also skills that employers recognise - established during the past half century. We were also as well as being an enriching experience for you. named runner up in the Student Experience category at the Guardian University Awards, having won the HR Students from all over the world have achieved success Diversity Initiative Award in 2014. at Kingston University, so take a look at what we have to offer by booking a visit to one of our open days.

Make it happen at Kingston University.

5 Kingston upon Thames and London

Make it your destination

You’ll enjoy the best of both worlds. Living and studying in and around Kingston gives you the excitement and variety of London life, but without the stress of inner-city living. It’s a lively, student-friendly place, packed with things to see and do.

6 Luton Stansted Airport Airport

Oxford Street Olympic Park and stadium Buckingham Palace St Paul’s Cathedral Houses of Parliament and the City Hyde Park Tower of London Regents Park Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery Wembley football stadium Kew Gardens Twickenham rugby stadium

Central London

Heathrow Waterloo River Airport train station Greater Thames London

Kingston upon Thames Bushy Park Hampton Court Canary Wharf Palace London Eye Richmond Park Modern gallery Wimbledon Lawn Tennis Club Tower Bridge

Gatwick Airport 0 km 10

0 miles 10

7 Kingston upon Thames

Kingston culture Kingston’s rich culture offers heritage sites, museums and galleries as well as great theatre and music venues for you to discover. The Rose Theatre stages an exciting programme including regular Kingston University events, such as free lunchtime jazz sessions performed by our students at the Rose Café.

Kingston events Many of our students get involved in a whole host of events running throughout the year. The Kingston Carnival, Kingston Comedy Festival and the Kingston Regatta and River Festival are all popular in Kingston’s annual events calendar.

Kingston outdoors We have a beautiful riverside location and plenty of large, open spaces. Students enjoy walking, running and cycling in Richmond Park, which was the route for the London Olympics cycling road race in 2012 and is now part of the annual RideLondon event. There are also plenty of smaller green spaces in and around our campuses where you can sit outside and relax in the spring and summer.

Kingston shopping, markets and food Kingston is one of the UK’s top shopping destinations with a vast array of high street shops as well as designer boutiques, bustling markets and independent shops. You’ll also find a whole range of restaurants and cafés to suit every taste, with plenty of discounts and offers for students.

Kingston social life Kingston has a lively nightlife with a variety of bars, pubs and student-friendly nightclubs. Local clubs like Pryzm and the Hippodrome organise special events to cater for the local student community; you can also enjoy a drink and meet friends in one of Kingston’s many pubs such as The Ram, The Mill and The Kings Tun which are all popular with our students. The town also has a cinema and bowling complex offering student discounts.

Relax. Kingston is one of the safest boroughs in London. (Source: Metropolitan Police)

8 London

London calling Central London and all it has to offer is only 30 minutes away by train from Kingston. The city is home to many of the world’s leading organisations, so it’s the perfect place to gain valuable work experience, build your networks and launch your career after university. Its world-class museums, art galleries, music venues, theatres and sporting venues offer inspiring and memorable experiences.

Being a part of the London scene is a great bonus for our students. Every year during Graduate Fashion Week our fashion students present their collections, and in 2015 illustration and animation students designed an innovative Christmas tree to celebrate a production at the Old Vic Theatre in Waterloo. Students of any subject can use specialist library archives like the British Library in Euston and we have an ongoing partnership with the British Film Institute, Southbank, where some of our students secure internships.

London is home to more than 170 museums, 857 art galleries, 214 theatres, 349 live music venues, almost 800 cinema screens, more than 800 book shops and 380 public libraries. (Source: www.london.gov.uk)

9 Student life

Make it rewarding

University is a time to try new things and make friends for life. On campus you can take part in a number of events run by our Union of Kingston Students, join clubs and societies and get into the team spirit with sports and fitness activities. These activities give you an opportunity to meet fellow students, develop your confidence, gain new skills and they also look great on your CV.

10 Students’ union Student bars and social space The Union of Kingston Students is run by students for You’ll find a great mix of social spaces on campus to students. It organises unmissable events and activities catch up with friends, including a newly refurbished throughout the year like themed nights, guest speaker students’ union social space at Penrhyn Road, the events, charity fundraisers and trips abroad. The Union Knights Park Bar and Hannafords at Kingston Hill. Plus, is affiliated to the National Union of Students (NUS), there’s a wide range of cafés and restaurants to choose which gives you access to a range of free or discounted from on all our campuses – serving everything from services and special offers. salads and sandwiches, to freshly prepared hot meals, cakes and desserts. For more information visit: www.kusu.co.uk

This image: Freshers’ Ball Below: Hannafords bar, Kingston Hill campus

11 Freshers’ Fayre Clubs, societies and volunteering Your first week is dedicated to welcoming you to life at Kingston University has over 90 active societies that Kingston University. During Freshers’ Week you’ll enjoy organise and run regular activities related to culture, a jam-packed induction period, introducing you to your faith, academia, arts, sporting activities and campaigns. course and providing you with everything you need to From acappella and anime to hip hop and history, you’re know to get involved in exciting student life. bound to find something you’d like to get involved in.

The Union of Kingston Students provides a variety of We also offer volunteering links to over 140 local activities, giving you the perfect opportunity to socialise organisations, as well as the opportunity to volunteer and make new friends. The week is rounded off by the abroad in countries such as India and Sri Lanka. annual Freshers’ Fayre, where you can sign up to clubs and societies, and the Freshers’ Ball where you can dress up and enjoy a great night out with all the new people you’ve met. Top: Freshers’ Fayre Below: Volunteering at Hampton Court Palace

12 Sport and active lifestyles Kingston University is a good choice for sport, whether you’re a beginner or professional. We’re home to Energy-conserving tip! around 40 sports clubs including rugby, cricket, Use the free bus service from Penrhyn cheerleading, hockey and netball. Our active lifestyles programme offers activities such as football, badminton, Road to get to your weekly sports swimming, basketball, golf, horse riding and tennis free fixtures at Sports Ground. of charge thanks to a £30,000 Sport England grant.

You’ll also have access to local clubs’ facilities for sports like gliding, fencing, kayaking, squash, mountaineering and snow sports. Our own facilities include the 20-acre Tolworth Court Sports Ground and a gym at our Penrhyn Road campus which has state-of-the-art equipment and weekly group classes so you can keep fit.

For more information, visit www.kingston.ac.uk/sport

13 Our campuses

Make it distinctive

Kingston University has four teaching campuses. Each has a distinctive character and features a range of facilities and resources. We continually invest in our estate. By 2012 we had completed £50m worth of campus developments and our next multi-million pound phase is underway. This will include a new statement building for our Penrhyn Road campus, with spaces planned for use by the University and the wider community.

We have learning resources centres (LRCs) at each of our campuses. These offer a wide range of services including photocopying, scanning and printing, digital media viewing and listening facilities with screens and headphones, as well as spaces where you can prepare and practice presenting work. All our LRCs have late opening hours (usually until 9pm) and at our Penrhyn Road and Kingston Hill campuses they are open 24 hours, even over the weekend.

We have over 3,000 open access computers and a laptop loans service available to everyone across the University. When you’re not on campus our ‘My Desktop Anywhere’ service gives virtual access to your desktop wherever, whenever. The University provides free fast Wi-Fi access across the whole University including halls of residence.

14 Overview

Getting around Partner institutions A free University bus service operates Mondays to A number of Kingston University courses are delivered Fridays during term time, linking all four campuses, our either with or by approved collaborative partners. Each main halls of residence, and Kingston train course page in this prospectus indicates whether the stations and Kingston town centre. At other times, you programme of study is provided with or by a partner can use the extensive public transport system and take institution or organisation. For more details of our advantage of the deals available to you. collaborative partners and the programmes they offer, please visit www.kingston.ac.uk/partnercolleges2017 Maps, addresses and more information on our campuses are available at www.kingston.ac.uk/campuses

Come visit us The Nightingale Centre at Kingston The best way to see our campuses is to come and take a look yourself, by attending an open day or campus tour Hill is named after nursing pioneer which run throughout the year. For more information, Florence Nightingale. She was a see www.kingston.ac.uk/opendays2017entry regular visitor when the beautiful campus was a country estate.

We have LRCs at each of our campuses

15 Penrhyn Road campus

Close to Kingston town centre, this lively campus has The University is developing a new £50million building a buzz day and night and is the main hub of student at Penrhyn Road, due to open in 2019. It will include activity. It is the base for the Union of Kingston Students a state-of-the art learning resources centre, an and the fitness and health centres, so students from all auditorium, two cafes and welcoming and attractive campuses use this site from time to time. new gardens across the front of the campus. Other developments at the campus, including the building Subjects taught here include: civil and construction of new STEM labs and related teaching space, will be engineering, surveying, computing and information completed in September 2016. systems, economics, geography and geology, history and politics, journalism, publishing, creative writing, English, biochemistry, biomedical science, chemistry, pharmacy, nutrition, sport science, mathematics and statistics, media and communication technology, dance, drama, criminology, psychology, sociology, and radiography.

John Galsworthy Building, Penrhyn Road campus

16 Knights Park campus

This campus is home to art, design and architecture The University has recently invested £12million in students and has a fantastic riverside location, as refurbishing workshops and studios and the new well as an award-winning bar that opens onto the reception area includes a gallery, social space and waterside. It is the University’s creative base and is art shop selling materials at very reasonable prices. very close to the Penrhyn Road campus and Kingston town centre. Next to the river is The Stanley Picker Gallery which has presented shows by award-winning artists and is Subjects taught here include: art and design, available to students to hold events, present ideas architecture, fashion, filmmaking, fine art, graphic and showcase their work. design, illustration and animation, interior design, photography and product and furniture design. Find out more at www.stanleypickergallery.org

Riverside view of Knights Park campus

17 Kingston Hill campus

Our landscaped, hillside campus is about three miles Surrounded by wooded areas and lawns, this (4.8km) from Kingston town centre and very close to campus has a real community feel. It has a diverse Richmond Park. range of buildings for teaching and learning, including an impressive new Business School which was built Subjects taught here include: business, accounting a few years ago with investment of £26million, and and finance, marketing and advertising, law, real offers a large, airy café and social space for students. estate management, music, education and primary teaching, social work and working with children, Kingston Hill has everything you’ll need on campus nursing and midwifery. including a bar, food store, restaurant, Subway and Starbucks. In between lectures you can enjoy its lovely green spaces, including a biodiversity pond Harvest some honey. Our very own and an outdoor fitness trail. beehive at Kingston Hill produces around 20 jars of honey a year

The main walkway through the Kingston Hill campus

18 Roehampton Vale campus

Packed full of high-tech labs and specialist equipment, Subjects taught here include: aerospace, aircraft, Roehampton Vale is about four miles (6.4km) from automotive and mechanical engineering. Kingston town centre and only five minutes from our Kingston Hill campus on the University bus. It provides There are lecture theatres, a café and a library with lots of space for workshops and has recently benefited computer suites on campus too, so you don’t from a modern £4million extension, the Hawker Wing – necessarily have to travel to other campuses regularly named after aviation pioneer Harry Hawker. – unless you want to!

Outside of the Hawker Wing

19 St George’s, University of London campus

Our health and social care courses are run in partnership SGUL holds its own open days which cover a range of with St George’s, University of London (SGUL) which healthcare courses including radiography, physiotherapy is based at St George’s University Hospital NHS and paramedic science. For more details and to book Foundation Trust in Tooting, south-west London. your place, visit www.sgul.ac.uk/visitus

St George’s, University of London is an innovative academic institution with a history stretching back almost 300 years and is the only university in the UK dedicated to medicine and healthcare sciences. It offers a huge range of study materials as well as excellent clinical and laboratory facilities and sports and social facilities.

St George’s, University of London

20 Laura Barnes BSc(Hons) International Business

“I’m part of Kingston’s Compact Scheme, which supports people from groups under- represented in higher education. They run a summer school called Head Start, with activities and workshops so students can get a feel for university life before they start. I did this before I came to Kingston and this is where I learnt about the student ambassador scheme, which I’m now part of. I’ve attended various workshops, such as time management and budgeting, run by the Compact Scheme staff during my time here and found them extremely useful. I love making new friends from different countries, cultures and backgrounds and that’s so easy to do here at Kingston.”

21 Equipment and facilities

Make it practical

22 Faculty of Art, Design & Architecture

Starting life as Kingston Art School in the 1890s, this faculty is now one of the most high profile art and design institutions in the world. Looking forward, while “Hugely impressive and acknowledging our legacy, we plan to reclaim our name inspirational... a world-class design as Kingston School of Art in 2017. facility abuzz with creative energy Here students can learn both traditional and modern and technical verve.” disciplines, from fine art, printmaking, sculpture Dr Helen Charman, Design Museum and bronze casting to photography, 3D and digital animation. We believe that students learn best by trying things out and experiencing them for themselves. We call this hands-on approach ‘thinking through making’.

Top: ArchiLab is a facility designed for carrying out specialised science and Top: A student using our printmaking room. technology activities relating to sustainable building design. Bottom: A photography shoot in one of our studios. Bottom: A student working on her project in one of the design studios.

23 Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences

Comprising a vast range of disciplines, Kingston University has the largest faculty of arts and social sciences in the capital. We offer a flexible combination Music students are able to join any of economics, humanities, performance/screen studies of 10 ensembles, to establish their and social sciences. own group, to perform within Our facilities are diverse, ranging from drama and regular lunchtime and seasonal dance space, music studios and journalism newsrooms to psychology labs and a centre for historical records, evening concerts. which is a trailblazer in the digitisation of historical resources and has links to other archives and museums. We even have our own museum, Dorich House, which has the world’s largest collection by the late Russian sculptor, Dora Gordine.

Top: Dance students practicing in our studios. Top: Music students performing a lunchtime concert. Bottom: Journalism students in our dedicated newsroom. Bottom: A student in one of our psychology labs.

24 Faculty of Business and Law

This faculty is home to Kingston Business School, one of the largest business schools in the UK, and Kingston Law School, which is a well respected centre of law Kingston Business School’s MBA was teaching established over 50 years ago. ranked 19th in the UK by the QS Full

We are one of only a handful of universities that Time MBA rankings and 43rd out of offer direct use of Bloomberg data, information and the top 200 in Europe. analytics in a specialist trading room giving students the opportunity to get first hand experience and build practical skills in a simulated trading environment. For law students we have a law skills and moot court room equipped with interactive technology to enhance their practical legal and debating skills.

Top: Our Bloomberg trading room. Top: A lecture being held in the Lawley Lecture Theatre. Bottom: Students socialising in our Business School atrium. Bottom: A law student practicing her mooting skills.

25 Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education

As a joint enterprise between Kingston University and St George’s, University of London, this faculty offers students access to the very best from two distinct, yet In 2016, the Guardian University complementary, organisations. Students benefit from joint student communities, resources and expertise, Guide ranked us number 1 in London interprofessional practice and learning and the for Nursing and Midwifery, number opportunity to make professional connections and gain work experience placements. 1 in London for Teacher Training specific courses, number 3 in London Facilities range from specialist skills labs, trainee teacher classrooms and radiotherapy training suites, to social for Radiography and Physiotherapy work learning suites and the UK’s first university- and number 5 in London for based paramedic virtual training centre. Surveillance equipment in our labs provides ‘live feedback’ as you social work. work so you can continually improve your skills.

Top: Our award-winning simulation suite being used by nursing students. Top: One of our social work learning suites. Bottom: The radiotherapy training suite being put into practice. Bottom: Primary teaching students trying out educational games.

26 Faculty of Science, Engineering and Computing

Based across two campuses, this faculty offers a students get to put what they have learnt in lectures into wealth of high-tech equipment and an innovative practice on field trips to destinations including Malta, learning environment. Engineering facilities include Tenerife, Crete and South Africa. a full-size wind tunnel for testing student-designed prototypes such as parachutes, water speed vehicles and motorbikes, a flight simulator which allows students Our students participate in to enter their design and virtually ‘fly’ their aircraft and a drop tower, one of only a few in the world, which the annual Formula Student enables students to conduct experiments in a near-zero competition, Europe’s most high- gravity environment. profile educational motorsport Pharmacy and Chemistry students benefit from brand competition, run by the Institution new state-of-the-art laboratories, whilst Computing students can use our modern computing and gaming of Mechanical Engineers. labs. Our Geography and Environmental Management

Top: Pharmaceutical Science students in one of our labs. Bottom: Students inspect our Formula Student racing car in the Top: Sport science student using lab equipment mechanical engineering lab. Bottom: A student being shown how to use the machine lab.

27 Supporting you

Make it together

Support and advice are freely available, and we work very hard to ensure that your time at university will be enjoyable. In addition to a range of services to help you progress and make the most of your studies, we offer support to assist with anything from managing a budget to staying healthy.

28 Online resources Mentoring schemes As a student, you will get an Office 365 email account Kingston University offers a number of mentoring with 50GB mailbox storage and free downloads of the programmes. latest full Microsoft Office suite for personal use on up to 5 devices (Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, Excel, Outlook, The Academic Mentoring Programme (AMP) is an and OneNote). initiative that encourages students to support others with their studies. Designed for selected modules The KU Service store holds a wide range of software, throughout the University, AMP provides a platform for services and applications to support the requirements of first-year students to be mentored by a select number your course. Your lecturers and tutors will use StudySpace, of second-year students. our virtual learning environment, to make teaching and learning resources available to you electronically. The Beyond Barriers student mentoring scheme is designed in line with the University’s strategy The Kingston mobile app offers a range of useful services for equality, diversity and inclusion. The scheme is to keep you up to date with University life, such as your designed for the following student groups: timetables, library account, live KU bus information, emails, • female students in science, engineering, technology, StudySpace, campus maps, people finder, Union of mathematics and the built environment; Kingston Students, and key University information. • male and female students with a disability or learning difference; Academic support • male and female students from black and minority We have a range of services and schemes that provide ethnic backgrounds; and assistance exactly when you need it. They will help you • white, male students who are the first generation of adapt to higher education-level study at the beginning their family in higher education. of your course and build confidence, presentation and organisational skills. You’ll find Academic Skills Centres It enables students to develop confidence in their at all of our campuses; these Centres give you access ability to complete their studies, aim for a better degree to one-to-one advice and guidance on your work before outcome and gain employability skills. you submit it. Every student is allocated a personal tutor who will support them throughout their time with us. The Inspring Talent mentoring scheme is where final year undergraduate students are mentored by MathsAid professionals who have gained graduate-level roles If you’re taking a course with a mathematics in the last three years. The scheme builds students’ component, you can also receive extra support with confidence, raises their aspirations and helps them MathsAid. The programme will help you to develop your to develop commercial awareness. It bridges the gap maths skills through personal one-to-one tutor contact between university and work and, ultimately, supports at drop-in clinics, peer-assisted learning and virtual them in securing graduate employment. learning. You can access MathsAid online once you have enrolled at the University. For more information on the range of support available, see www.kingston.ac.uk/studysupport2017

29 Disabilities For full details on facilities and services for students with If you have a disability, specific learning difference or a disabilities, please visit www.kingston.ac.uk/disability long-term health condition, we can make reasonable and practical adjustments to help you benefit fully Compact Scheme from your time with us. We welcome applications from If you are the first generation in your family to go to disabled students and are taking positive steps by university, a mature applicant, have a household income fostering a supportive, accessible and empowering under £25,000, a disability or specific learning difference, environment for all students with disabilities. have spent time in social care or are a young adult carer, we aim to make the transition to university as easy as Our halls of residence have different styles of adapted possible through inviting you to join our Compact Scheme. accommodation and we can offer study support and a variety of specialist IT equipment and software. We have The scheme offers pre-application advice and guidance disability/mental health advisers to guide you, and we to help you make the most appropriate choices about can make adjustments to support your needs throughout what and where to study; support through the application your programme of study and life on campus. and admissions process; an invitation to our pre-entry Head Start summer school, which helps you prepare The University’s buses are also fully accessible. We for starting university; themed workshops covering encourage students to discuss their access requirements topics such as employability, essay-writing, presentation with our disability advisers and to visit sites relevant to skills and money management; alerts to extracurricular individual courses. For detailed information about access opportunities; and a single point of contact throughout around the campuses, visit www.disabledgo.com/ your studies should you need information, help or advice. en/org/kingston-university. Orange and blue badge holders are eligible for a University disabled-parking Compact Scheme students also have the opportunity permit. For more information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/ to apply for a Kingston University bursary of £2,000 if disabledparking additional criteria are met.

It is best to let us know on your application form if you If you have Home (UK) fee status and have spent time have a disability, dyslexia or any other support needs. in local authority care, are a foyer resident or estranged We can then advise you about our facilities, support and from your family, you may qualify for a bursary of at least assistance, and make sure that arrangements are put £1,500 per progressive year of study. into place before you arrive. Please call our disability/ mental health advisers for a chat or to arrange a visit on If you think you may qualify for the Compact Scheme +44 (0)20 8417 7314 or email [email protected]. and would like to find out more or apply, please visit www.kingston.ac.uk/compact Individuals with a disability or a specific learning difference can also access support for the application T: +44 (0)20 8417 3648 and admissions process through the Compact Scheme. E: [email protected]

30 Mature students Childcare provision Kingston University is a popular choice with mature The University currently runs a nursery for children aged students. Mature learners without previous higher from two years old until they start reception class. The education experience can apply for the Compact nursery is near the Penrhyn Road and Knights Park Scheme, which offers support throughout the campuses and caters for a maximum of 24 children, application and admissions process. To help you settle so it’s important to apply early if you’d like to book a into life at the University, we hold a question-and-answer space. For more information and an application form, session for mature students during Freshers’ Week. Our go to www.kingston.ac.uk/nursery Mature Students’ Forum provides ongoing peer-to-peer support and you can also join the Mature Students’ Equality, diversity and inclusion Society run by the Union of Kingston Students. For more information about the University’s commitment to equality, diversity and inclusion, please visit For any questions about life as a mature student at www.kingston.ac.uk/aboutkingstonuniversity/equality- Kingston, please email us: [email protected] or diversity-and-inclusion visit www.kingston.ac.uk/maturestudents2017

Part-time options Many of our courses can be studied on a part- time basis, enabling you to combine study with commitments at work or home. For more details, go to www.kingston.ac.uk/parttime2017

Compact Scheme

31 Care leavers Care leavers automatically join our Compact Scheme For more information about the bursary, or to get advice and are invited to a variety of events to support their about any aspect of higher education that concerns transition to university. A member of staff acts as you, please contact us: a single point of contact for guidance through the T: +44 (0)20 8417 3286 admissions process and beyond. You will benefit from E: [email protected] Head Start, our pre-enrolment summer school, which www.kingston.ac.uk/careleavers2017 provides the chance to meet other new students and find out a bit more about life at Kingston University before enrolment. We are one of the first universities As a UK care leaver you’ll also receive extra funding in the form of a £1,500 bursary each year that you to be awarded a Quality Mark by progress to the next level of your course. This payment children’s charity Buttle UK for our is on top of any other funding you’re entitled to. When it comes to accommodation issues, you’ll be at the commitment to helping vulnerable front of the queue too, as care leavers get priority when young people with a background in applying for a place in halls of residence. social care.

Student Life Centre, Penrhyn Road campus

32 Student Life Centre Faith at Kingston University Here you will find a number of key student support Our students come from many different backgrounds, services – accommodation, money advice, disability cultures and faiths, making Kingston University a rich support and student funds – all in one place. All environment in which to study. Our faith and spirituality prospective and current Kingston University students team offers support and can help you find places for can access the full range of services on offer. The worship in the University and local community. We Student Life Centre is open Monday to Friday during also have multi-faith prayer spaces available to use University term time and during vacations. on campus.

GP and health centre For more information, go to www.kingston.ac.uk/faith We have an NHS doctors’ surgery at the Penrhyn Road campus. Our health centre also offers a wide range of wellbeing services and low-cost complementary therapies. This is your first port of call for everything from a sports injury to a vaccination, or advice on giving up smoking. Complementary therapies include aromatherapy, massage therapy, osteopathy, reflexology and sports massage.

For information, go to www.kingston.ac.uk/health

33 Employability

Make it work

Combining courses that involve practical experience and solid theory with relevant work experience, learning a language for free and the opportunity to study, work or volunteer abroad – our students are equipped with an enviable range of career and further study options after graduating.

34 Engineering student using flight simulator at Roehampton Vale campus.

Real-life learning All courses at Kingston University involve our students • hunting for evidence in our scene-of-crime house and putting theory into practice and testing ideas. Our taking it back to the lab for analysis; curriculum is designed to ensure that what you are • setting up their own company and trading as a business; learning is relevant to the world of work today – • test-flying aircraft designs in our flight simulator; and tomorrow. • collaborating with a professional film director, such as music-video director Jamie Thraves; and This may be embedded into the course’s modules, so, • practising paramedic skills in virtual simulation suites for example, students get hands-on experience of: that use visual and audio effects to create life-like • developing an information system for a real client, situations. such as the Citizens Advice Bureau; • working on a real magazine project with publishers Helping our students to be work-ready when they leave Haymarket; Kingston University is one of our core aims. For more • helping resolve community legal issues in our information visit: www.kingston.ac.uk/reallife2017 Community Legal Advice Centre; • practising social work home visits in our Practice Learning Suite; 35 Study, work or volunteer abroad With fewer than five per cent of UK students studying Some of our courses allow you to take a work abroad as part of their degree, taking advantage of placement abroad. If you choose this option, and it this experience puts you among an elite group of is recognised by your faculty, you can apply for an enterprising students. Erasmus grant which you can receive in addition to any salary offered by your employer. Depending on your Our Study Abroad scheme organises study course, your European work placement may be added opportunities in Australia, Canada, Chile, China, to an international study exchange or be a standalone Hong Kong, Mexico, New Zealand, South Korea, work placement during your third year. Taiwan, the USA and the West Indies. You can also spend time in more than 20 countries in Europe, Alternatively, you could consider doing some voluntary including France, Germany and Turkey, under the work abroad through the programme organised by the Erasmus exchange programme. Union of Kingston Students. For more information, see www.kusu.co.uk/volunteering As well as enhancing your employability, gaining language skills and experiencing a different country and culture, you’ll benefit from the following: • you do not pay tuition fees to the host university; Want to start your own business? • you receive a tuition-fee reduction if you study abroad We’ll support you with our Bright for a full year; • you receive a bursary or grant; and Futures workshops, Entrepreneurs • many of our destinations have a lower cost of living Society and our business incubator, than the UK. Kingston Nest. Find out more at www.kingston.ac.uk/kustudyabroad2017

A great place for entrepreneurs. Kingston is one of the top two universities in the country for graduate start-ups.

A group of students exploring whilst on our Study Abroad programme.

36 Nicola Bell BSc(Hons) International Business

“I recently completed a one year placement in London at the Walt Disney Company as a Channel Distribution Intern. My time on placement taught me about the everyday challenges media companies face, how different business lines interlink, how to analyse data and manage accounts and how to interact with professional customers. It has given me confidence, experience and connections for when I graduate.”

37 Learn a language for free KU Talent – careers and employability Being able to speak another language is seen as KU Talent, our careers and employability service, helps increasingly useful and valued in business. All our students develop a range of skills that equip them for students have the opportunity to study a language life beyond university. These include CV and application through the Kingston Language Scheme, free of preparation and interview techniques. The service charge. There are nine languages to choose from, works closely with industry to ensure that we have and you will be awarded a certificate on successful up-to-date and relevant information about the labour completion of your course. More information is available market and new, developing sectors. Interactive events at www.kingston.ac.uk/kls are organised throughout the year, at which students can meet and network with employers and former Placements and internships students to find out about particular sectors and roles. Many of our courses include an optional sandwich year, during which students can take a paid work The team can also help students find internships and placement and gain invaluable experience – see placements while at university to develop their skills and www.kingston.ac.uk/placements. Our Business and experience. If students need part-time work to improve Law courses now include placements which are integrated their finances, the team can help there too. into the three year degree period. Many students go on to work with their placement company after graduating.

Kingston won an award at the Association of Graduate Recruiters for our outstanding commitment to improving the employability and long-term career prospects of our graduates.

KU Talent careers and employability fair

38 James Cracknell, picured with the Vice Chancellor and students from the Sports Performance Programme

Student achievements Research-active The Higher Education Achievement Report (HEAR) is an We have a committed and lively research culture and electronic record of student achievement, verified by the our staff feed this expertise into their teaching. In the University and developed by the students themselves government’s latest assessment (REF 2014), 60 per during their time here. Providing information about cent of the University’s research submission was rated academic achievements and non-academic activities, as world-leading or internationally excellent. We also the record is a ‘living document’ that our students can have regular visiting speakers who enrich our learning update and make available to potential employers and environment, ensuring our courses are relevant to the future academic institutions to support employability contemporary world of work. and further study. Recent speakers have included: The Kingston Award recognises and celebrates your • Charity campaigner, Katie Piper engagement in university life, alongside all of your • TV presenter and journalist, Jon Snow academic work. There are three levels of award – • Jamal Edwards, YouTube millionaire bronze, silver and gold. Activities are allocated different • Kanya King MBE, founder of MOBO points, so the more involved you get, the more points • Pat Mills, known as ‘the Godfather of British comic you earn towards your award. All students who achieve books’ a Kingston Award will receive a certificate when they • Double Olympic gold medallist, James Cracknell graduate, and it also appears on your HEAR report so • Levi Roots, successful Dragon’s Den contestant and you can market yourself to future employers. sauce maker • United States Ambassador and internet pioneer Matthew W Barzun • Children’s author, Jacqueline Wilson • Comedian, Stephen K Amos.

39 Our alumni: a network of talent and opportunity Graduates from Kingston University work all over The most recent statistics from the Higher Education the world – from fashion designers in New York, to Statistics Agency (2013/14) showed that 91.3 per cent engineers in China. of Kingston University’s full time first degree graduates were in work or study within six months of graduating, We’re really proud of all our graduates. Our alumni and for six years running we’ve been named in the top include: two universities in the country for graduate start-ups. • movie star Ben Barnes • award-winning fashion designer Helen Storey When you graduate, you automatically become part of the • Olympic athletes Ed McKeever (kayaking gold Kingston University Alumni Association and can benefit medallist, London 2012) and Gail Emms (badminton from different alumni events we hold throughout the year. silver medallist, Athens 2004) These include masterclasses that explore a variety of • Brian O’Rourke, chief composites engineer at different areas (such as mindfulness, managing change Williams F1 Engineering and using social media to advance your business), as • Google’s geospatial technologist, Ed Parsons well as reunions throughout the year in locations such • Ruby McGregor-Smith CBE, the CEO of MITIE as Shanghai, Michigan, Oslo, Istanbul, Mumbai and the Group PLC Netherlands which give you the opportunity to meet up • Shelley Page, head of international outreach at with old friends and make new ones! DreamWorks Animation. Find out more at: www.kingston.ac.uk/alumni

Top: Ben Barnes Top: Ed McKeever Bottom: Helen Storey Bottom: Gail Emms

40 Pablo Grattoni BA(Hons) Furniture and Product Design Alumni, now DMW hack space Workshop Manager at Kingston University

“I am a graduate from Kingston’s product & furniture design course. The workshops that support our creative courses, the wider University and the community have been quoted to be the best in the UK by the Materials Council and world class by the Design Museum, this makes Kingston one of the best universities to study a creative discipline.”

41 Student accommodation

Make it your home

42 halls of residence 43 University halls of residence Living in halls is a great way to get to know people, Please note that there are a few courses that are not as you’ll be sharing with other students from different eligible for halls places. To find out more about them backgrounds and on different courses to you. and about living in halls, check out the University’s website: www.kingston.ac.uk/accommodation At Kingston University we have 2,574 rooms available in our seven halls of residence, catering for all tastes and If you are not able to obtain a place in University halls budgets. About 80 per cent of our rooms have en-suite during the main admissions period, or you applied to facilities. There are also standard rooms where groups Kingston University as your insurance choice or through of between four and 10 students share bathroom Clearing, you may have an opportunity to apply for a facilities. The iQ Kingston residence has 100 self- place in halls in August, before beginning your studies. contained studios with their own kitchen and shower For further information, please see www.kingston.ac.uk/ facilities. The rooms are fully furnished, have internet accommodation access and are non-smoking. All you need to do is bring your own bedding, towels and cooking utensils. We have a range of accommodation especially for disabled students. If you would like to apply for adapted All our halls have 24-hour cover, with staff on hand to accommodation, get in touch with our disability advisers assist with any problems. – see page 30 for contact details.

Applying for a room in halls Halls costs Our halls are extremely popular, and demand for places The rooms in our halls of residence are grouped into is high. However, in previous years, the University price bands with different fees. When you apply online, has been able to offer most first-year undergraduate we aim to offer you a place in the band of your choice. students accommodation in halls. The rent is fully inclusive and covers heating, lighting and hot water. With the exception of some rooms that are retained by us (for example. for disabled students), our policy for A schedule of the latest costs for student halls places allocation of places for our UK undergraduate students can be found at www.kingston.ac.uk/hallscosts Our is to prioritise those students who have firmly accepted halls licence period usually covers all the weeks that you offers from us. are required to attend your course and sufficient time for self study, as well as time after assessments and Once you have received an offer from the University examinations have finished so you can make alternative for a place on your chosen course and you have firmly arrangements for the summer or the next academic accepted this as your first choice via UCAS, then you year. As some courses are non-standard lengths, you will be eligible to apply online for a place in halls. may be offered a different licence duration.

Students by the river outside our Middle Mill halls of residence. Exterior view of Chancellors halls of residence.

44 If you prefer to live independently, you can take advantage of the private rented sector in and around Kingston, which offers a good range of properties.

Renting privately Renting costs If you prefer to live independently or have not been able Based on 2014/15 prices, you can expect to pay between to secure a room in the University’s halls of residence, £90 and £110 per week to rent privately, depending on you can take advantage of the private rented sector location, room size, facilities and number of students in and around Kingston which offers a good range of sharing. Usually, you will also be expected to pay utility properties. This option allows you to choose your own bills (electricity, water rates, etc) in addition to the rent. accommodation and who you’d like to share with. For more information about living in halls or private The University offers a range of services to help you accommodation, please see www.kingston.ac.uk/ find flatmates and look for the right house or flatshare in accommodation your first year. You can take advantage of: • help with finding accommodation through a daily Transport vacancy list, which gives details of rooms and A free bus service runs between our halls of residence properties available; (except Kingston Bridge House and iQ Kingston, which • an online student-to-student noticeboard (from July to are a short walk from the Penrhyn Road campus) and October) which enables you to get in touch with other the campuses, as well as stopping at Kingston and students looking for housemates; and Surbiton train stations. • a downloadable house-hunting guide and information sheets. The University encourages you to use the free bus service and public transport. A limited number of car parking permits are available at our hall sites (except iQ Kingston, where there is no parking due to its town-centre location). There are also secure bicycle racks and/or sheds.

45 Fees, funding and money matters

Make it af fordable

The following information is a brief guide to fees and funding. For the most up-to-date information, please refer to our website at www.kingston.ac.uk/ugmoney2017.

46 The lifetime value of a degree Applying for funding A degree is a good investment, as employers You need to apply each year for the tuition fee and increasingly demand skilled workers. On average, maintenance loan. Students are not obliged to take the a graduate earns £160,000 more (in today’s money loans or the full amount available. terms) during their working life than someone with two A-levels. (Universities UK: The economic benefits of a We encourage students to complete their application in degree.) See www.kingston.ac.uk/ugcareers2017 plenty of time so that funding is in place from the start of the course. The deadlines for applications (usually Tuition fees, loans and grants early in the year of entry) are announced on the relevant For most full-time undergraduate degree courses, websites. Our website has further information on how to Kingston University charges a tuition fee of £9,000 a year apply for student finance, including maintenance loans for UK and EU students. There are some exceptions to and grants, at www.kingston.ac.uk/ugmoney2017 this, and more information is available on each course by visiting the webpage shown in the course pages and Budgeting clicking on the ‘fees and funding’ link. As a general guide, living costs for students in halls or local rented properties can range from around £230 to Paying tuition fees £450 a week, depending on the type of accommodation, Most UK and EU students don’t have to pay any fees plus bills, travel, food and entertainment. upfront while they are studying. They can take out a tuition fee loan from the government which covers the Earn as you learn tuition costs for each year of the course. Many students look for work to help cover their costs and there are plenty of part-time jobs available in and around You only pay back your loan(s) once you’ve left Kingston. The University’s online Jobs Central service can university and are earning over £21,000 per year. You help you look for work once you are a student here. then pay 9p for every pound you earn over the £21,000 threshold. Interest starts to apply as soon as you take Getting advice out your loan; the rate is on a sliding scale according You can get expert financial advice from the University’s to income, from the rate of inflation up to the rate of money advisers who run regular advice sessions on inflation plus three per cent. campus. You can also book one-to-one confidential appointments if you need to discuss budget plans or If your income falls below £21,000 per year, your money worries. repayments will be suspended. After 30 years, any outstanding loan amounts are written off and repayments stop.

Part-time study A tuition fee loan is also available to part-time students on most programmes of study. For more information on the availability of programmes on a part-time basis, see our course pages. There is also further information at www.kingston.ac.uk/parttimefees2017

Living expenses: loans and grants The government offers a maintenance loan of up to £10,702 per year (in 2017, if you live away from home and study at a London university such as Kingston University) to help with living costs. The maximum amount you can receive depends on your household income. The full loan is available to students from families with a household income of up to £25,000 with the minimum loan available at incomes of £67,193 or above. This loan is in addition to the tuition fee loan and is repaid in the same way. More information on student finance is available at www.gov.uk/student-finance

47 International

Make it global

48 Support

Before you arrive International orientation Studying overseas can be a challenge, but you won’t This special programme will help you settle into your be alone. At Kingston University you’ll have access new life in the UK before the main University events to a range of support services from before you arrive, get started. It includes useful information sessions on throughout your course and after you leave us. topics such as adjusting to learning and teaching in the UK, as well as the opportunity to familiarise yourself We understand that moving to another country can be with the local area by joining our guided tours of daunting, so we provide lots of support in the months Kingston upon Thames. before you arrive. You’ll receive a series of pre-arrival emails with lots of information to help you prepare for Course induction your arrival, including invitations to special webinar and Run by your school or faculty, the course induction chat events to put your mind at ease. will enable you to meet your academics and future classmates while learning more about your course and Guaranteed place in halls the resources and facilities you’ll use, such as the library. All international students (from outside of the European Union) are guaranteed an offer of a place in our halls of Welcome activities residence during their first year, provided they meet our A series of sessions and events are run throughout the eligibility criteria and apply in good time. welcome and induction week, introducing you to different areas within the University, including the support and Visa and immigration advice opportunities that are available. At the Freshers’ Fayre Our International Student Advisory Centre (ISAC) will you’ll find out about the huge variety of societies and help with any questions or problems you may have sports clubs you can join, as well as information about before and during your studies. Our friendly advisers students services. You’ll also have the chance to find out can help with matters including: about our sport and fitness facilities, job opportunities • obtaining or extending your student visa; on campus, the Union of Kingston Students and • visa advice if you are travelling abroad; much more. Find out more at www.kingston.ac.uk/ • working in the UK; welcomeevents • living in the UK and cultural differences; and • requesting a Confirmation of Acceptance for Social events Studies (CAS). In the two weeks before classes start, there will be lots of fun activities to help you make friends, both with Find out more students on your course and others from around the International Student Advisory Centre world. Join our walking tours of central London, dance www.kingston.ac.uk/isac the night away at the student ball, and enjoy a traditional UK Visa information English Sunday roast with your fellow students. www.gov.uk/visas-immigration UK Council for International Student Affairs Welcome and arrival areas www.ukcisa.org.uk Created especially for new students, our International Arrivals Lounge and Engagement Room provide space When you arrive to relax, collect information, get snacks and talk to staff During your exciting first weeks here, we will provide and students. you with lots of support to help you transition into your new life in the UK and at Kingston University. During your studies We offer free English language courses throughout Free airport pick-up service the academic year to help you develop confidence in Arriving in a new country and then finding your way to your English language skills and, in particular, improve your accommodation can be a stressful experience. To your academic English. make it as easy as possible, we offer a free airport pick- up service. Simply register online and we’ll meet you at General support either or and take you www.kingston.ac.uk/ourinternationalsupport to your new home.

49 After you graduate

Opportunities in the UK Opportunities worldwide International students from outside the European Union If you decide to return home or work in another country who are graduating from a UK university may be able to after you graduate, you will find your employment and apply to stay in the UK to work once they have finished promotion chances are significantly improved. their studies. If you are eligible to stay in the UK after • British qualifications are recognised as a global you graduate, you can apply to work in one of the many standard of excellence in education. and varied organisations based here. • Graduates with international study and work experience are highly valued in the job market, • The UK is the world’s fifth largest economy (by GDP – especially those with a good level of English. For source: World Bank). example, we have graduates working for leading • Many top international companies have their international companies such as Calvin Klein, Deloitte, headquarters in London. Honda, HSBC, IBM, KLM, KPMG, Panasonic, Ralph • London is a centre of excellence in many professional Lauren and many more. fields, especially in financial services and the creative industries. • Some organisations have special schemes to recruit and train new graduates.

Amadeus Frazier Laura Best BSc(Hons) International Business BA(Hons) Product and Furniture Design from the USA from Canada “The Entrepreneur Visa Extension “The academics provide and make special opportunity is fantastic!” arrangements for international students if need be and they offer additional language and skills classes for students to attend.”

50 International scholarships, bursaries and funding

At Kingston University, we understand that studying Who can apply? overseas is a large financial commitment, so here These scholarships are available to all new international are some ways we can help ease the costs for you. students (classified as ‘overseas’ for fee purposes) who have an offer to study a full-time degree course, in any International scholarships subject area, at Kingston University. Every year, we offer awards totalling £200,000 to international students from outside the European “The scholarship helped my dreams become Union. These partial scholarships, each worth £4,000 a reality.” for each year of study, are awarded in recognition of Alana Neemar-Aleung,Trinidad and Tobago academic excellence and to encourage diversity in BA(Hons) Human Resource Management our student population.

Being awarded a scholarship is a great achievement How to apply that will not only help you financially but will also expose Applications are made online and should be submitted you to so much more during and after your studies, as soon as you have received an offer from Kingston offering you a rich student experience like no other. University. The application deadline is 31 May for the September intake.

Life as a scholar By becoming an international scholar, you will benefit from access to senior staff and special events, giving you the opportunity to: • come to our annual scholars’ events at historical locations, often attended by senior staff, academics and the mayor of Kingston upon Thames; • boost your career prospects through valuable networking opportunities; • belong to our special alumni group for scholars and meet other scholars from around the world; • impress future employers with your award; and • be a valued student ambassador for Kingston University, with the chance to contribute to some of our marketing material and in-country activities.

Loyalty bursaries All international students* who have family members that are studying at Kingston University, or who are returning to study a postgraduate course at the University after completing their undergraduate degree, may qualify for our special international loyalty bursary, worth 10 per cent off your tuition fees. These bursaries are available to students who are classified as overseas fee-paying and meet the conditions to qualify.

You can apply for our loyalty bursary once you have AQ Khan enrolled at the University. BSc(Hons) Software Engineering *Conditions apply. from Afghanistan Find out more “At Kingston we are very lucky to have www.kingston.ac.uk/ourinternationalscholarships so many opportunities to work on projects with so many interesting and European students well-known companies.” If you’re from a country within the European Union, you may qualify for the British government’s tuition fee loan. Visit www.gov.uk/student-finance for more information. 51 Finances

Studying at university is a big investment. As with Visa requirements any other investment, the financial side of studying Healthcare at university needs careful planning to help you get International students on a full-time undergraduate the most from it. course of more than six months’ duration who require a student visa may need to pay a healthcare surcharge to Tuition fees be entitled to free healthcare under the British National Your tuition fees contribute to the cost of running Health Service (NHS). Visit www.gov.uk/healthcare- your course. immigration-application/overview

The amount you have to pay depends on the course Maintenance funds you are studying and where you are from. If you require a Tier 4 student visa to study at Kingston University, you will need to prove* that you have enough Students from outside of the European Union generally money to cover the costs of living in the UK and the pay the fees outlined below***. cost of the course you’re studying. To do this, you will need to have the money available in a bank account when you apply for your visa**. Type of course Annual international tuition fee* The table below gives you an indication of how much money you need to show in support of your visa application, up to a maximum of 9 months. Undergraduate degree £11,700-£14,100 courses Costs to be covered International £12,690-£13,510 foundation year Living costs £1,265 per month (£292/week) International Year One £12,950 (business and Cost of course £11,700-£14,100 management) (depending on your course)

European students *This does not apply to students in receipt of official sponsorship. If you are from the European Union, you will probably **Conditions apply pay the same fee as the British students, which is £9,000** per year for an undergraduate degree course. Managing your money Work while you study *These fees are based on 2016/17 figures and are to be used as a guide Working part time and during vacations is a great way to only for students who are classified as ‘overseas’ fee paying. Visit the earn extra money and develop work-based skills. There course webpages for the exact price. **This fee is based on the 2016/17 figures for students who are classified are lots of part-time and temporary jobs in the Kingston as ‘home’ fee paying. area, which can help you to fund your lifestyle and gain ***Table based on September 2016 requirements. Please note that skills to add to your CV. Our KU Talent (careers) team these figures may change, so please refer to www.gov.uk/browse/visas- provides a useful online vacancy list, Jobs Central, which immigration/student-visas for the most up-to-date information. advertises local jobs, including those at the University. Please note: You should not rely on extra money earned in a part-time job to pay your full cost of living because it usually only contributes to a small part of these expenses.

Most international students enrolled on a full-time course are entitled to work for a limited number of hours a week. This depends on when you made your immigration application, where you are studying and the type of course you are taking. You can work full time during vacations but, if you are undertaking any academic work during that period, you can only work up to your specified limit of hours a week. 52 Entry requirements

We accept a wide variety of international academic English language requirements qualifications for entry onto our undergraduate In addition to the required academic qualifications, if courses. you are not from a Majority English Speaking Country, you will need to prove a good standard of English Some programmes will have higher entry requirements in order to study at Kingston University. The English or require that you have taken certain subjects. Please language qualification we prefer is Academic IELTS refer to the course webpage for full details of specific (www.ielts.org), but we also accept a number of IELTS- entry requirements. There are also country-specific equivalent English language qualifications. sections on our website, where you will find more detailed information about our entry requirements Please see the table below for a guide to the IELTS specific to your home country. scores required by our faculties.

Required Academic IELTS grade

Faculty/courses Overall score Minimum score in all elements

Art, Design & Architecture 6.0 5.5

Arts and Social Sciences 6.5* 5.5

Business and Law 6.0 5.5

Science, Engineering and 6.0* 5.5* Computing

International Year One 5.0 4.0 (minimum 5.0 in writing)

International Foundation Year 4.5 4.0 (minimum 5.0 in writing)

Health, Social Care and 6.5-7.0 5.5-7.0 Education**

*Exceptions apply to the following courses: • Journalism courses (single and joint honours): 6.5 (with a minimum of 6.5 in Writing and 5.5 in all other elements) • MPharm (including foundation courses that lead into Pharmacy): 6.5 (with a minimum of 6.0 in all other elements) **English requirements vary depending on course of study. For more information please contact the Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education.

Find out more Language requirements www.kingston.ac.uk/ourlanguagerequirements

Entry requirements Preparatory courses www.kingston.ac.uk/ourentryrequirements If you do not meet the academic requirements and/ or English language requirements for your course, we offer special preparatory courses to help you get entry into the degree programme of your choice, see pages 54-55 for more information.

53 Preparatory courses Pre-sessional English

If you are worried that you may not achieve the How to apply English language requirements to study on our You can apply for these courses online – see courses, or you would like to improve your English www.kingston.ac.uk/presessional and click on ‘How skills before starting your studies, our pre-sessional to apply’. Please apply at least eight weeks before the courses can help. start of the course, particularly if you require a visa to study in the UK.

Our pre-sessional English language courses are Benefits of the course recognised and accepted by the British Home The course will: Office. If you successfully complete the course, you • develop your academic and general English language will not need to take an IELTS test after the course. skills so that you become more confident in your use of English and can participate fully on your chosen course; English language skills • develop your study skills, such as listening and It is important to be able to understand, speak and write note-taking, planning your assignments and research English well to succeed in your studies and enjoy your methods; time at Kingston University. If your first language is not • develop your ability to study independently (in your English, you will need to demonstrate a suitable level own time, away from the classroom), which is an of English language skills before you can be accepted important skill for studying at a British university; and onto our undergraduate courses. The standard of • introduce the University, Kingston and the surrounding English that you need to achieve is indicated on your area, helping you to become familiar with your new chosen course page and also on page 53. environment.

Pre-sessional English Which pre-sessional English course should Duration you choose? We offer a long (approximately 16 weeks), medium If you have not achieved the required English language (approximately 11 weeks) or short course (approximately grade needed to study at Kingston, your offer letter will 6 weeks), depending on your current standard of English inform you if you qualify for the pre-sessional course (see page 53 for more information). The courses are and which one to apply for. Alternatively, the table taught in the weeks before the undergraduate courses left indicates which course is most suitable for you. are due to begin. If you have already achieved the English language requirements for your course but would like to improve your English skills and prepare for study at a UK Long course university, we recommend you take our short pre- IELTS* scores no more than 1.5 below your sessional course. course’s English language requirements overall and/or in one or more skills: reading, writing, listening and/or speaking. Our pre-sessional English courses are accredited by the British Association of Lecturers in English for Academic Purposes (BALEAP). This Medium course organisation checks that courses in English IELTS* scores no more than 1.0 below your language and study skills for speakers of other course’s English language requirements overall languages are of a high standard and provide an and/or in one or more skills: reading, writing, excellent quality of service. listening and/or speaking.

Short course IELTS* scores no more 0.5 below your course’s English language requirements overall and/or in one or more skills: reading, writing, listening and/ or speaking.

*Academic IELTS

54 Preparatory courses International Foundation Year and International Year One

Our special preparatory courses are taught at our like to progress. Upon successful completion of this International Study Centre. They provide academic course, and having met the required entry standards, and English language preparation for international you will then proceed directly to your chosen Kingston students whose qualifications do not meet the entry University degree programme. requirements of our undergraduate courses. Teaching and assessment International Foundation Year The International Foundation Year will introduce you This course, which takes three terms to complete, to the style of teaching that you will experience if you is designed to prepare you for study at Kingston progress to a degree course at Kingston University. University. It combines academic subjects with English You will experience tutorials, seminar-style classes and and study skills, and guarantees a conditional offer of a small, group lectures. place on a degree course at the University. International Year One You can study the International Foundation Year in the This course is designed for students who are over- following subject routes: qualified for the International Foundation Year but • business, management and law; still need some support to gain entry onto our • social sciences; or degree course. • science, engineering and computing. Taught over two terms, the course provides academic Course structure support, study skills and English language training to All routes are modular in structure, with one core succeed on the Business Management BSc(Hons) with module of intensive English language preparation in all business experience degree at Kingston University. important skill areas. You will also study subject-specific Once you have successfully completed the course, and modules related to your chosen degree discipline. meet the required entry standards, you will progress directly to this course. Direct progression to your degree Joining the International Foundation Year guarantees Entry requirements that you will receive a conditional offer of a degree place The table below lists the level of English language skills at the University. Soon after you join, we will help you and previous study that you will need to have achieved choose the degree programme to which you would to apply for these courses.

Academic IELTS Academic grades

International Foundation Year 4.5 overall (with minimum 5.0 in Good high school graduation writing and no element below 4.0) grades, plus up to one year of further study

International Year One 5.0 overall (with minimum 5.0 in Good high-school graduation (Business Management) writing and no element below 4.0) grades, plus up to one year of further study

About the International Study Centre The International Foundation Year and International English language training Year One courses are taught at the Kingston University, Additional English language training is also London – International Study Centre (KULISC), which available at the International Study Centre if is based at our Kingston Hill campus. Courses are you need to improve your standard to the level validated by Kingston University and taught by Study required for these courses. Group, who are specialists in providing preparatory courses and English language programmes for international students.

55 Useful contacts

Accommodation Services Accommodation enquiries for halls of residence, independent living and lodgings T: +44 (0)20 8417 7311 E: [email protected]

Applicant Services T: +44 (0)20 8328 1148 E: [email protected]

Credit Control For payment of tuition fees T: +44 (0)20 8328 7005

Fee assessment To check whether you will be paying international or home tuition fees T: +44 (0)20 8328 1148 E: [email protected]

Pre-sessional English T: +44 (0)20 8417 7790 / 7042 E: [email protected]

International Foundation Year International Year One Kingston University, London – International Study Centre student enrolment advisers T: +44 (0)1273 339 333

International Office For general international enquiries T: +44 (0)20 8417 3411 E: [email protected]

International scholarships and bursaries T: +44 (0)20 8417 3411 E: [email protected]

International Student Advisory Advice on immigration, visas, working in the UK and welfare, including CAS enquiries Mohamed Tunis T: +44 (0)20 8417 3645 BSc(Hons) Aerospace Engineering E: [email protected] (for CAS enquiries) from Sierra Leone [email protected] (for all other enquiries) “I chose to study at Kingston as it was recommended to me by a relative. Kingston Main switchboard has a lot of resources (way too many to T: +44 (0)20 8417 9000 name!) and very modern facilities. My tutor checks up on me often, asking me how my course is going and how I’m doing in general which I find very useful. There are so many cultures and everyone’s so open here. You feel so comfortable no matter what.”

56 57 Meet us

Kingston University staff make regular visits to Make an appointment countries around the world, attending educational To arrange an appointment with one of our staff, contact fairs and working with our overseas representatives the International Office. We look forward to meeting you! and institutional partners. If you’re in the UK, you can T: +44 (0)20 8417 3411 attend one of our open days or book a campus tour. E: [email protected]

Regular visits Visiting Kingston University We regularly visit the following countries: If you are able to visit the University, our open days give • Asia Pacific – China, Hong Kong, South Korea, you the chance to have a look around our campuses, Taiwan, Thailand meet our staff and current students, and find out • Middle East – Jordan, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, more about Kingston University and our courses. Turkey, UAE Alternatively, if you are unable to attend an open day, • South Asia – India you can contact the International Office to arrange a • Europe – Norway, UK campus tour when you’re in the UK. • Africa – Mauritius, Nigeria • North America – USA If you aren’t able to visit the University in person, you can take a virtual tour of our campuses online at Check our website to see when we are next in your www.kingston.ac.uk/ourcampustours country: www.kingston.ac.uk/overseasvisits Representatives for Kingston University Our registered overseas representatives can give you advice about studying at Kingston University and in the UK.

We have representatives in the following countries: • Asia Pacific – Brunei, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Malaysia, Philippines, , South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam • Middle East – Bahrain, Iran, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Turkey, UAE • South Asia – Bangladesh, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka • Africa – Botswana, Ghana, Kenya, Mauritius, Nigeria • Europe – Norway, Russia, UK, Ukraine • North America – Canada, Mexico, USA • South and Central America – Brazil, Chile, Colombia and Venezuela

How can representatives help? Representatives can advise you about different universities and course options. They can also help you with the application process and obtaining a visa. Using a representative can make applying to university and obtaining a visa a simpler process. However, you are not obliged to consult a representative. Find out more at www.kingston.ac.uk/ourrepresentatives.

Luisa Barrientos BA(Hons) Journalism from Mexico I chose to study in the UK because I was looking for a new adventure. I wanted to meet different people, have different kinds of experiences and, as a journalist, you want to be at the centre of where things are happening. London is the perfect place to accomplish this. Kingston is a very diverse and multicultural university and everywhere you turn you are likely to find a person from a different country, culture or religion.

58 Gustav Reiss BSc(Hons) Human Resource Management from Norway

“Kingston has enabled me to pursue my dreams. Winning the Course Rep of The Year Award in my first year and moving to California on the Study Abroad programme are definitely among them. I don’t know how many nationalities we have at Kingston, but the high degree of multiculturalism definitely contributes to creating a more relaxed environment as there is no “ruling” culture.”

59 Aaron Ghai BSc(Hons) Business Management

“Being Vice President of the Connect UK International society has been one of the main highlights of my time at Kingston. The society helps international students network with each other and with UK home students, make new friends, acclimatise to the Kingston area and practice language skills. I have met people of all ages and cultures (it almost feels like I have travelled the world!) plus learnt lots of transferable skills that I can take to the workplace.”

60 Joint honours

If you can’t decide between your two favourite subjects, You can usually choose to either study equal amounts Kingston University’s modular degree programme of each subject (two half fields) or take more modules enables you to combine two subjects in a number of in one subject than another (this is called a major/minor different ways. See the list below for courses that can combination). be studied as a joint honours degree.

Courses available as joint honours subjects are: French 164 Biological Sciences 175 Geography 136 Business (minor field only) 79 History 155 Computing with Business 89 Human Rights 156 Creative Writing 161 International Relations 157 Criminology 215 Journalism 165 Cyber Security & Computer Forensics with Business 90 Financial Mathematics with Business 190 Dance 200 Media & Communication 203 Drama 201 Pharmacology 181 Economics (Applied) 95 Politics 158 English Language & Linguistics 162 Psychology 217 English Literature 163 Publishing 166 Environmental Management with Business 134 Sociology 218 Film 202 Spanish 167 Financial Mathematics with Business 190 Sport Science 184 Forensic Science 177 Television & New Broadcasting Media 205

Courses by subject area Architecture, art and design 62 Business 76 Computing and information systems 84 Economics 94 Education 100 Engineering 110 Geography, geology and the environment 130 Health and social care 140 History and politics 154 Abbreviations Journalism, language and literature 160 FT full time Law 168 PT part time Life sciences 172 SW sandwich/ Mathematics and statistics 186 placement year Media and communication technology 194 SE study exchange Performance and screen studies 198 FDN degree including foundation year Pharmacy and chemistry 206 FDN/SW degree Psychology, criminology and sociology 214 including foundation Surveying 219 year and sandwich year/placement year Course index 234 61 Kingston School of Ar t

Who we are The Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture has long been recognised as one of the best art and design schools in teaching and research in Europe and across the world. This is shown by subject rankings, research performance, industry and student awards, and the leading brands and institutions that choose to work with us. Among our staff and alumni are leading architects, artists, designers and scholars. Our home for 75 years has been Knights Park campus. Students, teachers and researchers of architecture, design, fine art, or critical and historical studies, all work here.

Our legacy – Kingston School of Art We began as Kingston School of Art in 1875, joining Kingston Polytechnic in 1970. In 2017 we reclaim our name as Kingston School of Art. This reflects our passion for transformative art school education. We encourage students to take risks, innovate and find themselves, in contrast to any limiting, pragmatist notions of education. To quote the artist Bob and Roberta Smith, “every school should be an art school”.

Architecture courses Our architecture courses are taught within the art school context, offering a valuable mix of skills and experiences. A structured series of design projects is complemented by relevant technical and theoretical knowledge. With input from practising professionals and a strong studio-based culture, you can explore communication techniques, test ideas and debate with tutors and fellow students. Courses are closely linked to industry and practice, featuring work placements and live projects.

Our architecture degrees are approved by the relevant professional bodies, enabling you to progress to full professional status once you graduate.

Art and design courses Our courses comprise studio-based projects, contextual modules and a lively programme of lectures and seminars. Expert staff ensure your studies are stimulating and topical. With close links to industry and practice, courses incorporate live projects and work placements.

We will help you develop careers management and professional practice skills, and encourage you to participate in high-profile competitions – many students have launched their careers this way. Your final degree show will display your work to employers looking for fresh talent.

62 Art & Design Foundation Diploma This accredited course provides a unique and thorough grounding in a broad range of areas within the creative industries. It prepares you for entry to degree-level art and design programmes, nationally and internationally. The fast-paced modular curriculum, taught within a professional and supportive studio environment, helps you develop both conceptual and practical skills to make the most of the next level of your education.

What you will study Please note: as places are limited and the Design. Students also took places at The The course provides a grounding in four number of applicants is extremely high, Slade, Ruskin (Oxford), CSM, Goldsmiths, main areas: we expect applicants to have attended Glasgow School of Art, Edinburgh, • Visual communication – graphic design, one of our open day sessions. You will visit Eindhoven (Holland), Konstfack (Stockholm), advertising, packaging, bookbinding, art the studios, meet staff and students, and Ontario Institute of Design (Ontario), direction, film, illustration, moving image, receive guidelines about how to apply and Kunstgut Academy of Fine Arts (Berlin). model making what to include in your portfolio. See www. • Three-dimensional design – architecture, kingston.ac.uk/fadaevents2017 to find Duration landscape architecture, interior, product, out more. 1yr FT furniture, prop and set design • Fashion and fabrication – menswear, Examples of modules International entry womenswear, costume, fashion journalism Module One: Introduce Yes and constructed textiles - Introduction to Professional Behaviours in • Fine art – painting, mixed media, Art & Design Contact printmaking, installation, sculpture, Module Two: Explore Course administrator, School of Foundation performance and photography - Exploration of Material and Process in Art Studies & Design T: +44 (0)20 8417 4090 The course runs from September to June Module Three: Interpret E: [email protected] and is divided into four, 30-credit modules. - Interpretation of Process and Progression Module One will introduce you to in Art & Design How to apply the common principles, associated Module Four: Realise Apply direct to the University by 31 January techniques and demands of the art and - Capstone Project in Art & Design of the year of entry. design industry. The six-week rotation of workshops establishes the distinctive Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements characteristics of the subject pathways • Teaching methods include studio-based • One of the following: GCE A-level or mentioned above and will help you to projects, one-to-one tutorials, lectures, a GCE AS-level in Art and Design or choose and understand your future subject seminars, practical field trips, skills equivalent; BTEC National Diploma: Fine Art specialism. workshops and demonstrations. You will or a named Design pathway; a minimum work in small groups of approximately 28 score of 24 is required for applicants with Modules Two and Three mark the start of students, led by subject-specific tutors. International Baccalaureate Diploma or Specialism. You will explore your subject • Assessment methods include Certificate awards. choice in greater detail, broaden your presentations, studio project crits, portfolio • GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric technical and conceptual skills and prepare reviews, research blogs, reflective writing scores under newly reformed GCSE grading): your portfolio for degree-level interviews. and analysis, peer evaluation, student-led five subjects including English Language. During Module Four you will write and projects and exhibition. • A portfolio of work. complete an eight-week project using the • The Diploma can only be awarded if you knowledge, skills and confidence you have pass all four modules. Make it happen: acquired during the course. This project www.kingston.ac.uk/artfoundation2017 culminates with a final public exhibition. Careers and progression Paramount to this course is making sure Professional practice lectures, from a broad you continue your studies on the course range of industry mentors, will engage best suited to you. Last year, students you in a critical investigation of your work, from the course continued their studies at progression aims and ambitions. You will the highest ranking creative institutions in also take part in a London drawing trip, the country, including Kingston University; where you will work in groups on location- majoring in Architecture, Fine Art, Graphic based projects. Design, Illustration Animation, Fashion, Product & Furniture Design and Interior 63 Architecture BA(Hons) single honours Our Architecture course is ranked as one of the best in the UK and Europe. One of our recent graduates was awarded the top international portfolio prize by the Royal Institute of British Architects. The course centres on design with its curriculum building on the fundamental creative processes of observation and making. Its ethos could be summarised as ‘thinking through making’.

What you will study opportunity to develop and express your Teaching, learning and assessment At Kingston, architecture is emphasised as individual interests. • Teaching methods include studio work, a material practice, with particular attention one-to-one tutorials, lectures, seminars given to how buildings are made and how Professional recognition and practical skills workshops. Many of tectonic components are fundamental to This course is validated by the Royal our teaching staff are from top London architectural character. Studio projects are Institute of British Architects (RIBA) and practices and share their first-hand an integral element of each year, forming 50 prescribed by the Architects Registration knowledge of the industry. per cent of the course and equipping you Board (ARB). • Assessment methods include with skills and knowledge to tackle design presentations, crits, portfolio reviews, issues in the built environment. Workshops Our students regularly achieve recognition essays and student-led projects. teach drawing and making skills, such as in the prestigious Royal Institute of British casting, pencil and charcoal rendering, Architects (RIBA) President’s Medals – Careers and progression detailed large-scale model-making, considered the world’s most prestigious Graduates from this course now work for computer-based graphics and CAD drawing. and established awards in architectural leading architectural practices around the You will also study theoretical, cultural, education. Recent graduate Simon Dean world – see www.kingstonfutures.com. historical, social, sustainable, material and won Bronze for the best degree-level Completion of the degree automatically technical issues. design project. gives RIBA Part 1 exemption – the first step towards becoming an architect. The Year 1 features site-based projects, For 2016, the Guardian league table listed course also enables graduates to move into addressing the principles and context of us as one of the top schools of architecture other fields. architectural design. Supporting studies, in London. Domus magazine consistently such as drawing and model-making, lists us as one of the top 50 architecture UCAS code and duration materials, sustainability and architectural schools in Europe. We were one of only K100 – 3yrs FT history, are included. two UK schools of architecture invited to present to an international audience at the International entry In Years 2 and 3, you will work in 12th Biennale in Venice in 2010. Yes independent studio groups, carrying out design projects that may last from a few Examples of modules Contact weeks to a year. In Year 2, you will be Year 1 Art, Design & Architecture admissions encouraged to experiment creatively, - The Principles of Reading Architecture T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 typically working on a main design project - The Principles of Designing Architecture E: [email protected] each semester. You will continue the - The Principles of Representing Architecture skills-based learning introduced in Year 1, - The Principles of Making Architecture How to apply expanding your knowledge of supporting Year 2 Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 subjects and beginning to apply this to the - The Processes of Reading Architecture design projects. - The Processes of Designing Architecture Entry requirements - The Processes of Representing Architecture • 128 UCAS points to include two A-levels, Year 3 involves the production of a thesis - The Processes of Making Architecture or equivalent, preferably including an art- or design project. Previously-acquired Year 3 design-based subject; General Studies skills and knowledge will inform the - The Practice of Reading Architecture not accepted. development of this project. Integration - The Practice of Designing Architecture • Plus GCSE (A*–C): five subjects including of your professional knowledge will be - The Practice of Representing Architecture Maths and English Language, or equivalent. demonstrated in the final presentation of - The Practice of Making Architecture the thesis project. Make it happen: In addition to project design, modules www.kingston.ac.uk/ Your design studio work, the research incorporate aspects of sustainability, architectureba2017 undertaken for your thesis project, and tectonics and structure, history of your written dissertation give you the architecture and professional practice. 64 Historic Building Conservation FdSc/BSc(Hons) top-up The UK’s historic built environment is rich and diverse. It provides an important sense of national identity, contributing to our quality of life and benefitting the country’s economy and education. This course provides vocational education in the repair, maintenance and improvement of these historic buildings.

What you will study you have the knowledge and skills to begin The FdSc and BSc(Hons) top-up are This programme offers an integrated your career. recognised by the IHBC. You will also be two-year foundation degree and a one- able to start the practice period with a year top-up degree for holders of an Professional recognition view to becoming a full member of the appropriate award. The foundation degree and the top-up Institute. Following completion of the are recognised by the Institute of Historic BSc (Hons) top-up, you will be eligible to The foundation degree is a practice-based Building Conservation (IHBC), the principal seek employment which would support qualification designed for people who professional body for building conservation you in undertaking your Assessment of want to develop their career in building practitioners and historic environment Professional Competence, leading to conservation. The course is delivered at specialists. The BSc (Hons) Historic Building Chartered membership of the RICS. the Building Crafts College, Stratford in Conservation (top-up) is also accredited by East London, and combines academic the RICS. UCAS code and duration elements with practical project work based FdSc: K250 – 2yrs FT on conservation projects. It is particularly Examples of modules BSc(Hons) top-up: KF50 – 1yr FT; 2yrs PT suited to people already working at a craft Year 1: FdSc level within the field of historic building - Context of Conservation and the Built International entry conservation. Applicants from a non- Environment Yes craft-level background are also welcome, - Development of Skills for the Historic provided that they can demonstrate the Environment Contact capacity and willingness to develop their - Conservation Legislation and Regulation Art, Design & Architecture admissions conservation skills. - Application of Skills in Conservation T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 Year 2: FdSc E: [email protected] You will further develop your craft-level - Applied Conservation Measurement and skills through specialist workshop Analysis How to apply sessions, and will strengthen your - Management of Conservation Projects Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 technical and theoretical knowledge and - Traditional Building Construction and PT direct to University business-related skills. Repair - Elective Project Entry requirements Following successful completion of the Year 3: BSc(Hons) top-up • FdSc: 96 UCAS points; five GCSEs, two-year foundation degree, you can top up - Adaptive Building Design and Application including English and Maths at grade C to a BSc(Hons)-level degree. The top-up is - Advanced Skills for the Building or above (or comparable numeric scores offered part time and full time at Kingston Conservation Surveyor under newly reformed GCSE gradings). University, and includes academic and - The Existing Built Environment The programme welcomes applications project-based modules. While undertaking - Research Project from mature students with non-standard your specialist top-up modules, you will entry qualifications who are currently develop important interdisciplinary skills, as Teaching, learning and assessment working in a cognate area. well as further extending your knowledge of Teaching includes lectures, seminars, • BSc(Hons) top-up: successful completion the historic built environment. Study visits tutorials and practical laboratory sessions, of the Historic Building Conservation are key to this programme. backed up by field courses, design classes, foundation degree. workshop sessions and site visits. You will learn how to present yourself, work Make it happen: in teams, write reports, debate current Careers and progression www.kingston.ac.uk/historic2017 topics, and apply IT to your discipline. You Once you complete the course, you will will also learn how to initiate and execute have the specialist knowledge needed to simple research projects. The course work in historic building conservation for enables you to practise these skills, and a specialist contractor, a local authority culminates in an independent research or consultancy, or for one of the major project. You can graduate confident that national heritage organisations. 65 Art & Design History and Practice BA(Hons) single honours The creative art school environment of the Faculty of Art, Design & Architecture provides a vibrant and cross- disciplinary environment. On this course you will learn different ways of looking, thinking and engaging with the history and theory of art and design. It particularly suits those aspiring to work in the creative and cultural industries.

What you will study membership, participate in seminars and and design practice today. The three strands of this course are: Skills, events, and have the opportunity to become Our graduates work in organisations such Knowledge and Thinking. Skills modules a Kingston/ICA intern. as: the Barbican; Foundling Museum; Hauser comprise experimentation, collaboration and Wirth; National Archives; Open City; and professional development. Knowledge Our Stanley Picker Gallery is dedicated to Transport Museum; and the V&A Museum. modules study the histories and theories of innovative new practice across art, design art and design, develop research skills, and and architecture. You may participate in Graduates have also set up their own independent and critical thinking. Thinking events and projects and develop curatorial consultancies and events companies and modules focus on method and criticality – and programming experience. pursued careers in academia and research. how the history and theory of art and design is used for activities such as print and digital Housing modernist design and art collections, UCAS code and duration communication, curation and writing. Dorich House Museum is ‘one of Kingston’s V3U8 – 3yrs FT hidden treasures’. You may participate Through collaboration on live projects, in and propose events and projects and International entry you will learn how to: pitch projects; write can apply for a range of volunteering Yes exhibition reviews; conduct interviews; opportunities to gain museum experience. construct a website and blog; edit and Contact publish a magazine; curate an exhibition; film We will support you in securing work Art, Design & Architecture admissions a documentary and programme a radio show. experience or internships. Past students T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 have worked at: the Barbican; Estorick E: [email protected] Year 1 studies histories and theories of Gallery; ICA; Stanley Picker Gallery; V&A art and design, helping you understand Museum; and Tate Galleries. How to apply contemporary issues and key concepts. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Our innovative studio module encourages Module listing critical and creative thinking, developing For a full list of modules see the Entry requirements skills in analysis, problem solving, and course webpage. Applicants will preferably have the following: communication. • A minimum of 112 tariff points from Year 2 further develops historical and Teaching, learning and assessment recognised level 3 qualifications such as theoretical knowledge and research, alongside Teaching includes lectures, seminars, A-levels, BTECs, 14–19 Diplomas, IB. communication skills. You will debate tutorials, workshops, visits, studio and • GCSE (A*–C): (or comparable numeric current issues with other Faculty students student-led projects. scores under newly reformed GCSE gradings) and develop the theory to articulate your in five subjects including English and Maths own perspectives. You will also collaborate Assessment includes essays, writing and (Key Skills and Functional Skills Level 2 may on a project involving commissioning, research portfolios, presentations, reflective be used in lieu of GCSE English and Maths). editing and publication activities. reports, student-led and collaborative projects. Offers will be made on the basis of UCAS Year 3 develops independent expertise in application and interview for selected the histories and theories of art and design. Careers and progression applicants. You will show your skills in research and This course prepares you for careers communication, and your entrepreneurial in academia; museums; galleries; the Mature applicants thinking. You will study a specialist subject commercial art market; broadcasting; We welcome applications from mature with an expert in the field, and identify an media; publishing; creative technology; students (aged over 21) who can show, original research topic for your dissertation. advertising; PR; picture research; archiving through portfolio/written work and relevant You will also propose and develop an and librarianship; arts administration and experience, that they have the skills exhibition as your final major project. policy-making. necessary to enter the course.

Industry Partnerships Your knowledge of the history of art and Make it happen: Kingston is an associate of the Institute of design will enable you to understand, www.kingston.ac.uk/ Contemporary Arts (ICA). You will get free interpret, organise and communicate art arthist2017 66 Fashion BA(Hons) single honours Fashion is a dynamic and challenging discipline that is an expression of what people feel and think. It is about evolution and radical change through design, influenced by cultural, social, historical, economic and political contexts. Designers working in fashion predict, reflect and generate change, which influences the lives of everyone. It is a tough, exciting area to study.

What you will study There are optional study trips to Barcelona, Louis Vuitton, Max Mara, Ralph Lauren, You will study all aspects of the design Berlin, Hong Kong, New York, Tommy Hilfiger and YSL. process – from research and design and South Korea through the Erasmus development, to creating garments using Exchange programme. Some graduates create their own labels cut and construction – and engage in – John Richmond, Basso & Brooke, Felipe professional practice. Art and design history There is an optional placement year in Oliveira Bapista (now design director of underpins your studies, with the in-house the UK (with All Saints, ASOS, Christopher Lacoste), Sophie Hulme, Sadie Clayton, costume archive a key resource. There are Raeburn, Temperley or TopMan), or Charli Cohen and Oliver Ruuger. optional overseas study trips. overseas (with Anthropologie, Calvin Klein or Levi’s). Our alumni include Glenda Bailey, editor Year 1 (Level 4) introduces design of Harper’s Bazaar US; and Caryn Franklin process – covering all 2D aspects of Year 3 (Level 6) encourages work as a MBE, who received an honorary doctorate fashion design; and design product designer ‘in the real world’, liaising with from the University. – covering all 3D aspects. You will fabric and yarn sponsors and collaborating explore knitted textiles, fashion styling with print, embroidery and accessory UCAS code and duration and photography, developing creativity companies and designers. You will create W230 – 3yrs FT through design and pattern cutting to a professional collection and portfolio of create shape. Fashion illustration is taught work. Collections are chosen for an annual International entry weekly, with workshops in Photoshop, fashion show at London’s Graduate Fashion Yes pattern cutting, knitting and sewing Week, attended by industry and press from techniques. the UK and overseas. The British Fashion Contact Council provides opportunities to enter Art, Design & Architecture admissions In Year 2 (Level 5) you can participate in international competitions. T: +44 (0) 20 8417 4646 live, sponsored projects and competitions. E: [email protected] A number of companies offer paid summer Examples of modules internships in cities such as Amsterdam, For a full list of modules, see the course How to apply La Caruna in Spain, New York, Philadelphia, webpage. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 San Francisco or Stockholm. Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements You will experience professional practice • Teaching includes studio work, one-to- • Preferred entry route is for applicants to through a careers module, including one and group tutorials, lectures, practical have, or be studying, a one year full time talks by designers, retailers, stylists and workshops and store visits. recognised Foundation Diploma in Art recruitment agencies. This can lead to • Assessment includes crits, essays, and Design. future job opportunities. portfolio reviews, projects/company • Minimum of 128 tariff points from presentations. recognised level 3 qualifications such as Companies linked to the course are Banana A-levels, BTECs, 14–19 Diplomas, IB. Republic, GAP, H&M, Old Navy, Tommy Careers and progression • GCSE (A*–C): (or comparable numeric Hilfiger, Urban Outfitters and Inditex (Zara, We have a reputation for producing scores under newly reformed GCSE Pull & Bear, Massimo Dutti). graduates with a full understanding of the gradings) in five subjects including English design process and strong creative style. and Maths (Key Skills and Functional Trend is delivered as a group project, Recruitment agents visit us. Our graduates Skills Level 2 may be used in lieu of GCSE incorporating sustainability, forecasting, work throughout the industry, at All Saints, English and Maths). colour and fabric research. Aquascutum, ASOS, Brioni, Burberry, Dior, • Offers will be made on the basis Tom Ford, Givenchy, H&M, Karen Millen, of UCAS application and interview for There are opportunities to branch Paul Smith, Stella McCartney and Zara. selected applicants. out: Brooks Brothers offer a final-year Graduates work as design directors at scholarship, featuring a trip to New York global companies – Calvin Klein, Club Make it happen: Fashion Week. Monaco, Coach, Donna Karan, Levi’s, Gap, www.kingston.ac.uk/fashion2017 67 Filmmaking BA(Hons) single honours This course enables you to explore the medium of film, developing your own filmmaking practice while acquiring the skills required to work professionally in the sector. It helps you engage with innovative, ambitious ideas and to develop these into successful films, while exploring and gaining understanding in all aspects of filmmaking production.

What you will study at the degree show, screened in a dedicated Careers and progression This project-based course has been cinema space on campus and at an external Our students undertake work in a range of created due to growing demand for venue/cinema in central London. contexts – from ongoing work placements freelance professionals, independent to one-off work production experience productions and artist filmmakers. It Throughout the course, work placement opportunities – in preparation for careers in comprises a challenging series of diverse experience and external-facing the moving-image and related sector. There and outward-facing projects, demanding opportunities are matched to your needs are graduate opportunities to become awareness, creativity and versatility, and and interests. Potential for professional fully-fledged film directors, independent preparing you for a range of career options. development is embedded in your studies. filmmakers, cinematographers, editors, This nourishes creativity, develops arts administrators, artists, producers and Years 1 and 2, encourage conceptual employability and ensures you build a sound recordists/ designers. The course approaches, and teach technical skills genuine repertoire of industry practices also provides foundation for further study, in an integrated manner, focusing on all and film grammar. The course is mainly such as Kingston’s MA in Experimental Film aspects of production. Projects are both taught through practical projects, focused or more vocational, role-assigned positions individually authored and collaborative, on both individual development and in the commercial sector. covering: directing actors; research group resourcefulness. You should be enquiry; methods and questions around prepared to pool your resources, be UCAS code and duration genre; studio work; running a set; interview able to practise within a production unit, WP63 – 3yrs FT technique; location shooting; lighting and developing dynamic interaction and good cinematography; sound recording and studentship, encouraging individual growth, International entry design; experimentation with film; super development and risk-taking. Yes 8 & 16mm film (shooting, processing and editing); script and text. Examples of modules Contact For a full list of modules, see the course Art, Design & Architecture admissions While primarily a ‘making’ course, practical webpage. T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 components are explored and refined E: [email protected] alongside contextual studies, taught by Teaching, learning and assessment specialised staff in a dynamic working • Teaching methods include group studio How to apply environment. The emphasis throughout is work, tutorials, lectures, visiting lectures, Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 on creative thinking, enhancing content seminars, practical skills workshops and and developing innovative solutions student presentations. Entry requirements to the imperatives of cinematic work. • Assessment includes group and • Showreel of work, plus one of the Collaborative and role-assigned projects individual reviews and written feedback, following: 112 UCAS points, OR Art are combined with individual or specialised supported by lectures and essays in and Design Foundation Diploma, with a practice, with options to concentrate on an contextual studies. minimum of two A-levels, or equivalent; individual artist’s moving image practice. BTEC National Diploma in relevant subject. Work experience and commissions • Plus GCSE (A*–C): (or comparable Year 3 features more-ambitious There are currently several work experience numeric scores under newly reformed filmmaking, supported by tutorials and placements, including schemes at GCSE gradings) in five subjects including production meetings. Your involvement in BFI Southbank. The course is also a English Language, or equivalent (Key Skills a number of film productions shows your partner in the Stop Play Record scheme and Functional Skills Level 2 accepted in advanced progression into research- and Random Acts London Network, lieu of GCSE English and Maths). informed filmmaking practice. You may also offering commissions to students in work individually on projects as an artist association with the ICA and Make it happen: filmmaker. The course culminates in ‘The Television. These are supervised by industry www.kingston.ac.uk/filmmaking2017 Graduation Film’ – your ‘capstone’ project. professionals and staff. Here you can show your full understanding of the medium. The final film is presented 68 Fine Art BA(Hons) single honours This course gives you the creative, practical and intellectual skills to realise your creative potential and pursue a career in the visual arts or other professions. Ambitious and self-motivated students are excited by the course’s flexibility and the subject’s potential. Through interdisciplinary studies you will work with painting, printing, drawing, sculpture, installation, performance, film, photography and textiles, in a focused or pluralistic way.

What you will study In Year 3, you will continue to study Careers and progression Teaching takes place primarily in your independently, creating work that This course will prepare you for a variety dedicated studio space where you are able articulates increasingly subtle and complex of careers. Recent graduates have found to discuss the evolution and development visual arguments and that takes account employment as graphic artists and of your practice with tutors, visiting artists, of current critical, conceptual, theoretical designers, art and design co-ordinators, technical staff and fellow students. Your and aesthetic issues. You will produce work painters, artists in residence, freelance progress will be supported by core teaching for a final portfolio, exhibition and review, graphic designers, freelance fine artists, in the form of tutorials, seminars, lectures, and will complete a dissertation. A critical freelance photographers, installation rooms critiques and study trips, and through assessment and professional practice assistants, sculptors, exhibition organisers access to outstanding workshops and module will help you prepare for graduation and curators. Other students have gone on technical expertise. On the course you by covering practical issues such as to further their education at masters level. have the option to study abroad through management and planning skills. the Erasmus programme and Study Abroad UCAS code and duration scheme, as well as participate in a range of During the three years, we will teach you W100 – 3yrs FT studio workshops and projects facilitated by a comprehensive range of specific and our team of staff who are practising artists, transferable skills. These involve experience International entry writers and curators. of live projects that will equip you for a very Yes broad range of vocations in the visual and Fine Art at Kingston has significant related professions, including specialist Contact industry links including; Stanley Picker self-managed fine art practice. Art, Design & Architecture admissions Gallery, Institute of Contemporary Art, Tate, T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 Drawing Room, Five Years and Traffic, Examples of modules E: [email protected] Antwerp. Students regularly take part in Year 1 live external projects in addition to core - Introduction to Fine Art Practice and How to apply curriculum activities. Learning Skills Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Studio Practice Year 1/Level 4 modules are designed to - Exhibition/Portfolio Entry requirements introduce the fundamental skills of visual - Contemporary Practices: Fine Art, Film, • 112 points from at least two A-levels or art practice in traditional and new media, Photography other recognised equivalent (to include at technologies and disciplines. You will begin Year 2 least one art and design subject). to undertake independent studio practice, - Studio Practice (two modules) • One-year art and design (or related) be introduced to technical and studio- - Exhibition/Portfolio as Professional foundation course; plus a portfolio of based workshops and begin to experiment Development work – we will send you an email telling with content, media and processes. - Critical Issues in Fine Art: Research you how to upload your portfolio once your Through the integration of Critical and and Practice application has been received. Historical Studies modules, students begin Year 3 to explore the relationship of concept and - Studio Practice (two modules) Make it happen: critical discourse to media and materials. - Exhibition/Portfolio as Professional www.kingston.ac.uk/fineart2017 Development Year 2 encourages you to develop your - Dissertation: Research and Reflection individual creative expression and build your interdisciplinary experience and Teaching, learning and assessment collaborative skills, including working • Teaching methods include studio work, to external briefs. You will develop your one-to-one tutorials, lectures, seminars and technical competence in the realisation practical skills workshops. of your works, and will explore a wide • Assessment methods include range of source material in a critical and presentations, exhibitions, crits, portfolio analytical context. reviews, essays and student-led projects. 69 Fine Art & Art History BA(Hons) single honours This course combines two distinct but related areas, enabling you to realise your creative potential in fine art while developing the critical, historical and creative approaches necessary to understand the cultures of contemporary art in particular. This combined approach provides the skills and subject knowledge needed for careers in the visual arts and the creative industries.

What you will study In Year 2, you will develop your Careers and progression Your fine art teaching takes place primarily individual research interests, your Students go on to a variety of careers in the in your dedicated studio space, where creative expression, and improve visual arts and creative industries, including you are able to discuss the evolution and your interdisciplinary experience and careers in museums and galleries, development of your practice with tutors, collaborative skills. You will develop your commercial galleries and auction houses, visiting artists, technical staff and fellow technical competence in the realisation arts administration, curating, teaching, students. Your progress will be supported of your works, and will explore a wide advertising, picture research, and media, by core teaching in the form of tutorials range of source material in a critical and TV and publishing. The course prepares and seminars, critiques and study trips, analytical context. You will also develop students well for postgraduate study at and through access to outstanding your theoretical understanding through masters level and beyond. workshops and technical expertise. engagement with key contemporary Alongside this, you will study art history critical debates. UCAS code and duration through lectures, seminars and workshops, WV1H – 3yrs FT developing a historical and conceptual In Year 3, there is an increased focus on understanding of the practices that have independent study. You will create work that International entry shaped the cultures of contemporary art. articulates increasingly subtle and complex Yes Both elements focus on personal and visual arguments and that takes account professional development, giving you the of current critical, conceptual, theoretical Contact confidence and independent thinking to and aesthetic issues. You will produce work Art, Design & Architecture admissions identify and pursue your career aims. for a final portfolio, exhibition and review. T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 You will also look in depth at an art history E: [email protected] You also have the option to study abroad theme through a focused special study, through the Erasmus programme and Study and complete a dissertation. This guided How to apply Abroad scheme, as well as participating in independent research project enables Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 a range of studio workshops and projects you to explore a topic in detail and reflect facilitated by a staff team of practising productively on the links between theory Entry requirements artists, writers, curators, historians and practice. • 112 tariff points from at least two and cultural theorists. The course has A-levels or recognised equivalent (to significant industry links, including Examples of modules include at least one art and design subject). the Stanley Picker Gallery, Institute of For a full list of modules, see the course • One-year art and design (or related) Contemporary Art, Tate, Drawing Room, webpage. foundation course; plus a portfolio of Five Years and Traffic, Antwerp. Students work – we will send you an email telling regularly take part in live external projects Teaching, learning and assessment you how to upload your portfolio once your in addition to core curriculum activities. • Teaching methods include studio work, application has been received. seminars, tutorials and research logs, • Five GCSEs (A*–C) including English. Year 1 modules introduce the fundamental supplemented by a series of artist talks and • Key Skills considered. skills of research and visual art practice in subject workshops. traditional and new media, technologies • Assessment methods include crits (fine Make it happen: and disciplines. You will start to undertake art field), written assessments, short www.kingston.ac.uk/finearthistory2017 independent studio practice, and gain analyses, reflective diaries and essays (art confidence through technical and studio- history field). based workshops. Through a variety of lectures, seminars, workshops, visits and projects, modules in art history will equip you with historical knowledge, appropriate creative research methods and an understanding of the key concepts through which contemporary art is understood. 70 Graphic Design BA(Hons) single honours On this course, you will be encouraged to be a ‘breakthrough design communicator’, to be innovative, inventive and inspire change. Whether you choose to remain broadly based or decide to specialise, you will develop a highly individual portfolio to reflect your career aspirations.

What you will study In Year 3, you will choose from a range of Careers and progression Central to our course philosophy is an projects or develop your own to reflect your Our graphic design graduates are widely outward-facing approach to what design personal interests and career aspirations. recognised as being autonomous, versatile, does and how it is used, exploiting our Many students remain broadly based, but entrepreneurial visual communicators. They well-established industry links and ‘live’ others choose to specialise in one area are employed worldwide in the fields of projects. ‘Studio culture’ is key to the of communication design; for example, branding, advertising, digital moving image, dynamics of this experience. We use our branding, social design, editorial design, interactive design, packaging and 3D studio spaces and facilities to experiment film and moving image, photography, design, photography, information design, and explore new ways to push the advertising and promotion, moving image, and sustainable and experiential design. boundaries of visual communication. typography or interactive design. Your interest and self-directed work will inform Many Kingston graduates have gone on Year 1 encourages an open-minded, the written element of the course. Your to develop their own design practices, flexible and exploratory approach to design professional portfolio and graduation shows while others choose to take postgraduate within a supportive learning environment. will form the essential foundation of your courses before embarking on their careers You will be introduced to key areas of future career. in practice. communication design, building your design confidence through individual Examples of modules UCAS code and duration and team projects. You will develop your Year 1 W210 – 3yrs FT knowledge of the design process, visual - Concept and Challenge language, typographic principles and - Visual Vocabularies International entry conceptual ability through a wide range - Communication and Context Yes of projects. - Image and Text/Communication Design History Contact Year 2 projects help you develop higher- Year 2 Art, Design & Architecture admissions level creative and interpersonal skills, - Process and Purpose T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 enabling you to explore imaginative and - Interactions and Innovations E: [email protected] innovative ways to communicate. The - Design Directions course enables you to develop a particular - Critical Issues in Graphic Design: How to apply area of graphic design through self-initiated Research and Practice Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 projects which complement your studio Year 3 work. These strands prepare you for Year 3, - Design Studies Entry requirements where you have the opportunity to build a - Show and Presentation • Preferred entry route is a one-year art more focused design practice or a broader - Professional Portfolio and design (or related) foundation course; body of work. The Year 2 strands which - Dissertation: Research and Reflection plus a portfolio of work – we will send you link to those in Year 3 are: branding, social an email telling you how to upload your design, editorial design, film and moving Teaching, learning and assessment portfolio once you have applied. image, photography, advertising and • Teaching methods include studio-based • Minimum of 112 tariff points from promotion, moving image, typography or work, individual and group tutorials, recognised Level 3 qualifications (to include interactive design. lectures, seminars and skills workshops. at least one art and design subject). • Assessment methods include • Plus GSCE (A*–C): five subjects including You will learn about the wider social and presentations, crits, portfolio and project Maths and English Language, or equivalent. cultural context in which graphic designers reviews, essays and student-led projects. work, and will collaborate with students Make it happen: from other courses in multidisciplinary www.kingston.ac.uk/graphics2017 projects. You will also gain useful career management skills and will have the opportunity to take part in our work placement programme. 71 Illustration Animation BA(Hons) single honours Illustration as a subject has expanded from traditional print to many forms of communication. This course offers you the broadest practical and critical exploration of both subjects and possibilities. It builds key skills in creative image communication, enabling your practice to be successful and develop in the direction you choose. Graduates consistently produce internationally recognised award-winning work.

What you will study strategies. You will explore a series of in animation, games, multimedia, special A daily studio-centred structure forms a set and live assignments that inform the effects and design for film and TV; others working discipline, with choice of media writing of an extended practice-defining pursue postgraduate study in either the UK from traditional image-making in drawing self-initiated project. Industry research and or overseas. and painting to print, digital, interactive, and engagement, web, portfolio and curatorial many 3D processes. workshops, all help you find the best UCAS code and duration individual presentation. W220 – 3yrs FT Live, set or self-initiated projects are carefully timetabled to help understand Through making, critiquing and resolving, International entry individual, team and collaborative the course provides the best outcomes for Yes strategies. An integrated sequence of your individual work. theory lectures and essays parallel Contact studio themes, and culminate in Examples of modules Art, Design & Architecture admissions Year 3’s dissertation. Year 1 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 - Introductory Principles E: [email protected] Year 1 encourages an open-minded and - Working Methods exploratory approach to image making - Research Recording and Presentation How to apply within a supportive critical environment. - Image and Text/Communication Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 You will be introduced to the key areas Design History of illustration and animation – idea Year 2 Entry requirements development, observation and research, - Process and Purpose • The preferred entry route is for applicants image and content relationships. Drawing, - Illustration Studio OR Animation Studio to have, or be studying on, a one year full animation, digital crafts, presentation - Context and Presentation time recognized Foundation Diploma in Art techniques, life drawing and location - Critical Issues in Illustration and and Design. workshops are all taught. Animation: Research and Practice • 112 tariff points from recognised level Year 3 3 qualifications such as A-levels, BTECs, There is an overseas field trip to a - Practice and Realisation 14–19 Diplomas, IB. destination such as New York, Berlin, - Professional Practice and Presentation • GCSE (A*–C): (or comparable numeric Florence or Venice supported with a travel - Dissertation: Research and Reflection scores under newly reformed GCSE bursary for eligible students. gradings) in five subjects including English Teaching, learning and assessment and Maths (Key Skills and Functional Year 2 gives you the freedom to explore • Teaching methods include studio work, Skills Level 2 may be used in lieu of GCSE different ways of communicating ideas, one-to-one tutorials, lectures, seminars and English and Maths). to critically challenge the subjects and practical skills workshops. • Offers will be made on the basis of your develop your personal direction. You will • Assessment methods include UCAS application and interview for selected work on set and self-initiated projects presentations, crits, portfolio reviews, applicants that help develop the widest possible essays and student-led projects. • A portfolio of work – we will send youan approach to creating effective solutions. email telling you how to upload your You may choose the option to specialise Careers and progression portfolio once your application has been in animation. There is also the opportunity Graduates of this course are employed received. to study for a fourth year with an exciting worldwide, mainly as freelance illustration choice of international exchange partner and image makers commissioned by Make it happen: institutions and placements. magazines and newspapers; publishers www.kingston.ac.uk/illustration2017 of non-fiction, fiction and children’s Year 3 focuses on the development books; film and television production and resolution of personal work, with an companies; and by advertising and design awareness of professional practice and groups. Many graduates pursue careers

72 Interior Design BA(Hons) single honours Interior design is concerned with the spaces in which we live, and the design of the interface between buildings and the people using them. It creates spaces full of encounter, responding to contemporary culture, anticipating change, entering meaningful dialogue with our past. This course develops a strong appreciation of materials and making in context, giving you the practical skills needed to succeed in the industry.

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression This course is studio-based and research- Year 1 Graduates from this course enter a variety led. It comprises a series of design projects - Ideation and Communication of fields within spatial design and the of increasing complexity. Projects range - Design Process creative industries as a whole. Employment from the design of temporary events to - Materials and Construction opportunities are available in architectural exploring the long-term creative reuse of - Objects and Space: Themes in Design and interior design practice, exhibition buildings in need of reinvention. History design, museum design and television Recent projects include: designing an production design. Previous graduates As you engage with each level of the event within a 17th century palace and the have taken up roles in major companies course, you will begin to strategically radical reuse of a former department store such as Brinkworth, Universal Design shape a personal attitude towards interior and disused steel works. Studio, Campaign, Fitch, Foster + Partners design, which you will build on throughout Year 2 and Prada. the modules studied. This attitude is - Interior Context 1 reflected in both individual projects and - Interior Context 2 UCAS code and duration the developing personal portfolio, firmly - Professional Practice W250 – 3yrs FT connecting you to industry and current - Critical Issues in Interior Design: Research topical debate. and Practice International entry Recent projects include: developing a hotel Yes The levels of the course are structured to attached to the International Space Station deliver the principles of interior design in and the redesign of underground ticket halls Contact Year 1, the processes of interior design in collaboration with . Art, Design & Architecture admissions in Year 2 and the practice of interior Year 3 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 design in Year 3. You will conclude your - Major Design Project E: [email protected] course by completing a dissertation, a - Practice Profile strategic portfolio of work and a major - Dissertation: Research and Reflection How to apply design project. This project will reflect the Recent projects include: designing pop-up Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 culmination of your learning on the course events with Speedo for the Rio Olympics and will be the single most significant and the creative reuse of former factories, Entry requirements expression of your personal design vision. hotels and performance venues. • 112 points from at least two A-levels or recognised equivalent (to include at least Teaching, learning and assessment one art and design related subject).s • Teaching methods include studio-based • One-year art and design (or related) projects, tutorials, seminars, lectures, foundation course; plus a portfolio of work workshops, field trips and demonstrations. – we will send you an email telling you • Assessment methods include student- how to upload your portfolio once your led projects, essays, a dissertation, an application has been received. exhibition proposal and a research portfolio. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/interior2017

73 Photography BA(Hons) single honours This course will encourage you to pursue your interests and ambitions within photography by teaching you how to creatively develop your ideas. You will learn to produce imagery supported by research and critical thinking, and directed towards the context of the creative industries.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration You will develop your creative ability Year 1 W640 – 3yrs FT and skills in photography through - Independent Practice workshops and self-initiated projects. - Production Processes International entry A full programme of lectures, seminars - Presentation Yes and tutorials will ensure that you will be - Contemporary Practices: Fine Art, stimulated and supported in your learning Film and Photography Contact and development. Your learning will also Year 2 Art, Design & Architecture admissions be enhanced by a programme of teaching - Independent Critical Practice T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 that relates the critical, contemporary and - Independent Production Processes E: [email protected] historical contexts for photography with - Professional Practice and Presentation your ideas and concerns. You will progress - Critical Issues in Photography: Research How to apply in the direction of your ambitions and Practice Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 within photography. Year 3 - Contextual and Critical Research Entry requirements During Year 1, your awareness of - Independent Practice: Production and • 112 points from at least two A-levels or photography will be broadened and you will Portfolio recognised equivalent (to include at least be encouraged to take new approaches to - Final Presentation and Exhibition one art and design related subject). your own photography. - Dissertation: Research and Reflection • One-year art and design (or related) foundation course; plus a portfolio of Year 2 will enable you to focus the Teaching, learning and assessment work – we will send you an email telling direction for your photography practice; • Teaching methods include studio work, you how to upload your portfolio once your continuing to develop your ideas, concerns one-to-one tutorials, lectures, seminars and application has been received. and skills. practical skills workshops. • Assessment methods include Make it happen: In Year 3, you will progress to produce presentations, crits, portfolio reviews, www.kingston.ac.uk/ work that is assured and resolved, and essays and student-led projects. baphotography2017 directed towards your ambitions beyond the course. Careers and progression Students from the course succeed in The course offers you an extensive a range of roles: as fine art, fashion range of facilities and equipment, from and editorial photographers; as studio high-end digital capture and studios to assistants, stylists, and in production teams; darkrooms and hand-crafted processes. and as gallery assistants, picture editors, Most importantly, you will be directly and in web design. A number of students connected to the exciting world of also progress to postgraduate study. photography culture and commerce that is London – one of the photography centres of the world. You will be a regular visitor to exhibitions and events; and our weekly Photography Guest Lecture programme attracts leading photographers and specialist industry practitioners.

74 Product & Furniture Design BA(Hons) single honours This course will help you develop the creative professional practice, technological knowledge and theoretical understanding necessary for a career in product and furniture design. Strong emphasis is placed on gaining and developing skills in the creative, intelligent and sustainable application of current and emerging materials, technologies and processes.

What you will study develop your teamworking skills and an Careers and progression Central to your experience is the understanding of other subject areas. Self- Graduates of this course work worldwide development of an appreciation of branding and self-promotion is explored as in product and furniture design, exhibition ‘intelligent making’. This course you develop your presentation techniques design, interior design, research and emphasises practical knowledge and and generate your portfolio. education. High-calibre students quickly understanding, gathered from direct gain employment in international experience and use of materials and In Year 3, you will strategically develop design and manufacturing companies. technologies in context. You will develop a body of work that is informed by, and Many graduates establish their own sensitivity towards the physical and reflects, your career aspirations. You design consultancies; while others take perceived qualities of materials as well as will be encouraged to collaborate with postgraduate courses in the UK their potential sustainability and appropriate industry and apply your design philosophy or overseas. application. You will also become aware of to live projects and international design the developing roles that designers have, competitions. The course culminates UCAS code and duration and the potential contexts in which design in a major exhibition and the strategic W260 – 3yrs FT can impact; for example, social, political, development of a professional portfolio. environmental and commercial. International entry Examples of modules Yes You will be required to think strategically Year 1 and demonstrate both industry awareness - Design Fundamentals Contact and social responsibility with regard - Design 1 Art, Design & Architecture admissions to your personal or graduate interests - Workshop and Studio Practice T: +44 (0)20 8417 4646 within the international design world. This - Materials and Making: Themes in E: [email protected] strategic thinking underpins not only the Design History focus for the development of individual Year 2 How to apply projects within modules, but also within - Context and Communication Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 the portfolio across all levels. The course - Intelligent Making promotes an attitude in which you are, first - Future Lab Entry requirements and foremost, a designer. As such, you will - Critical Issues in Furniture and Product • 112 UCAS points, to include an art or interact and engage with the industry and Design: Research and Practice design subject such as Foundation Diploma profession throughout your studies. Year 3 in Art or Design or an art/design-related - Design for Production A-level, or equivalent. Year 1 introduces you to the design - Final Major Project • Portfolio of work plus interview. process and design in context. You will - Professional Context • Plus GCSE (A*–C): five subjects including develop the essential studio, software, - Dissertation: Research and Reflection Maths and English Language, or equivalent. workshop and CAD skills needed for your projects. You will also explore Teaching, learning and assessment Make it happen: user-based design approach, materials, • Teaching methods include studio work, www.kingston.ac.uk/ manufacturing, technologies, processes, one-to-one tutorials, lectures, seminars and productfurniture2017 structure, communication, ergonomics and practical skills workshops. model making. • Assessment methods include presentations, crits, portfolio reviews, Year 2 concentrates on the development essays and student-led projects. and communication of design concepts. Projects will give you a better understanding of design issues, such as sustainability and ‘intelligent making’, while exploring different approaches to ideas- generation. Collaborative project work will 75 Business

Our new business degrees balance academic rigour with practical management skills. They aim to ensure you graduate with the skills and knowledge employers want, confident and ready to meet the challenges of the workplace.

Our strong links to industry mean recognition and accreditation from many professional bodies, and collaboration with professionals to design and teach our courses. Key features include: • competence-based learning, focusing on careers and employability; • interactive, stimulating and lively teaching; • close links to the business world through research, lectures from business professionals and relationships with professional institutions; • essential practical experience through relevant work placements; • entrepreneurship – with our support, many students start new businesses; • overseas study options, at one of our many partner institutions; • research work placements, for those considering an academic career; • focus on professional and IT skills; and • international perspective, with free language courses available.

Our new business degrees include a work placement, or related business experience; a Business Readiness Programme designed with employers; and professional development and memberships.

Our Business Readiness Programme equips you with the skills that will enable you to undertake a work placement with confidence and prepare you for the real world of work, including: • self-management, planning, organising, time and learning management; • selling and negotiation; • professional workplace communication; • literacy, numeracy; and • networking.

Specific skills are taught for accounting, public or third sector placements.

76 Accounting & Finance BSc(Hons) single honours with business experience This course is ideal for those considering careers such as: accountant, auditor, treasurer, company secretary and financial analyst. It combines a path towards professional qualifications, a business readiness programme, and a work placement of up to nine months. Alternatively, you may study overseas, start a new business, or take a research work placement. All options fall within the three years of the course.

What you will study Professional recognition and accreditation general financial management positions This course develops skills sought by You will be offered a route to a professional in all types of organisations, including employers, focusing on current business qualification: there are partial exemptions commerce and banking. practice. Its practical element means you to both the Association of Chartered apply your learning to the real world of work. Certified Accountants (ACCA) and Institute Graduates of this course can expect to of Chartered Accountants in England and join an accounting firm or accounting Year 1 introduces the business and legal Wales (ICAEW) professional qualifications. department in the private or public sector environments where accounting and There is also the opportunity to take (eg a local government authority or a finance operate, and the knowledge and the highly regarded PRINCE2 project charity). On CVs, in job interviews, and in skills underpinning the study of accounting management qualification, giving you an the workplace, increased employability and finance. You will study economics, edge in your future career. makes them an attractive proposition organisational behaviour, quantitative and to employers. IT skills, as well as the basics of financial Examples of modules accounting and bookkeeping. You will start Years 1 and 2 Some of our graduates have obtained your further study on Financial Reporting - Business Information Analysis training contracts with the ‘Big Four’, and Management Accounting. - Law for Accountants including Deloitte and KPMG. Others have - The Accountant’s Business Environment joined small/medium-sized firms. Graduates Years 2 and 3 focus on the three main - Financial Accounting have also been employed by Bloomberg, areas of accounting and finance: financial - Financial Reporting the NHS and Tesco; while several have accounting, management accounting and - Management Accounting progressed to postgraduate study. finance. You can also study auditing or - Finance Enterprise Finance and Management. You - Choice between Auditing or Enterprise, UCAS codes and duration will develop technical expertise and your Finance & Management N420 – 3yrs FT ability to apply and evaluate theoretical concepts and ideas. Year 3 International entry - Theory and Practice of Financial Reporting Yes During Year 2, you will choose between a - Corporate Finance work placement in an organisation (we will - Advanced Management Accounting Contact provide support and where possible you will - Theory and Practice of Taxation Undergraduate admissions administrator be paid) or a period of study abroad at one T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 of our partner institutions, located all over Teaching, learning and assessment E: [email protected] the world. Alternatively, you may start a new • Much teaching is in small groups – business (with support from us) or take a innovative, interactive and practical. We How to apply research work placement – suitable if you emphasise independent learning, critical Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 are considering an academic career. and lateral thinking skills, and applying theory to practice. There are guest lectures Entry requirements This course makes the best use of your time. from practitioners and opportunities to • 128 UCAS points (ABB at A-Level) to In Year 1, summer term will last until mid- engage with real business problems. include at least two A-levels or equivalent. July, not June. In Year 2 the work/research • Assessment includes presentations, • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C): including Maths placement, study overseas or business start- blogs, exams, in-class tests and a variety and English Language (or comparable up is between January and July (or later if of coursework (either group-based or numeric scores under newly reformed wished). You will graduate at the same time individual work). GCSE gradings). as those choosing traditional degrees, but with greater learning and experience. Careers and progression Make it happen: This course is an ideal foundation to: www.kingston.ac.uk/ • gain a professional accounting accountingfinance2017 qualification during your career; and/or • use accounting and finance in more 77 Business HND This two-year Higher National Diploma (HND) course develops your ability to understand business issues from a range of perspectives, to analyse management problems and specify workable solutions.

What you will study Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements Year 1 provides you with the study skills • Teaching methods vary from course to • 32 UCAS points, to include one A-level or needed for the rest of the course, as well course, but most taught undergraduate equivalent (General Studies A-level/AS-level as a foundation in business disciplines programmes are delivered through lectures, not accepted). such as marketing, accounting and IT. seminars, tutorials, computer laboratories • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C): including Maths and library-based study. and English Language (or comparable In Year 2, you will explore how • Assessment methods include end-of- numeric scores under newly reformed organisations are managed at the module exams and coursework, which could GCSE gradings). Key Skills Application operational level, and will study the either be group-based or individual work. of Numbers and Communication Level 2 accounting function and how it can aid accepted in place of GCSE Mathematics business performance. You will also Careers and progression and English Language. learn about operations and project The majority of students who pass this management, and will develop skills to course progress to the Business BA(Hons) Make it happen: enhance your employability. top-up course, also taught at Kingston www.kingston.ac.uk/bushnd2017 College and validated by Kingston Please note: This course is taught at University. Others have gone on to careers Kingston College (validated by Kingston in sectors such as sales, IT, recruitment and University), which is situated in Kingston financial services. town centre, close to the University’s Penrhyn Road campus. UCAS codes and duration 422N – 2yrs FT Examples of modules Year 1 International entry - Business Fundamentals Yes - Organisations and the Environment - Organisations and People Contact - Marketing Fundamentals Undergraduate admissions administrator Year 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 - Managing Financial Resources E: [email protected] - Operations and Project Management - Global Business and Culture How to apply - Career and Employability Development Through UCAS, see pages 227–229

78 Business BA(Hons)/BSc(Hons) joint honours (minor field only) This joint honours course enables you to study business (as a minor field) in combination with another subject. The course provides a broad coverage of business topics. (See pages 222–225 for possible course combinations.)

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression You will study one Business module each Year 1 Studying business as a joint honours year alongside modules from your major field. - Business Management (includes data subject will open up a range of career analysis, marketing and the business options in addition to those offered by Year 1 will introduce you to the business environment) your major field. You will not only have function, with a focus on marketing, data - Modules from your major field knowledge of the business world, but analysis, information systems, economics Year 2 also a set of skills that will enhance your and the business environment. You will - Managing Resources (includes HRM and employment prospects. gain the tools and skills to collect and financial resource management) analyse data and present solutions to real- - Modules from your major field Graduates may also progress to world problems. You will also learn basic Year 3 postgraduate degrees and professional business and economic concepts and their - Management Strategy and Operations qualifications. application to current issues. (includes strategic analysis and decision- making, and achieving competitive UCAS codes and duration Year 2 will examine key issues in human advantage) See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com resource management (HRM), including how - Modules from your major field for codes. various policies and practices can create an environment in which employees perform Teaching, learning and assessment International entry well. You will also learn about financial • Many classes are taught in small Yes resource management, including the groups in innovative, interactive and principles and construction of key financial practical ways. Emphasis is on developing Contact statements. This will enable you to interpret independent learning and critical and Undergraduate admissions administrator financial information to make appropriate lateral thinking skills. A key focus is the T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 economic decisions and recommendations. application of theory to practice. There will E: [email protected] be guest lectures from practitioners and Year 3 considers the role of management opportunities to engage with real business How to apply and the importance of strategic analysis problems. You will also be required to Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 and decision-making. You will develop reflect on your personal and academic an understanding of the environment in development. Entry requirements which organisations operate and how they • Assessment methods may include Entry requirements will vary depending on achieve competitive advantage. presentations, blogs, exams, in-class tests which subject you choose to combine with and a variety of coursework, which could Business. See our website for details of You will be registered with the faculty either be group-based or individual work. entry requirements for your major field. responsible for the major field you choose Many of the assessments are designed to to combine with Business. enable you to develop your understanding Make it happen: of current concerns in the subject area. www.kingston.ac.uk/businessjh2017 For more information, please see the course page for the major field, or visit our website.

79 Business Management BSc(Hons) single honours with business experience and choice of specialisms This degree examines the main functions of modern businesses, giving you knowledge and tools for employment or starting your own business. It combines a path towards professional qualifications, a business readiness programme, and a work placement of up to nine months. Alternatively, you may study overseas, start a new business or take a research work placement. All options fall within the three years of the course.

What you will study traditional degrees, but with greater Careers and progression Focusing on current business practice, this learning and experience. This degree gives knowledge, skills and course develops skills sought by employers. experience applicable to a wide range Its practical element means you apply your Professional memberships and of business careers. On CVs, in job learning to the real world of work. recognition interviews, and in the workplace, increased You will receive membership of the employability makes our graduates an Years 1 and 2 introduce you to Chartered Management Institute (CMI), attractive proposition to employers. organisational behaviour, business statistics funded by Kingston Business School, and information management, business throughout your studies. You will also Recent graduates work as finance officers, economics and the principles of marketing. receive its professional qualification marketing managers, HR administrators, You will prepare for your work placement, on graduation. You will also have the personal bankers and advisers for and learn project management skills. You opportunity to take the highly regarded companies that include Google, HSBC, will develop entrepreneurial skills, operations PRINCE2 project management qualification, British Airways, NatWest and Waitrose. This and project management, human resource again fully funded by Kingston Business course develops entrepreneurial skills – management and business accounting. School. Both will give you an edge in your many graduates start their own business. future career. For the sixth year running, Kingston University During Year 2 you will choose between a has been rated amongst the top two most work placement in an organisation (we will Examples of modules successful UK higher education institutions provide support and where possible you will Year 1 and 2 for graduate start-up companies (Higher be paid) or a period of study abroad at one - Economics for Business Education – Business and Community of our partner institutions, located all over - Business Statistics and IT Interaction Survey). Several graduates also the world. Alternatively, you may start a new - Marketing Practice go on to study for postgraduate degrees business (with support from us) or take a - Organisational Behaviour and professional qualifications. research work placement – suitable if you - Business Accounting are considering an academic career. You - Operations and Project Management UCAS codes and duration will also undertake professional training, - Human Resource Management N221 – 3yrs FT giving you certificates and diplomas to - Entrepreneurship and Innovation enhance your CV considerably. Year 3 International entry - Strategic Management Yes Year 3 studies strategic management - Leading Change as a core module, focusing on achieving - A choice of two option modules; or two Contact and sustaining competitive advantage specialism modules (choose from Human Undergraduate admissions administrator in business. You will examine the Resource Management, Entrepreneurship, T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 management of changes in business in Finance and Service Operations). E: [email protected] a complex and inter-connected world. In Year 3 you can either stay on the general Teaching, learning and assessment How to apply business management track – choosing • Much teaching is in small groups – Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 from a range of option modules – or innovative, interactive and practical. We specialise in a specific area through the emphasise independent learning, critical Entry requirements choice of two dedicated modules. and lateral thinking skills, and applying • 112 UCAS points (BBC at A-Level) to theory to practice. There are guest lectures include at least two A-levels or equivalent. This course makes the best use of your from practitioners and opportunities to • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths time. In Year 1, summer term will last until engage with real business problems. and English Language (or comparable mid-July, not June. In Year 2 the work/ • Assessment includes presentations, numeric scores under newly reformed research placement, study overseas or blogs, exams, in-class tests and a variety GCSE gradings). business start-up is between January and of coursework (either group-based or July (or later if wished). You will graduate individual work). Make it happen: at the same time as those choosing www.kingston.ac.uk/businessmgt2017 80 International Business BSc(Hons) single honours with business experience This course is ideal if you aspire to be a leader and decision-maker in a global business environment. It combines a path towards professional qualifications, a business readiness programme, and a work placement of up to nine months. Alternatively, you may study overseas, start a new business or take a research work placement. All options fall within the three years of the course.

What you will study July (or later if wished). You will graduate Careers and progression Focusing on current business practice, this at the same time as those choosing Graduates will be prepared for a wide course develops skills sought by employers. traditional degrees, but with greater range of career choices across business Its practical element, especially the work learning and experience. disciplines and sectors, particularly in an placement, means you apply your learning international environment. On CVs, in job to the real world of work. Professional recognition and accreditation interviews, and in the workplace, increased You will receive membership of the employability makes them an attractive Year 1 introduces the foundations Chartered Management Institute (CMI), proposition to employers. of international business, economics funded by Kingston Business School, for business and organisations and throughout your studies. You will also Recent graduates have secured jobs entrepreneurship. You will be introduced receive its professional qualification on with companies such as JP Morgan, the to international marketing and to the graduation. In addition, you will have the Swedish Embassy, S3 Group and Blue management of information. Through our opportunity to work or study abroad, and Pen. Many also progress to study for business readiness programme, you will you can take a range of free language postgraduate degrees and professional develop your professional and personal skills. courses, all as part of your degree. qualifications.

Year 2 develops problem-solving and Modules UCAS codes and duration decision-making skills in the context of Years 1 and 2 N120 – 3yrs FT the main international business functions - Economics for Business and explores the cultural context of - International Marketing International entry business operations. - Business Statistics and IT Yes - Organisations and Entrepreneurship During Year 2 you will choose between a - Culture and International Business Contact work placement in an organisation (we will - Human Resource Management in an Undergraduate admissions administrator provide support and where possible you will International Context T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 be paid) or a period of study abroad at one - International Business Operations E: [email protected] of our partner institutions, located all over - Financial and Management Accounting the world. Alternatively, you may start a new Year 3 How to apply business (with support from us) or take a - Entrepreneurship in an International Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 research work placement – suitable if you Context are considering an academic career. - International Business Practice Entry requirements - Strategic Management • 112 UCAS points (BBC at A-Level) to Year 3 consolidates the aspects of - Global Corporate Citizenship and include at least two A-levels or equivalent. international business studied so far. It Sustainability • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths develops your critical understanding and and English Language (or comparable ability to contribute to strategic thinking in Teaching, learning and assessment numeric scores under newly reformed a global business environment. Alongside • Much teaching is in small groups – GCSE gradings). students from around the world, you will innovative, interactive and practical. We undertake a group consultancy project for emphasise independent learning, critical Make it happen: an international company. You will also and lateral thinking skills, and applying www.kingston.ac.uk/intbusiness2017 explore corporate social responsibility in the theory to practice. There are guest lectures international context. from practitioners and opportunities to engage with real business problems. This course makes the best use of your • Assessment includes presentations, time. In Year 1, summer term will last until blogs, exams, in-class tests and a variety mid-July, not June. In Year 2 the work/ of coursework (either group-based or research placement, study overseas or individual work). business start-up is between January and 81 Marketing & Advertising BSc(Hons) single honours with business experience If you are interested in marketing, marketing communications or advertising, this course is ideal. It combines a path towards professional qualifications, a business readiness programme, and a work placement of up to nine months. Alternatively, you may study overseas, start a new business or take a research work placement. All options fall within the three years of the course.

What you will study Professional memberships and Careers and progression This course develops skills sought by recognition This course teaches knowledge, skills and employers, focusing on current ways of You will receive membership of the practical experience that employers seek. working in business. Its practical element Chartered Management Institute (CMI), It enhances career prospects and prepares means you apply your learning to the real funded by Kingston Business School, to you to confidently step into employment. world of work. help you stand out from the crowd. This Graduates can expect to pursue careers course offers exemptions to the Chartered in marketing management, brand Year 1 studies the marketing environment, Institute of Marketing (CIM) professional management, advertising account organisations and entrepreneurship. You qualifications. In most cases you will management, or continue to postgraduate will be introduced to marketing principles have the opportunity to take the highly study. On CVs, in job interviews, and in the and management of marketing information. regarded PRINCE2 project management workplace, increased employability makes You will be able to describe and structure qualification, again giving you an edge in them an attractive proposition to employers. business and marketing problems. In the your future career. summer term, you will futher develop Previous graduates have secured jobs with your understanding of marketing theory Examples of modules companies such as Virgin Airlines, Marks & and metrics. Years 1 and 2 Spencer, Fedex, Toyota and Dairy Crest. - Managing Marketing Information Year 2 develops problem-solving and - Marketing Principles UCAS codes and duration decision-making skills. It examines vital - The Marketing Environment N590 – 3yrs FT aspects of marketing strategy and planning, - Organisations and Entrepreneurship as well as communications and advertising. - Marketing Communications and Advertising International entry You will choose between a work placement - Marketing Insights Yes in an organisation (we will provide support - Marketing Metrics and where possible you will be paid) or a - Marketing Strategy and Planning Contact period of study abroad at one of our partner Year 3 Undergraduate admissions administrator institutions, located all over the world. - Creating Value: Marketing Theory T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 Alternatively, you may start a new business - Creating Value: Marketing Practice E: [email protected] (with support from us) or take a research - Communicating Value: Marcomms Theory work placement – suitable if you are - Communicating Value: Marcomms Practice How to apply considering an academic career. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Teaching, learning and assessment Year 3 develops your critical understanding • Much teaching is in small groups – Entry requirements of, and your ability to contribute to, innovative, interactive and practical. We • 112 UCAS points (BBC at A-Level) to longer-term marketing and advertising emphasise independent learning, critical include at least two A-levels or equivalent. strategy. You will consolidate your learning and lateral thinking skills, and applying • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths via two capstone projects, undertaken for theory to practice. There are guest lectures and English Language (or comparable organisations, relating theory to practice. from practitioners and opportunities to numeric scores under newly reformed engage with real business problems. GCSE gradings). This course makes the best use of your • Assessment includes presentations, time. In Year 1, summer term will last until blogs, exams, in-class tests and a variety Make it happen: mid-July, not June. In Year 2 the work/ of coursework (either group-based or www.kingston.ac.uk/ research placement, study overseas or individual work). advertising2017 business start-up is between January and July (or later if wished). You will graduate at the same time as those choosing traditional degrees, but with greater learning and experience.

82 William Davis BSc(Hons) Marketing and Communications

“I chose Kingston for its award winning entrepreneurship and practical business reputation to make the most of my marketing communications degree. Both these things have gone beyond my expectations. I like how each library has its own atmosphere and offers materials relating to the courses studied at each campus.”

83 Computing and information systems

Our portfolio of computer science and information systems courses offers you plenty of choice including:

• pure degrees in computer science and information systems, or specialist degrees in areas such as games programming, cyber security and computer forensics or network communications; • the option of a professional placement between Years 2 and 3 to gain valuable industry experience; • an optional study abroad year; and • different levels of study to suit you – BSc(Hons), BSc or foundation year.

Whatever route you take, we will offer you a sound, comprehensive syllabus in computer science. You will learn to apply theory to real problems, whether in commerce, information systems, games programming or networking.

Our focus on the modern, applied aspects of computing and our close links with industry ensure you will be well prepared for employment after you graduate. We invest heavily in the latest hardware and software so that your skills will be up-to-date. In many cases they will actually be more advanced than ‘industry standard’.

All single honours computer science degrees share the same Year 1 curriculum. This means that you will gain a broad knowledge of computer science and information systems, and will have the opportunity to transfer to another course if you decide to change your area of specialism as a result.

All our degree courses are accredited by BCS, The Chartered Institute for IT.

84 Computing and Mathematics Foundation Year

If you would like to study computing or mathematics at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include an extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels or if you have non-computing or non-mathematics A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration The extra year is designed to equip you - Mathematics UCAS codes for the foundation course with the skills and knowledge to continue - Mathematics for Computing route of each degree are on the relevant on to the degree of your choice. - Computer Systems course page. - Computer Programming 1yr FT Throughout this foundation year, you will - Technical Investigation and Skills study a broad introductory programme International entry that enables you to experience a range of Teaching, learning and assessment Yes subject areas and gives you the flexibility • Teaching methods include lectures, to reconsider your degree route if you seminars and tutorials, workshops and Contact wish. Subjects start at an elementary level, computer practical work. Particular Science, Engineering and Computing and there is a strong emphasis on the emphasis is placed on developing key skills admissions development of practical, investigational that will help mature applicants who are T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and study skills. returning to education and those from a non- E: [email protected] computing and mathematics background. This course is taught at Kingston College, • Assessment includes a mixture of How to apply where you will benefit from the friendly, coursework and examination. Coursework Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 informal atmosphere of college life but with may take the form of report writing, case the advantage of being able to access the studies and/or presentations. Examinations Entry requirements facilities of the University. take place at the end of the year, giving • 64 UCAS points from two A-levels you the opportunity to settle back into or equivalent. Course features education and into the course. The style of • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C) including English • This course provides entry to all assessment provides a natural progression and Mathematics. computing and mathematics honours to Year 1 of your chosen degree. • If you are a mature student, there are no degrees. formal entry requirements, but offers will • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 Careers and progression depend on an interview. points for entry. This course will qualify you to progress • Those without formal entry requirements to Year 1 of a bachelors degree at Make it happen: may be considered if they have suitable Kingston University. www.kingston.ac.uk/ work experience, but will be subject to compmathsfdn2017 interview. See the relevant course page to find out • Applications from mature students are where your chosen degree could lead. welcome.

85 Computer Science BSc(Hons) single honours Through the development of new technologies and new applications, computer science radically and continually changes the way we experience our world, whether in gaming, communications, commerce, entertainment, science or education. This course assumes no prior knowledge of computer science and offers you the flexibility to pursue specialist areas of particular interest to you (eg web design, digital business and internet security).

What you will study Year 3 develops programming skills Careers and progression You will learn to build high-quality and best practice, including the agile Through this course you will gain the skills software applications to solve real world methodology, testing, and common coding and knowledge to move smoothly from problems. You will study the fundamental standards design patterns. You will select university to computer industry. Technological principles underpinning computer systems, two software ‘platforms’ enabling you to and professional skills will help you keep information systems, networks and the develop your own specialism (eg Google pace with this rapidly changing field. software development process. Maps frameworks for web development, .Net, and Swift Platform for mobile devices). Computer science graduates are some of Year 1’s curriculum is shared by all our Through the project module you will show our most sought after. They are suited to jobs single honours computing degrees. It gives the knowledge and skills you have gained, in IT and associated industries (eg software a thorough grounding in computer systems apply them to a project of your choice and developers, network analysts, web designers, and software development, and gives you create a key artefact for your CV. You will IT consultants, database analysts or network flexibility to change course should you wish. also select two option modules. administrators), in manufacturing, commerce, entertainment or finance. Many use their You will examine computer architectures, Accreditation understanding of information systems and the range of tools and techniques used This course is accredited by BCS, The to become business strategists. Others to build systems. Developing programming Chartered Institute for IT. combine computer science with research concepts and skills, you will become or gaming interests. This course is also an familiar with software development tools. Examples of modules excellent foundation for postgraduate study. You will learn principles, techniques and Year 1 tools common to the analysis and design - Programming 1 UCAS code and duration stages of software development. You will - IT Toolbox G401 – 3yrs FT study the impact of technologies on the - Business Analysis and Solution Design G403 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 workplace, economy and society. - System Environments G400 – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) Year 2 Year 2 emphasises networking and data - Programming 2 International entry communications. It extends your learning - Networking and Operating Systems Yes of the formal aspects of programming, - Database and UML Modelling including object-orientation, data - Projects and their Management Contact structures and algorithms. You will examine Optional Professional Placement Year Science, Engineering and Computing development environments, revision control Year 3 admissions systems and optimisation techniques. You - Individual Project T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 will study basic principles of networking and - Programming 3 E: [email protected] data communications, developing practical - Two option modules (eg Dependable skills in network and IP addressing design. Systems; Computer Vision, Graphics How to apply Based on a thorough knowledge of Internet and Image Processing; Digital Business; Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 protocols, you will learn how network Advanced Databases and the Web; User services are structured and implemented. Experience; Internet Security; IT and Entry requirements Data modelling is fundamental to the design Entrepreneurship; Internet Services and • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels of effective computer systems. You will Protocols) or equivalent. learn to use UML design models to capture • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric system requirements, to develop relational Teaching, learning and assessment score under newly reformed GCSE grading): models and use SQL to develop database • Teaching includes lectures, smaller five subjects including English Language systems. Working in teams, you will develop tutorial groups and seminars, practical and Mathematics. project development and management workshop sessions, individual assignments skills, applying your analysis and design and group tasks. Make it happen: knowledge to deliver a working software • Assessment includes coursework and www.kingston.ac.uk/compsci2017 prototype. practical/written exams. 86 Computer Science (Games Programming) BSc(Hons) single honours This course is designed for future computer scientists who wish to learn about the development of computer games from a technical (rather than artistic) angle. Having an enthusiasm for playing computer games is a good start, but you will need to want to find out what is involved in coding and creating a game.

What you will study Accreditation UCAS code and duration This course provides a broad foundation in This course is accredited by BCS, The G625 – 3yrs FT computer science with a games specialism, Chartered Institute of IT. G624 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 and is accredited by BCS, The Chartered G611 – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) Institute of IT. Year 1 of the course is Examples of modules common with Games Technology. It is Year 1 International entry possible to switch from a games course - Object-oriented Programming Yes into Computer Science or Information - Game Science Systems at the end of Year 1 (although not - Games Technology Contact the other way around). - Business Analysis and Solution Design Science, Engineering and Computing Year 2 admissions During Year 1, you will look at the stages - High-level Game Development T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 of system development, from finding - Networking and Operating Systems E: [email protected] out what the client needs, to building - Database and UML Modelling and maintaining a system. You will - Option module (Games or Computer Science) How to apply cover programming skills and concepts Optional Professional Placement Year Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 complemented by practical design and Year 3 testing techniques using both C++ and - Game Creation Processes Entry requirements Java. You will have the opportunity to - Individual Project (Games) • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels work both individually and in groups. - Option module (Games) or equivalent. Two specialist modules cover 2D and - Option module (Computer Science) • Five GCSEs, grade C or above (or introductory 3D games programming using comparable numeric score under newly a game engine, together with the necessary Teaching, learning and assessment reformed GCSE grading), including mathematics and physics required for • Teaching methods include lectures, Mathematics, English and ideally a science. game development. smaller tutorial groups and seminars, practical workshop sessions, individual Make it happen: Year 2 modules build on these foundations, assignments and group tasks. www.kingston.ac.uk/csgames2017 taking further the basic computing concepts • Assessment methods include coursework of databases, networking and operating and practical/written exams. systems. One field-specific module concentrates on games programming. High- Careers and progression level Game Development teaches 3D game Graduates of this course are suited to jobs programming using various game libraries in the games and media industries, but the and engines. This module includes elements core skills you will learn are also excellent of artificial intelligence – for example, how preparation for a wide range of computing to create computer opponents in a game. In careers. These include: games developer; addition, you will enhance your object- graphics, artificial intelligence or technical oriented skills by practical work in the programmer, IT consultant and network programming language C++, which is in support; and research and development particular demand by the games industry. roles in the games industry.

In Year 3, you will study a specialist module on game creation processes, focusing on teamworking to emulate the games industry. In addition to the final-year project, which is likely to have a games theme, you will be able to choose from a number of option modules. 87 Computer Science (Network Communications) BSc(Hons) single honours Through the development of new technologies and new applications, computer science radically and continually changes the way we experience our world, whether in gaming, communications, commerce, entertainment, science or education. This course assumes no prior knowledge of computer science and offers you the flexibility to pursue specialist areas of particular interest to you (eg web design, digital business, and internet security).

What you will study and management skills, applying your Teaching, learning and assessment You will learn to design networks and IP analysis and design knowledge to deliver a • Teaching includes lectures, smaller addressing schemes, build reliable protocols working software prototype. tutorial groups and seminars, practical and network applications which solve real workshop sessions, individual assignments world problems. You will study fundamental In Year 3 you will study key Internet services and group tasks. principles underpinning computer systems, and protocols, including how these services • Assessment includes coursework and information systems, security and the are secured, and learn to design and practical/written exams. software development process. implement protocols and services for a world of increasingly connected everyday objects. Careers and progression Year 1’s curriculum is shared by all our The programming module will further your Graduates are well-suited to the data single honours computing degrees. It gives programming skills and best practice, communications and networking industry, a thorough grounding in computer systems including the agile methodology, testing, and whether in the telecoms industry or and software development, and the common coding standards design patterns. designing and maintaining an enterprises flexibility to change course should you wish. You will select two software ‘platforms’ to network. Many use their understanding enable you to develop your own specialism of network systems to become business You will examine computer architectures, (eg Google Maps, frameworks for web strategists. The course also forms an and the range of tools and techniques used development, .Net, and Swift Platform for excellent foundation for postgraduate study to build systems. Developing programming mobile devices). The project module gives you or network professional qualifications. concepts and skills, you will become a chance to show the knowledge and skills familiar with software development tools. you have gained, apply them to a project of UCAS code and duration You will learn principles, techniques and your choice, and create a key artefact for your G420 – 3yrs FT tools common to the analysis and design CV. You will also select one option module. G425 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 stages of software development. You will GHK6 – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) study the impact of technologies on the Accreditation workplace, economy and society. This course is accredited by BCS, The International entry Chartered Institute of IT. Yes Year 2 continues core themes introduced in Year 1, emphasising networking and Examples of modules Contact data communications. The programming Year 1 Science, Engineering and Computing module extends your learning of formal - Programming 1 admissions aspects of programming including - IT Toolbox T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 object-orientation, data structures, and - Business Analysis and Solution Design E: [email protected] algorithms. You will become familiar with - System Environments development environments, revision control Year 2 How to apply systems and optimisation techniques. You - Programming 2 Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 will be introduced to the basic principles - Networking Concepts of networking and data communications, - Database and UML Modelling Entry requirements developing practical skills in network and - Projects and their Management • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels IP addressing design. Based on thorough Optional Professional Placement Year or equivalent. knowledge of Internet protocols, you will Year 3 • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric learn the structure and implementation - Internet Services and Protocols score under newly reformed GCSE grading): of network services. Data modelling is - Individual Project five subjects including English Language fundamental to designing effective computer - Programming 3 and Mathematics. systems. You will learn to use UML design - Option module (eg Computer Vision, models to capture system requirements, Graphics and Image Processing; Digital Make it happen: to develop relational models and use SQL Business; Advanced Databases and the www.kingston.ac.uk/csnc2017 to develop database systems. Working in Web; User Experience; Internet Security; IT teams, you will develop project development and Entrepreneurship) 88 Computing with Business BSc(Hons) joint honours Through development of new technologies and applications, computer science radically and continually changes the way we experience our world. This degree combines a major field in Computing with a minor field in Business. The Business field gives you a range of professional skills plus the ability to use them in a business context and to solve business problems.

What you will study Year 3 has three core modules. The Careers and progression You will learn to build high-quality programming module enhances your Graduates of this course are suited to software applications to solve real world programming skills and best practice, jobs in IT and associated industries (eg problems. You will study the fundamental including the agile methodology, testing, and software developers, network analysts, principles underpinning computer systems, common coding standards design patterns. web designers, IT consultants, database information systems, networks and the You will select two software ‘platforms’ to analysts or network administrators). These software development process. enable you to develop your own specialism might be in small or large businesses, in (eg Google Maps, frameworks for web manufacturing, commerce, entertainment Year 1 examines computer architectures development, .Net, and Swift Platform for or finance. Many use their understanding and the range of tools and techniques used mobile devices). The project module gives of information systems to become business to build systems. Developing programming you the opportunity to show the knowledge strategists. Others combine computer concepts and skills, you will become and skills you have gained, applying them to science with research or gaming interests. familiar with software development tools. a project of your choice and creating a key This course is an excellent foundation You will learn principles, techniques and artefact for your CV. The business module for postgraduate study (eg software tools common to the analysis and design explores the role of leadership and decision engineering, security, finance or logistics). stages of software development. On your in organisations. You will also select one first business module you will learn basic option module from computer science. UCAS code and duration business and economic concepts. G4N2 – 3yrs FT Accreditation G4NG – 4yrs FDN, see p85 Year 2 continues core themes introduced This course is accredited by BCS, The G4NF – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) in Year 1. The programming module Chartered Institute for IT. extends your learning of the formal International entry aspects of programming, including Examples of modules Yes object-orientation, data structures, Year 1 and algorithms, and ensures you are - Programming 1 Contact familiar with development environments, - IT Toolbox Science, Engineering and Computing revision control systems and optimisation - Business Analysis and Solution Design admissions techniques. You will be introduced to the - Business Management T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 basic principles of networking and data Year 2 E: [email protected] communications, developing practical - Programming 2 skills in network and IP addressing - Networking and Operating Systems How to apply design. You will explore the essential - Database and UML Modelling Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 features and operations of modern - Managing Resources computer architectures and understand Optional Professional Placement Year Entry requirements the principles and major functions of Year 3 • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels modern operating systems. Data modelling - Individual Project or equivalent. is fundamental to the design of effective - Programming 3 • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric computer systems. You will learn to use - Management Strategy and Operations score under newly reformed GCSE grading): UML design models to capture system - Computing option module five subjects including English Language, requirements and learn to develop Mathematics and Double Science. relational models and use SQL to develop Teaching, learning and assessment database systems. Your second business • Teaching includes lectures, practical Make it happen: module addresses efficient and effective workshop sessions, smaller tutorial groups www.kingston.ac.uk/ management of human and financial and seminars, individual assignments and computingbusiness2017 resources for commercial advantage. group tasks. • Assessment includes coursework and practical/written exams.

89 Cyber Security and Computer Forensics with Business BSc(Hons) joint honours As technology increasingly dominates the way we experience our world whether in gaming, communications, or commerce, so the opportunities for and impact of cybercrime dramatically increase. People with talent and passion for computing forensics and cyber security are increasingly valued by government, law enforcement agencies and businesses.

What you will study techniques, as well as security policies for enforcement agencies (eg police, military and This joint honours course with Business organisations. The Live and Network Forensics government intelligence agencies, and private introduces computer security, encryption, module investigates the recovery and analysis security and consulting companies). cryptography, and digital forensics, plus of forensic evidence from running computers ethical and legal frameworks. It examines and servers. The project module gives you the Graduates can work as penetration testers fundamental principles and threats which opportunity to show the knowledge and skills (finds security vulnerabilities in target systems, underpin computer systems, e-commerce you have gained, applying them to a project networks, and applications to help enterprises systems, networks and the software of your choice and creating a key artefact for improve their security), forensic analysts development process. your CV. Topics could be from cyber security (recovers and examines data from computers or computer forensics, or you may combine and other electronic storage devices to be Year 1 examines computer architectures both. Past students have investigated used as evidence in prosecutions), incident and the range of tools and techniques used malware, data mined twitter data and built responders (reviewing services and information to build systems. Developing programming honeypots. The business module explores at risk to contain and eradicate threat agents concepts and skills, you will become familiar leadership and decision in organisations. by providing service recovery guidance). with software development tools. You will Through this joint honours course, career also study and examine industrial-leading Accreditation options also include specialisms in software for forensics, and be introduced This course is accredited by BCS, The business, opening opportunities in (for to the investigation cycle and legal aspects Chartered Institute of IT. example) strategic leadership. of the computer forensic process. On your first business module you will learn basic Examples of modules UCAS code and duration business and economic concepts. Year 1 G4N1 – 3yrs FT - Programming 1 G4NX – 4yrs FDN, see p85 Year 2 continues core themes introduced - IT Toolbox G4NC – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) in Year 1, emphasising networking and - Digital Forensics: Principles and Practices 6yrs PT computer forensics. The Computer Forensics - Business Management and Ethical Hacking module introduces Year 2 International entry legal and technical issues related to criminal - Computer Forensics and Ethical Hacking Yes computer investigations. You will be introduced - Network Concepts to the basic principles of networking and - Database and UML Modelling Contact data communications with developing practical - Managing Resources Science, Engineering and Computing skills in network and IP addressing design. Optional Professional Placement Year admissions Based on a thorough knowledge of Internet Year 3 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 protocols, you will learn the structure and - Individual Project E: [email protected] implementation of network services. Data - Internet Security modelling is fundamental to the design of - Live and Network Forensics How to apply effective computer systems. You will learn to - Management Strategy and Operations FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 use UML design models to capture system PT direct to University requirements and learn to develop relational Teaching, learning and assessment models and use SQL to develop database • Teaching includes lectures, smaller Entry requirements systems. Your second business module tutorial groups and seminars, practical • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels addresses the efficient and effective workshop sessions, individual assignments or equivalent. management of human and financial and group tasks. Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric resources for commercial advantage. • Assessment includes coursework and score under newly reformed GCSE grading): practical/written exams. five subjects including English Language, Year 3 explores protection of systems and Mathematics and Science. data against various types of threat. You Careers and progression will study encryption algorithms, public-key There are opportunities in security and digital Make it happen: cryptography systems, and network security forensics with commercial companies and law www.kingston.ac.uk/cyber2017 90 Games Technology BSc(Hons) single honours The growing games industry is now larger than the film industry. Interactive media radically and continually changes how we experience our world – in gaming, entertainment, science and education. This course teaches specialist skills for the highly competitive computer games industry, such as: games programming, artificial intelligence, testing, media, graphics, animation, mathematics and physics, alongside programming-orientated computer science.

What you will study An option module includes the opportunity Careers and progression This is a games programming course with to develop your skills in media or 3D Graduates of this course are suited to jobs a greater focus on games development graphics modelling in the games and media industries, but than our Computer Science (Games the core skills learnt are also excellent Programming) course. However, it is still In Year 3, you will study a specialist preparation for a wide range of computing sufficiently broad to equip you with general module on game creation processes, careers. These include games developer, computing skills, and is accredited by focusing on agile team-working to emulate graphics, artificial intelligence or technical BCS, The Chartered Institute of IT. Year 1 is the games industry. Each team develops programmer, IT consultant, and network common with Computer Science (Games a game from an initial concept to the support or research and development roles Programming). At the end of Year 1, it is publishing stage. In a second specialist in the games industry. possible to transfer from a games course to module, optimised programming for games Computer Science or Information Systems, devices, low level C++ skills for console UCAS code and duration although not the other way around. game development are taught. In addition G690 – 3yrs FT to the Year 3 project, which will have a G691 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 During Year 1, you will study computer games theme, you will be able to choose G693 – 4yrs SW (with Professional architectures and development from a number of option modules. Placement) methodologies. You will develop programming skills and concepts, Accreditation International entry complemented by practical design and This course is accredited by BCS, Yes testing techniques using both C++ and The Chartered Institute of IT. Java. Two specialist modules cover 2D Contact and introductory 3D games programming Examples of modules Science, Engineering and Computing using a C++ game engine, together with Year 1 admissions the necessary mathematics and physics - Object-oriented Programming T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 required for game development. You - Game Science E: [email protected] will have the opportunity to work both - Games Technology individually and in groups. - Business Analysis and Solution Design How to apply Year 2 Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Year 2 modules build on these foundations, - High-level Game Development taking further the basic computing - 3D Graphics Programming Entry requirements concepts of networking and operating - Networking and Operating Systems • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels systems. Two field-specific modules - Option module or equivalent. concentrate on games programming. Optional Professional Placement Year • Five GCSEs, grade C or above, including High-level Game Development teaches 3D Year 3 English and a science, with Mathematics game programming using various game - Game Creation Processes at grade B. libraries and engines, such as Unity3D and - Individual Project (Games Project) • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable Unreal 4. This module includes elements - Optimized Programming for Games Devices numeric score under newly reformed of artificial intelligence; for example, how - Option modules GCSE grading): which must include English to create computer opponents in a game. grade C, Mathematics grade B and Physics You will also enhance your object-oriented Teaching, learning and assessment grade B. skills by practical work in the programming • Teaching methods include lectures, language C++, which is in particular smaller tutorial groups and seminars, Make it happen: demand by the games industry. The 3D practical workshop sessions, individual www.kingston.ac.uk/games2017 Graphics Programming module focuses on assignments and group tasks. the more low-level mathematics, physics • Assessment methods include and 3D graphics to further develop your 3D coursework, industrial simulations and graphics programming skills, such as for client briefs. shader programming and particle effects. 91 Information Systems BSc(Hons) single honours The growth in data and knowledge is radically and continually changing the way we experience our world whether in business, science, education and government. This course assumes no prior knowledge of computer science and offers you the flexibility to pursue specialist areas of particular interest to you (eg web design, digital business, and internet security).

What you will study design. You will explore essential features Teaching, learning and assessment You will learn how to transform and operations of modern computer • Teaching includes lectures, smaller businesses by integrating information architectures, understanding the principles tutorial groups and seminars, practical across organisations and their customers and major functions of modern operating workshop sessions, individual assignments and suppliers, by deriving knowledge systems. Working in teams, you will develop and group tasks. from diverse sources and developing project development and management skills, • Assessment includes coursework, e-commerce strategies. You will understand applying your analysis and design knowledge presentations and practical/written exams. the fundamental principles which underpin to deliver a working software prototype. knowledge management systems, networks Careers and progression and the software development process. Year 3 has two core modules. Information Computer science graduates are some of Systems Strategy and Management teaches our most sought after. You will graduate Year 1’s curriculum is shared by all our you to critically analyse business situations, with the skills and knowledge to move into single honours computing degrees. It gives identifying existing information requirements business or the computing industry, and to a thorough grounding in computer systems and how information could be exploited. You keep pace with this rapidly changing field. and software development, and gives you will study the management of information flexibility to change course should you wish. and technology processes in businesses Potential career roles include systems and appreciate change management. developer or analyst. This course may take You will examine computer architectures, you to senior IT positions, with responsibility and the range of tools and techniques used The project module gives you the chance to for systems, applications, hardware and staff. to build systems. Developing programming demonstrate the knowledge and skills you have concepts and skills, you will become gained by applying them to a project of your UCAS code and duration familiar with software development tools. choice and creating a key artefact for your G565 – 3yrs FT You will learn the principles, techniques and CV. You will also select two option modules. G590 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 tools common to the analysis and design G563 – 4 yrs SW (with Professional Placement) stages of software development. You will Accreditation study the impact of technologies on the This course is accredited by BCS, The International entry workplace, economy and society. Chartered Institute of IT. Yes

Year 2 continues core themes covered in Examples of modules Contact Year 1, emphasising information systems. Year 1 Science, Engineering and Computing The Electronic and Web-based Processes - Programming 1 admissions module examines implementation of - IT Toolbox T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 e-commerce strategies, integration of - Business Analysis and Solution Design E: [email protected] information across departments and - System Environments between an organisation and its customers Year 2 How to apply and suppliers. It covers business issues - Electronic and Web-based Processes Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 such as customer relationships, knowledge - Networking and Operating Systems management, organisational efficiency - Database and UML Modelling Entry requirements and service quality. Data modelling is - Projects and their Management • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels fundamental to the design of effective Optional Professional Placement Year or equivalent. computer systems. You will learn to use Year 3 • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable UML design models to capture system - Individual Project numeric score under newly reformed requirements and learn to develop - Information Strategy and Management GCSE grading): which must include English relational models and use SQL to develop - Two option modules (eg Digital Business; Language, Mathematics and Science. database systems. You will be introduced Advanced Databases and the Web; User to basic principles of networking and data Experience; Internet Security; IT and Make it happen: communications, developing practical Entrepreneurship; Internet Services and www.kingston.ac.uk/isbsc2017 skills in network and IP addressing Protocols) 92 Software Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours Through the development of new technologies and applications, software engineering radically and continually changes the way we experience our world, whether in gaming, communications, commerce, entertainment, science or education. This course assumes no prior knowledge of software engineering and offers you flexibility to pursue specialist areas of particular interest to you (eg web design, digital business, and internet security).

What you will study Year 3 has three core modules. workshop sessions, individual assignments You will learn to build high-quality software Dependable Systems teaches you to apply and group tasks. applications to solve real world problems. dependability and security principles and • Assessment includes coursework and You will study the fundamental principles software quality approaches to the software practical/written exams. underpinning dependable computer systems, development process. Programming 3 secure software and network systems and furthers your programming skills and best Careers and progression the software development process. practice including the agile methodology, Software engineering is one of the testing, and common coding standards most popular professions in IT (source: Year 1’s curriculum is shared by all our design patterns. You will select two www.prospects.ac.uk). Like systems single honours computing degrees. It gives software ‘platforms’ to enable you to programmers, software engineers are a thorough grounding in computer systems develop your own specialism (eg Google employed to get the best out of the and software development, and gives you Maps, frameworks for web development, computer but work at the design stage. flexibility to change course should you wish. .Net, and Swift Platform for mobile devices). They generally work for computer Through the project module, you show manufacturers or for software houses, You will examine computer architectures, the knowledge and skills you have gained, designing products such as compilers and the range of tools and techniques used applying them to a project of your choice (which translate programs), operating to build systems. Developing programming and creating a key artefact for your CV. You systems and software that enable the concepts and skills, you will become will also select one option module. computer to operate more efficiently. familiar with software development tools. You will learn the principles, techniques and Accreditation UCAS code and duration tools common to the analysis and design This course is accredited by BCS, The G601 – 3yrs FT stages of software development, and study Chartered Institute of IT. G604 – 4yrs FDN, see p85 the impact of technologies on society. G600 – 4yrs SW (with Professional Placement) Examples of modules Year 2 continues the core themes introduced Year 1 International entry in Year 1. The programming module - Programming 1 Yes extends your learning of the formal aspects - IT Toolbox of software engineering, including object- - Business Analysis and Solution Design Contact orientation, data structures, and algorithms, - System Environments Science, Engineering and Computing and will familiarize you with development Year 2 admissions environments, revision control systems and - Programming 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 optimisation techniques. You will be introduced - Networking and Operating Systems E: [email protected] to basic principles of networking and data - Database and UML Modelling communications, developing practical - Projects and their Management How to apply skills in network and IP addressing design. Optional Professional Placement Year Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 You will explore the essential features and Year 3 operations of modern computer architectures, - Individual Project Entry requirements understanding the principles and major - Programming 3 • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels functions of modern operating systems. Data - Dependable Systems or equivalent. modelling is fundamental to the design of - Option module (eg Digital Business, • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable effective computer systems. You will learn to Advanced Databases and the Web; User numeric score under newly reformed GCSE use UML design models to capture system Experience; Internet Security; IT and grading): which must include English and, requirements and learn to develop relational Entrepreneurship; Internet Services and Mathematics. models and use SQL to develop database Protocols) systems. Working in teams, you will develop Make it happen: project management and development skills, Teaching, learning and assessment www.kingston.ac.uk/softwarebsc2017 applying your analysis and design knowledge • Teaching includes lectures, smaller to deliver a working software prototype. tutorial groups and seminars, practical 93 Economics

Studying economics gives you a real understanding of what goes on in the world around you. Economics is not just about finance – it is concerned with real, everyday issues and contemporary topics, such as the following:

• What caused the Global Financial Crisis? Why is Europe still in crisis while the USA has recovered – but is now growing very slowly? • How does inflation affect household spending? Why is it so low today? • What will be the economic impact of the policy proposals of different political parties? • Should government run a surplus, a balanced budget, or a deficit? • Should entry to museums and galleries be free? • Under what circumstances might the introduction of minimum wage laws lead to increased employment? • Does government spending “crowd out” or stimulate investment by private firms? • What are the long-term effects of population growth and technological progress on economic growth? Can economic growth go on forever, or are there limits?

If you are interested in learning techniques to help you investigate these and similar questions, Kingston University has a friendly, supportive environment. It has a wider range of approaches to understanding economic issues than most UK Universities. A key emphasis is the application of economics, not just theory.

You do not need A-level mathematics or economics to study economics at Kingston University – we require at least grade C in GCSE (or equivalent) Mathematics and English. We look for an inquisitive mind, good interpersonal skills, an interest in economic questions and a desire to find the answers.

94 Applied Economics BA(Hons) joint honours In 2008, the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression caught most economists by surprise. In its aftermath, the student movement “Rethinking Economics” (http://www.rethinkeconomics.org/) called for education in more than just “mainstream” (or “neoclassical”) economics. Most universities resisted this call; Kingston responded. Our degrees therefore provide a broader and more critical approach to economics than most UK universities.

What you will study You will also have the opportunity to study UCAS codes and duration This joint honours course enables you to a foreign language for free during your time 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT combine economics with another subject, at the University. For more information, see See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com and includes the opportunity to study www.kingston.ac.uk/kls for codes. abroad at a partner university in Year 2. Examples of modules International entry In Year 1, the Becoming An Economist Year 1 Yes module explains “Why Economists - Becoming an Economist Disagree”. The module Applied Economic - Applied Economic Policy, Principles Contact Policy, Principles and Methods covers and Methods Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office microeconomics (the effects of individual Year 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 decisions) and macroeconomics - Applied Economics Quantitatively Treated E: [email protected] (large-scale economic factors, such as - Applied Economic Policy and Principles 1 interest rates and economic growth). An - Capitalism: History, Ideas and Institutions How to apply emphasis on policy analysis means that Year 3 FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 some technical aspects are deferred to - Working as an Economist PT direct to the University subsequent years of the course. - Applied Economic Policy and Principles 1+ - Applied Economic Policy and Principles 2 Entry requirements The precise list of modules in Years 2 and - Development Economics • 112–120 UCAS points (depending on 3 depends on whether you choose to study - Economics of Organisations and Strategy combination) to include two A-levels or economics as a minor, half or major field in - Money, Banking and Financial Markets equivalent. combination with another subject. • Economics A-level is not mandatory. Teaching, learning and assessment • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric Year 2 develops the focus on policy- • Teaching methods include lectures, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): making. Current economic debates will be seminars and workshops, group work, Mathematics and English. reflected in the content of the modules. small group tutorials and individual study. During your second year, you will also have • Assessment methods comprise a mix of Make it happen: the opportunity to spend a period of time at end-of-module work (tests or exams) and www.kingston.ac.uk/aecon2017 one of our partner universities overseas. coursework (essays, reports, data analysis).

Year 3 continues the development of Careers and progression economic theory and applications, and Our students have the advantage of a of quantitative methods. Option modules more realistic picture of the economy and provide the opportunity to pursue your financial markets than students who learn interests across a range of policy areas. In only mainstream economics. Our graduates addition, the ‘capstone’ module (Working go on to work in the City of London, in as an Economist) will extend your research, management positions nationally and writing and communication skills, while internationally, and in both the private enabling you to focus in depth on a topic of and public sectors. Many also progress to particular interest. postgraduate study.

Information and guidance on career and postgraduate opportunities for economics students are provided in your final year.

95 Business Economics BSc(Hons) single honours In 2008, the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression caught most economists by surprise. In its aftermath, the student movement “Rethinking Economics” (http://www.rethinkeconomics.org/) called for education in more than just “mainstream” (or “neoclassical”) economics. Most universities resisted this call; Kingston responded. Our degrees therefore provide a broader and more critical approach to economics than most UK universities.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration This degree focuses on the economic Year 1 L1N1 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT analysis of business activity, developing - Becoming an Economist your knowledge of economic theory and - Economic Policy and Principles International entry how businesses operate. - Economics Quantitatively Treated 1 Yes - Capitalism In Year 1, the module Becoming an Year 2 Contact Economist explains “Why Economists - Competition and the Firm Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office Disagree”. The Capitalism module develops - Economics Quantitatively Treated 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 the historical and intellectual background - Macroeconomics E: [email protected] to modern economics. Economic Policy - Microeconomics and Principles covers microeconomics Year 3 How to apply (individual decisions) and macroeconomics - Working as an Economist FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 (unemployment, interest rates, growth). - Economics of Organisations and Strategy PT direct to the University Economics Quantitatively Treated provides - Option modules (eg Development the necessary mathematical and statistical Economics; Econometrics; International Entry requirements foundations for the study of economics. Trade and Finance; Mathematical • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels You will also take a tutorial module that Economics; Money, Banking and or equivalent. Economics A-level is not will develop your study and personal Financial Markets; Finance, Risk mandatory. development planning skills. Management and Instability; Advanced • Plus GCSE: Mathematics and English Economic Policy and Principles grade A*–C (or comparable numeric score Year 2 includes a core module specific to under newly reformed GCSE grading) this Business Economics field – Competition Teaching, learning and assessment required. Key Skills in Communication and the Firm. Macroeconomics covers • Teaching methods include small group and Application of Number at Level 3 may mainstream and alternative approaches to tutorials, lectures, seminars and workshops, be used to compensate for poor GCSE economic modelling. In Year 2, economics group work and individual study. performance. students can spend a period of time at one • Assessment methods typically comprise of our partner universities overseas. a mix of end-of-module work (eg test or Make it happen: exam) and coursework (eg essays, reports, www.kingston.ac.uk/becon2017 In Year 3, the Economics of Organisations data analysis). and Strategy gives you an understanding of strategic decisions made within companies, Careers and progression an understanding of the economic analysis Economics graduates find employment in of organisational structures and the a wide range of occupations across the development of institutions and business economy. Our students have the advantage organisations. A ‘capstone’ module that our degrees give a more realistic (Working as an Economist) enables you to picture of the functioning of the economy focus on a detailed topic from the field of and financial markets than do mainstream- business economics. These core modules dominated degrees. Our graduates are supplemented by a range of options. pursue careers in the City of London, in Guidance on career and postgraduate management positions nationally and opportunities are also provided. internationally, and in both the private and public sectors. Many also progress to You can also choose to study a foreign postgraduate-level study. language for free while at the University. For more information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls

96 Economics BSc(Hons) single honours In 2008, the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression caught most economists by surprise. In its aftermath, the student movement “Rethinking Economics” (http://www.rethinkeconomics.org/) called for education in more than just “mainstream” (or “neoclassical”) economics. Most universities resisted this call; Kingston responded. Our degrees therefore provide a broader and more critical approach to economics than most UK universities.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration This degree provides a thorough grounding Year 1 L100 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT in the core topics and different schools of - Becoming an Economist thought in economics, and is ideal if you plan - Economic Policy and Principles International entry to study economics at postgraduate level. - Economics Quantitatively Treated 1 Yes - Capitalism In Year 1, the module Becoming an Year 2 Contact Economist explains “Why Economists - Contemporary Issues in Economics Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office Disagree”. The Capitalism module develops - Economics Quantitatively Treated 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 the historical and intellectual background - Macroeconomics E: [email protected] to modern economics. Economic Policy - Microeconomics and Principles covers microeconomics Year 3 How to apply (individual decisions) and macroeconomics - Working as an Economist FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 (unemployment, interest rates, growth). - Advanced Economic Policy and Principles PT direct to the University Economics Quantitatively Treated provides - Option modules (eg Development the necessary mathematical and statistical Economics; Econometrics; Mathematical Entry requirements foundations for the study of economics, and Economics; Environmental Economics; • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels a tutorial module develops your study and International Trade and Finance; Money, or equivalent. Economics A-level is not personal development planning skills. Banking and Financial Markets mandatory. • Plus GCSE: Mathematics and English Year 2 includes the module Contemporary Teaching, learning and assessment grade A*–C (or comparable numeric score Issues in Economics, covering issues • Teaching methods include small group under newly reformed GCSE grading) like the causes of the Global Financial tutorials, lectures, seminars and workshops, required. Key Skills in Communication Crisis, the Euro crisis, China’s growth group work and individual study. and Application of Number at Level 3 may (and growing pains); the content is • Assessment methods typically comprise be used to compensate for poor GCSE amended as new economic issues arise. a mix of end-of-module work (eg test or performance. Macroeconomics covers mainstream exam) and coursework (eg essays, reports, and alternative approaches to economic data analysis). Make it happen: modelling. Students can also spend www.kingston.ac.uk/econ2017 a period of time at one of our partner Careers and progression universities overseas. Economics graduates find employment in a wide range of occupations across the Year 3 sees a more advanced treatment economy. Our students have the advantage of macro- and microeconomics in the that our degrees give a more realistic Advanced Economic Policy and Principles picture of the functioning of the economy module. In addition, a ‘capstone’ module and financial markets than do mainstream- (Working as an Economist) enables you to dominated degrees. Our graduates focus on a detailed topic in core economic pursue careers in the City of London, in policy and principles. These core modules management positions nationally and are supplemented by a range of options. internationally, and in both the private Information and guidance on career and and public sectors. Many also progress to postgraduate opportunities are also provided. postgraduate-level study.

You will also have the opportunity to study a foreign language for free during your time at the University. For more information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls

97 Financial Economics BSc(Hons) single honours In 2008, the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression caught most economists by surprise. In its aftermath, the student movement “Rethinking Economics” (http://www.rethinkeconomics.org/) called for education in more than just “mainstream” (or “neoclassical”) economics. Most universities resisted this call; Kingston responded. Our degrees therefore provide a broader and more critical approach to economics than most UK universities.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration This degree focuses on the economic analysis Year 1 L111 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT of finance, developing your awareness of the - Becoming an Economist interplay and impact of financial markets, - Economic Policy and Principles International entry financial instruments and institutions. - Economics Quantitatively Treated 1 Yes - Capitalism In Year 1, the module Becoming an Year 2 Contact Economist explains “Why Economists - Corporate Finance and Investment Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office Disagree”. The Capitalism module develops - Economics Quantitatively Treated 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 the historical and intellectual background - Macroeconomics E: [email protected] to modern economics. Economic Policy - Microeconomics and Principles covers microeconomics Year 3 How to apply (individual decisions) and macroeconomics - Working as an Economist FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 (unemployment, interest rates, growth). - Finance, Risk Management and Instability PT direct to the University Economics Quantitatively Treated provides - Option modules (eg Advanced Economic the necessary mathematical and statistical Policy and Principles; Development Entry requirements foundations for the study of economics, Economics; Econometrics; International • 120 UCAS points, to include two A-levels while a tutorial module develops your study Trade and Finance; Mathematical or equivalent. Economics A-level is not and personal development planning skills. Economics; Money, Banking and mandatory. Financial Markets • Plus GCSE: Mathematics and English Year 2 includes a core module specific to grade A*–C (or comparable numeric score this financial economics field – Corporate Teaching, learning and assessment under newly reformed GCSE grading) Finance and Investment. You will also • Teaching methods include small group required. Key Skills in Communication study core modules in microeconomics, tutorials, lectures, seminars and workshops, and Application of Number at Level 3 may macroeconomics and mathematical and group work and individual study. be used to compensate for poor GCSE statistical techniques. Students can spend • Assessment methods typically comprise performance. a period of time at one of our partner a mix of end-of-module work (eg test or universities overseas. exam) and coursework (eg essays, reports, Make it happen: data analysis). www.kingston.ac.uk/fecon2017 In Year 3, the Finance, Risk Management and Instability module will develop your Careers and progression understanding of financial economics to Economics graduates find employment in an advanced level, including bond pricing a wide range of occupations across the and dividend policy, and the operation economy. Our students have the advantage and development of risk-management that our degrees give a more realistic tools, particularly derivative instruments. picture of the functioning of the economy A ‘capstone’ module (Working as an and financial markets than do mainstream- Economist) enables you to focus on a dominated degrees. Our graduates detailed topic from the field of financial pursue careers in the City of London, in economics. These two core modules are management positions nationally and supplemented by a range of options. internationally, and in both the private Information and guidance on career and and public sectors. Many also progress to postgraduate opportunities is also provided. postgraduate-level study.

You will also have the opportunity to study a foreign language for free during your time at the University. For more information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls 98 Ben Clayes BSc(Hons) Economics and Politics Alumni, now works for RBS Corporate & Institutional Banking in Independent Research

“I was drawn to Kingston because of the range of courses, great location and personal touch during the admissions process - I was invited to come and discuss my application in person! Having struggled at school and not being academically-minded, Kingston transformed my life. I read Economics and Politics and the tutors were fantastic! I was always able to see a tutor in person to discuss my studies and now I have my dream job in the city.”

99 Education

Kingston University has a long-established history of providing courses in teacher education and work-based learning for all practitioners employed in, or seeking a career in, the children’s workforce. Our courses incorporate early years, primary, secondary, special educational needs and interprofessional practice.

Kingston University is rated among the top education departments in the country: • The Guardian newspaper’s 2016 survey rated the quality of provision by Kingston University’s School of Education very highly. No other provider in the country has a higher level of student satisfaction with its courses (97 per cent). Our value-added score in terms of how we develop students’ potential was also the highest in the survey (10/10). We also scored 9/10 for the amount we spend per student. This means if you come to Kingston we will work hard to ensure that you achieve well and get the most from your course. • The School of Education sits within a wider Faculty of Health, Social and Education. Employment rates for the Faculty as a whole sit at 98 per cent, showing the courses have strong links to employment opportunities. • We have developed a portfolio of courses informed by research which gives opportunities for professionals across all phases of education to become research-informed practitioners. • We are national leaders in early years and SEND courses for work-based learners and have attained prestigious sector endorsement. • One former student commented that, “The real asset of the university is the lecturers. They strike a perfect balance of real world and academic knowledge, both of which engaged and challenged me throughout my undergraduate degree. Without them, I would not have had the confidence to pursue a masters degree before embarking on my teaching career.” • We work in close partnership with a range of schools and settings to improve our courses and ensure high quality placements. • Next year sees the centenary of teacher training at our Kingston Hill site. Formerly known as Gipsy Hill, the School of Education is distinctive for the quality of the training it offers to students in a setting where staff work closely with individual students to support their needs and help them to reach successful outcomes.

100 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice FdA foundation degree The FdA is a two year higher education award, enabling you to combine academic study with work-based learning. This course gives meaningful insights into the role and responsibilities of allied professions and provides a training pathway for you to study at your local college. It is currently delivered at Kingston College.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration You will reflect upon and evaluate your This qualification is valued by employers. L562 – 2yrs FT own professional practice, working closely It is a mark of professional excellence, Employment-based learning with part-time with colleagues in other professions, as demonstrating expertise in the field and attendance at Kingston College they do the same. This will create a pool of enabling you to develop your career. knowledge and understanding to develop International entry interprofessional practice and strategies for Candidates who successfully complete the No optimising the welfare, safeguarding and foundation degree can take a further year’s health of babies, children and young people. study and top-up their qualification to the Contact BA(Hons) degree at Kingston University. School of Education Examples of modules This course can lead to employment T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 Year 1 directly within children’s services or in E: [email protected] - Children and Young People’s Voices in children’s centres. The skills learnt can be Different Contexts applied to new and emerging roles in the How to apply - Perspectives of Child Development children’s workforce. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 (0–19 years) Please include the relevant campus code - Practitioners’ Roles and Responsibilities Once you have completed your FdA on your application (for Kingston College, - Families and Carers followed by the BA(Hons) top up, you will this is ‘K’). - Communications be well-placed to pursue postgraduate - Critical Reflections opportunities and enhance your Entry requirements Year 2 professional development in education • Level 3 (or equivalent) early years - Supporting Transitions (0–19 years) and related fields. Many students return qualification. - Children and Family Law to Kingston University for postgraduate • Employment in an appropriate setting - Safeguarding Children and Young People and continuing professional development (either paid or voluntary) for at least - Leadership and Management studies including Early Years Initial Teacher 16 hours per week for the duration of - Extended Independent Study Training leading to Early Years Teacher the course. Status (EYTS), the Postgraduate Certificate • Normally two years’ experience in an Teaching, learning and assessment in Education (PGCE) leading to Qualified appropriate setting. • Teaching methods include lectures, Teacher Status (QTS) and MA studies. • The selection process involves interview, work-based learning activities, tutorials, selection exercises and a current DBS check. online learning, workshops and seminars. Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, In addition you will be supported by a work you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable Make it happen: based mentor. numeric scores under newly reformed www.kingston.ac.uk/ • Assessment is not by written exams, GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths childcentredpracticefdn2017 but by assignments, demonstration of and Science. professional competence in work-based situations, and practical demonstrations that apply the knowledge you have gained.

101 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice BA(Hons) top-up This one-year programme offers a route to a BA(Hons) in Child Centred Interprofessional Practice. This qualification will enable you to combine academic study with work-based learning. You will develop your critical thinking and understanding whilst exploring theory and practical subjects through a range of learning experiences.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration The course covers the following: This qualification is valued by employers L953 – 1yr FT Employment-based learning • insight into the roles and responsibilities and will be a mark of your professional with some attendance at Kingston University of your own and allied professions; excellence, demonstrating expertise in • theoretical and practical elements that the field and enabling you to develop your International entry are shaping the emerging interprofessional career. This course can lead to employment No children and young people’s workforce; and directly within children’s services or in • meeting the challenges of working children’s centres. Contact with children from birth to 19 years in an School of Education interprofessional context. If you successfully complete the BA(Hons) T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 top-up, you will be well-placed to E: [email protected] All ICCIP courses will enhance professional pursue postgraduate opportunities to competence and transferable skills. enhance your professional development How to apply Additionally, they will give a thorough in education and related fields. Many Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 grounding in theory and practice of students return to Kingston University for research. To find out more, visit postgraduate and continuing professional Entry requirements www.kingston.ac.uk/iccip development studies. These include Early • Appropriate work-based FdA. Years Initial Teacher Training leading to • 240 CATS points. Examples of modules Early Years Teacher Status (EYTS), the • Employment in an appropriate setting - Health and Wellbeing Postgraduate Certificate in Education (paid or voluntary) for at least 16 hours per - Inclusive Environments for (PGCE) leading to Qualified Teacher Status week for the duration of the course. Interprofessional Practice (QTS) or MA studies. • Normally two years’ experience in an - Interprofessional Career Profiling appropriate setting. - Dissertation Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable Make it happen: Teaching, learning and assessment numeric scores under newly reformed www.kingston.ac.uk/ • Teaching is through lectures, work-based GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths childcentredpracticetopup2017 learning activities, tutorials, online learning, and Science. workshops and seminars. In addition you will be supported by a work-based mentor. • Assessment is not by written exams. Your progress will be measured by assignments, demonstration of professional competence in work-based situations, and practical demonstrations that apply the knowledge you have gained.

102 Early Years FdA foundation degree This sector-endorsed foundation degree is a two year higher education degree course that will enable you to combine academic study with work-based learning. If you are working in an early years setting this course will provide a training pathway for you to study at your local college.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration The course covers all areas of the care and This qualification is valued by employers X110 – 2yrs FT development of children that are necessary and will be a mark of your professional Employment-based for working in the early years sector. It offers excellence, demonstrating expertise in a route for experienced and committed early the field and enabling you to develop International entry years practitioners to progress from level 3 your career. No to a foundation degree. Once you successfully complete this Contact Examples of modules foundation degree, you can take a further Either contact your chosen college Year 1 year’s study and top-up your qualification to (see the course webpage for details - Personal and Professional Development a BA(Hons) degree at Kingston University. www.kingston.ac.uk/eyfd2017), OR: through Reflective Practice School of Education - Child Development, Observation and Once you have completed your FdA T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 Assessment followed by the BA(Hons) top-up, you will E: [email protected] - Child Protection and Ethical Practices of be well-placed to pursue postgraduate Working with Children opportunities and enhance your professional How to apply - Inclusive Education and Interprofessional development in education and related Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Perspectives fields. Many students return to Kingston Please include the relevant campus code Year 2 University for postgraduate and continuing on your application: Brooklands College - Historical and International Perspectives of professional development studies. These – Weybridge campus (L); Kensington and Early Years Education include Early Years Initial Teacher Training Chelsea College (T); Kingston College (K); - Early Years Pedagogy and Practice leading to Early Years Teacher Status (EYTS), Nescot (O); Newtec (U); Richmond College - Effective Communication Skills the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (R); South Thames College (S); West - Special Project (PGCE) leading to Qualified Teacher Status Thames College (W); Whitefield Schools (QTS) and MA studies. and Centre (X). Teaching, learning and assessment • You will be taught through lectures, Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, Entry requirements work-based learning activities, tutorials, you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable • Level 3 (or equivalent) early years online learning, workshops and seminars. numeric scores under newly reformed qualification. In addition you will be supported by a work- GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths • Employment in an appropriate setting based mentor. and Science. (either paid or voluntary) for at least • Assessment is not by written exams. Your 16 hours per week for the duration of progress will be measured by assignments, the course. demonstration of professional competence • Normally two years’ experience in an in work-based situations, and practical appropriate setting. demonstrations that apply the knowledge • The selection process involves interview, you have gained. selection exercises and a current DBS check.

Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/eyfd2017

103 Early Years: Education & Leadership in Practice BA(Hons) top-up This one-year course offers a route to a BA(Hons) in Early Years: Education & Leadership in Practice. This qualification will enable you to combine academic study with work-based learning. You will develop your critical thinking and understanding whilst exploring theory and practical subjects through a range of learning experiences.

What you will study Teaching, learning and assessment UCAS codes and duration This course covers the following areas: • Teaching methods include lectures, X112 – 1yr FT Employment-based • diversity and equal opportunities; work-based learning activities, tutorials, • inclusion; online learning, workshops and seminars. International entry • critical choices; In addition you will be supported by a work- No • liaison with multi-agencies and based mentor. other adults; • Assessment is not by written exams; your Contact • pastoral care; progress will be measured by assignments, School of Education • management and leadership roles and demonstration of professional competence T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 responsibilities; and in work-based situations, and practical E: [email protected] • extended study – focusing on an issue demonstrations that apply the knowledge directly related to the workplace, with you have gained. How to apply theoretical and practical underpinning. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Careers and progression Please note: to obtain QTS you will need This qualification is valued by employers Entry requirements to complete a PGCE after successfully and will be a mark of your professional • FdA in Early Years (sector-endorsed). completing this course. The PGCE Primary excellence, demonstrating expertise in • 240 CATS points. Course is offered at Kingston University, the field and enabling you to develop • Employment in an appropriate setting (paid please see website for more details: your career. or voluntary) for a minimum of 16 hours per http://www.kingston.ac.uk/postgraduate- week for the duration of the course. course/primary-teaching-qts-pgce/ Once you complete the BA(Hons) • Normally two years’ experience in an top-up, you will be well-placed to appropriate setting. Examples of modules pursue postgraduate opportunities to • Your background experience, previous - Leading Through Transitions enhance your professional development education and training will be considered if - Leadership, Diversity and Equal in education and related fields. Many you do not meet the formal entry requirements. Opportunities students return to Kingston University for - Critical Choices for Leaders postgraduate and continuing professional Make it happen: - Dissertation development studies. These include Early www.kingston.ac.uk/eyeducation2017 Years Initial Teacher Training leading to Early Years Teacher Status (EYTS), the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) or MA studies.

Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric scores under newly reformed GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths and Science.

104 Early Years: Leadership & Management FdA foundation degree The sector-endorsed FdA is a two year higher education award that enables you to combine academic study with work-based learning. If you are working in an early years setting and either aspire to, or currently, lead and manage others, then this course will provide a training pathway for you to study at your local college.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration This course covers important aspects This qualification is valued by employers XN12 – 2yrs FT Employment-based of leadership and management that you and will be a mark of your professional will need as an experienced practitioner excellence, demonstrating expertise in International entry and/or manager. It also covers the care, the field and enabling you to develop your No development and education of young career opportunities. children. It offers a route for experienced Contact and committed early years practitioners Candidates who successfully complete the Either contact your chosen college wanting to progress from level 3 to a foundation degree can take a further year’s (for details see: www.kingston.ac.uk/ foundation degree. study and top-up their qualification to a eyleadership2017), OR: BA(Hons) degree at Kingston University. School of Education Year 1 modules T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 - Personal and Professional Development Once you have completed your FdA E: [email protected] through Reflective Practice followed by the BA(Hons) top-up, you will - Child Development, Observation and be well-placed to pursue postgraduate How to apply Assessment opportunities and enhance your Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Child Protection and Ethical Practices of professional development in education Please include the relevant campus code Working with Children and related fields. Many students return on your application: Kingston College (K); - Leadership and Management of Identity to Kingston University for postgraduate Newtec (U) Year 2 modules and continuing professional development - Leadership and Management of the Early studies including Early Years Initial Teacher Entry requirements Years Setting Training leading to Early Years Teacher • Level 3 (or equivalent) early years - Early Years Pedagogy and Practice Status (EYTS), the Postgraduate Certificate qualification. - Leadership and Management of the in Education (PGCE) leading to Qualified • Employment in an appropriate setting Organisation Teacher Status (QTS) and MA studies. (either paid or voluntary) for at least 16 - Special Project hours per week for the duration of the Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, course. Teaching, learning and assessment you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable • Normally two years’ experience in an • You will be taught through lectures, work- numeric scores under newly reformed appropriate setting. based learning activities, tutorials, online GCSE gradings) in English Language, • The selection process involves interview, learning, workshops and seminars. You will Mathematics and Science. selection exercises and a current DBS also be supported by a work-based mentor. check. • Assessment is not by written exams; your progress will be measured by assignments, Make it happen: demonstration of professional competence www.kingston.ac.uk/eyleadership2017 in work-based situations, and practical demonstrations that apply the knowledge you have gained.

105 Early Years: Teaching & Learning BA(Hons) top-up This one-year course offers a route to a BA(Hons) in Early Years: Teaching & Learning for those who have a foundation degree in Early Years, or equivalent. This qualification will enable you to combine academic study with work-based learning. You will develop critical thinking and understanding whilst exploring theory and practical subjects through a range of learning experiences.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration This course covers the following areas: This qualification is respected by X111 – 1yr FT • effective early years and primary employers and seen as a mark of Employment-based curriculum practice; professional excellence, demonstrating • how children learn and develop through expertise in the field and enabling you to International entry play; develop your career. No • transition from Foundation Stage to Key Stage 1; Once you complete the BA(Hons) Contact • current issues in education and top-up, you will be well-placed to School of Education multidisciplinary working; pursue postgraduate opportunities to T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 • inclusive practice and differentiated enhance your professional development E: [email protected] approaches; in education and related fields. Many • assessment for learning; students return to Kingston University for How to apply • creativity across the curriculum; postgraduate and continuing professional Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 • planning for critical issues; and development studies. These include Early • the opportunity to research and develop a Years Initial Teacher Training leading to Entry requirements particular area of interest. Early Years Teacher Status (EYTS), the • FdA in Early Years (sector-endorsed). Postgraduate Certificate in Education • 240 CATS points. Examples of modules (PGCE) leading to Qualified Teacher Status • Employment in an appropriate setting - Transition and Transformation (QTS) and MA studies. (paid or voluntary) for at least 16 hours per - Creativity and Critical Thinking week for the duration of the course. - Critical Choices for Leaders Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, • Normally two years’ experience in an - Dissertation you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable appropriate setting. numeric scores under newly reformed • Your background experience, previous Teaching, learning and assessment GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths education and training will be considered if • Teaching methods include lectures, and Science. you do not meet the formal entry requirements. work-based learning activities, tutorials, online learning, workshops and seminars. Make it happen: In addition you will be supported by a work- www.kingston.ac.uk/eyteach2017 based mentor. • Assessment is not by written exams; your progress will be measured by assignments, demonstration of professional competence in work-based situations, and practical demonstrations that apply the knowledge you have gained.

106 Primary Teaching leading to Qualified Teacher Status BA(Hons) single honours This course will equip you with the skills and knowledge to become a highly effective teacher working in the stimulating and dynamic setting of the primary classroom. It will also give you the opportunity to develop your expertise in a subject specialism. School experience in our excellent range of partnership schools is an integral part of the degree.

What you will study and the outreach programme give you Contact Pedagogy – the art of teaching – underpins opportunities to work with children in School of Education the degree. You will develop a full range of broader educational settings. T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 professional skills, apply them in schools E: [email protected] and qualify to teach across the full primary Examples of modules phase (5 to 11 years). Year 1 How to apply - Professional Studies Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 You will study all elements of the national - Subjects: English, Maths, Science and curriculum. In addition, during the first Technology, Arts and Humanities, Religious Entry requirements term, you will choose one of three subject Education and Physical Education • 96 UCAS points to include two A-levels specialisms: English, science or maths. Each - School Experience (A*–C) in subjects relevant to national specialism has two intertwined strands. - Subject Specialism curriculum; OR accredited Access course The first builds deep understanding of the Year 2 with passes in three level-3 modules subject, enhances subject knowledge and - As Year 1. Subject specialism continues. A relevant to national curriculum; OR BTEC analyses subject-specific teaching. The longer school experience. Options available National Diploma at Distinction level. second examines debates within the subject, in languages, arts and humanities. Please note: CACHE courses will only be leading to an independent research project Year 3 accepted with at least one good A-level. in your final year. Subject specialism takes - As Year 2. Subject specialism continues, • Five GCSEs (A*–C or comparable approximately a fifth of your total study time. taking the form of a dissertation. School numeric scores under newly reformed experience is longer. Options available in GCSE grading), including English, Maths, You will learn to teach key national arts, humanities and languages. Science or equivalence (equivalency curriculum subjects (eg English, tests will be considered from recognised mathematics and science) at primary level, Learning, teaching and assessment institutions, however, you will need to show while enhancing your own knowledge • Teaching is through lectures, field trips, on your application that you will obtain of them. Other curriculum subjects (eg group activities, practical workshops, work these qualifications before the course art, geography, history, performing arts with schoolchildren, plus school experience. begins in September). and drama, physical education, religious • Progress is measured through • Suitable experience of working within education, modern foreign languages) continuous assessment (eg essays, reports, a primary school prior to completing your which are important to children’s balanced presentations, projects, practical learning), application form is highly recommended and growth and development are also covered. not exams. Academic, tutorial and pastoral a prerequisite for enrolling on the course. Pedagogy informs all areas of the course, support is provided throughout. • Satisfactory completion of the Professional giving insight into children’s learning and a Skills tests in literacy and numeracy. variety of teaching methods. Careers and progression • Satisfactory DBS check and Occupational Our 2014–15 exit data showed that Health Clearance (these will be conducted School experience over 90 per cent of graduates found if you are offered and accept a place on You will spend a total of 120 days in employment in teaching. Many gained the course). schools during your degree. Placements positions at our partner schools, reporting will be in different schools each year so that Kingston University provided them with Make it happen: that you experience a range of classroom an excellent start to their career. Graduates www.kingston.ac.uk/bateach2017 settings and work with children from have become subject co-ordinators, deputy different backgrounds: inner and outer heads, headteachers and members of London, and Hampshire. advisory and inspection teams.

You will be supported as you develop UCAS codes and duration your teaching skills and take increasing XQD3 – 3yrs FT responsibility for children’s learning. You will also observe and analyse experienced International entry teachers. The employability project No 107 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice BA(Hons) top-up This one-year course is a route to a BA(Hons) in Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice for those who have a relevant foundation degree. This qualification will enable you to combine academic study with work-based learning. You will develop your critical thinking and understanding whilst exploring theory and practical subjects through a range of learning experiences.

What you will study Teaching, learning and assessment UCAS codes and duration This course covers the following areas: • Teaching includes lectures, work-based X361 – 1yr FT Employment-based • removing barriers to participation, learning activities, tutorials, online learning, learning and play; workshops and seminars. You will also be International entry • enabling inclusion within settings and supported by a work-based mentor. No the community; • Assessment is not by written exams, but • research and theories of learning, instead by assignments, demonstration of Contact development and assessment; professional competence in work-based School of Education • regulatory and legislative frameworks situations, and practical demonstrations T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 around good practice in areas of curriculum, that apply the knowledge you have gained. E: [email protected] pedagogy and the learning environment; • effective and smooth transition between Careers and progression How to apply places, people and phases of education; This qualification is valued by employers Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 • ethics in interprofessional relationships and is a mark of your professional and collaborative working; and excellence. It demonstrates expertise in Entry requirements • critical and reflective approaches to the field and will enable you to develop • FdA in Children’s Special Educational managing challenges and leading informed your career. Needs. change in the field. • 240 CATS points. Our graduates are well-placed to pursue • Employment in an appropriate setting Examples of modules postgraduate opportunities to enhance (paid or voluntary) for at least 16 hours per - Transition their professional development in education week for the duration of the course. - Enabling Environments and related fields. Many return to Kingston • Normally two years’ experience in an - Critical Issues in the Context of Inclusive University for postgraduate and continuing appropriate setting. Education- Dissertation professional development studies including • Your background experience, previous Early Years Initial Teacher Training leading education and training will be considered to Early Years Teacher Status (EYTS), the if you do not meet the formal entry Postgraduate Certificate in Education requirements. (PGCE) leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) or MA studies. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/specialneeds2017 Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric scores under newly reformed GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths and Science.

108 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice FdA foundation degree The sector-endorsed FdA is a two year higher education degree course, enabling you to combine academic study with work-based learning. Suitable for those working with children with additional learning needs, in early years, primary or secondary, this course is delivered at three partner colleges so you can study close to your work place and/or home.

What you will study Careers and progression UCAS codes and duration The course covers theories of child This qualification is valued by employers X360 – 2yrs FT Employment-based development, current legislative and is a mark of your professional frameworks governing practice, excellence. It demonstrates expertise in International entry multiprofessional perspectives, and working the field and will enable you to develop No with families and carers. your career. Contact Examples of modules Candidates who successfully complete the Either contact your chosen college (see the Year 1 foundation degree can take a further year’s course webpage for details), OR: - Personal and Professional Development study and top-up their qualification to a School of Education through Reflective Practice BA(Hons) degree at Kingston University. T: +44 (0)20 8417 5145 - Learning, Teaching and Development in E: [email protected] the Field of Special and Inclusive Education Once you have completed your FdA - Inclusive Practice followed by the BA(Hons) top-up, you will How to apply - Child Protection and Ethical Practices of be well-placed to pursue postgraduate Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Working with Children opportunities and enhance your Please include the relevant campus code Year 2 professional development in education on your application: Brooklands College – - Effective Communication Skills and related fields. Many students return Weybridge campus (L); Kingston College - International Systems to Support Learning to Kingston University for postgraduate (K); Whitefield Schools and Centre (X) - Leadership in the Field of Special and and continuing professional development Inclusive Education studies including Early Years Initial Teacher Entry requirements - Special Project Training leading to Early Years Teacher • A relevant level-3 (or equivalent) early Status (EYTS), the Postgraduate Certificate years qualification. Teaching, learning and assessment in Education (PGCE) leading to Qualified • Employment in an appropriate setting • Teaching will include lectures, work- Teacher Status (QTS) and MA studies. (either paid or voluntary) for at least based learning activities, tutorials, online 16 hours per week for the duration of learning, workshops and seminars. In Please note: to progress to EYTS or QTS, the course. addition you will be supported by a work- you will need GCSE (A*-C or comparable • Normally two years’ experience in an based mentor. numeric scores under newly reformed appropriate setting. • Assessment is not by exam, but through GCSE gradings) in English Language, Maths • The selection process involves interview, assignments, demonstration of professional and Science. selection exercises and a current DBS check. competence in work-based situations, and practical demonstrations that apply the Make it happen: knowledge you have gained. www.kingston.ac.uk/eyspecialed2017

109 Engineering

Engineering is a rewarding profession with a range of career options. Here at Kingston, we can give you a great start to your engineering career.

Our courses, many of which are accredited by leading professional bodies, offer different routes into the engineering profession to suit your ambitions and entry qualifications. • Engineering foundation p111 • Aerospace, astronautics and aircraft engineering p114 • Automotive and motorsport engineering p121 • Civil engineering and construction p125 • Mechanical engineering p128

Our courses provide a balance between academic theory and practical applications, and you will benefit from our strong links with industry. As well as advisory boards of professionals that help develop our course content, many of our staff undertake research or consultancy in industry, ensuring recent developments are reflected in their teaching. Most of our courses include the option of a work placement, enabling you to gain valuable industry experience; our specialist staff can help you find the right vacancy.

Our labs are packed with industry-standard software and equipment, but we have some more unique facilities too, including large-scale wind tunnels, a microgravity droptower and a rocket engine propulsion lab. You will have the chance to join student projects like the KU e-Racing team, who designed and built an electric car for the international Formula Student competition and an electric bike for the Zero TT. Projects like these enable you to put theory into practice, develop teamworking and project management skills – and add industry experience to your CV.

110 Engineering Foundation Year With pathways in aerospace, civil or mechanical engineering This course is ideal if you would like to join one of our engineering honours degrees but need a preparatory period of study. It provides an alternative entry route if you do not meet our standard entry requirements but have the ability to succeed at degree-level study.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration You will study introductory modules Year 0 H308 – Mechanical Engineering in applied mathematics, engineering - Business, Laboratory and Study Skills H208 – Civil Engineering mechanics and science required for the - Engineering Mechanics H408 – Aerospace Engineering later years of your engineering degree. - Engineering Science 1yr FT You will begin to learn to conduct and - Technology Mathematics analyse engineering experimental work Years 1, 2 and 3 International entry and to use relevant computing software. - These modules will be dependent on the Yes You will also be introduced to fundamental engineering discipline you go on to study at communication and study skills. Kingston University. Contact Science, Engineering and Computing Each module is designed to provide you Teaching, learning and assessment admissions with the opportunity to develop your • Teaching strategies include lectures, T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 knowledge and specific transferable skills seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory E: [email protected] appropriate for entry to Year 1 of your sessions. chosen engineering degree course. • Assessment methods comprise exams How to apply and coursework (eg reports, computer Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 NB: For student funding purposes, this is and numerical exercises, laboratories not a separate, stand-alone course, but and essays). Entry requirements is designed to form an integral part of a • 64 UCAS points, to include two A-levels BEng(Hons) or BSc(Hons) degree. Careers and progression or equivalent. Once you have completed this course, • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric you can join a BEng(Hons) or BSc(Hons) score under newly reformed GCSE grading): engineering degree of your choice in five subjects, including English Language the fields of aerospace engineering, civil and Mathematics. engineering, construction management or mechanical engineering, dependent on Make it happen: satisfactory grades. www.kingston.ac.uk/engfdn2017

111 Aerospace Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours This degree is accredited by the Royal Aeronautical Society (RAeS) as leading to incorporated engineer (IEng) status. It combines theory with practical applications to give you a thorough technical understanding and high- quality engineering skills together with an awareness of business and management topics.

What you will study Examples of modules the Hawk and Harrier aircraft, and the chief Year 1 provides an introduction to Year 1 air accident investigator for the UK. Many aerospace engineering as well as - Introduction to Aerospace Engineering graduates go on to study at masters and underpinning the skills and knowledge - Engineering and Mechanical Principles doctoral level. Aerospace graduates are also you will need to study more specialist - Technology Mathematics, Electronics sought after by other industries because of topics later in the course. You will study and Computing their high-quality skills. analytical subjects such as mathematics, - Engineering Design, Materials and engineering science, structural mechanics Manufacture 1 UCAS code and duration and dynamics, which provide the necessary Year 2 H400 – 3yrs FT theoretical background; engineering - Aerospace Engineering H401 – 4yrs SW design and applications, which provide the - Aerospace Design Methods and Materials H408 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 necessary skills; and an introduction to the - Project Engineering and Management profession of engineering. - Analytical Techniques, Electronics International entry and Control Yes Year 2 builds upon the foundation of Optional sandwich year Year 1 and introduces specialised topics Year 3 Contact in aerospace engineering, including - Individual Project (IEng) Science, Engineering and Computing aerodynamics and aircraft structures. It - Group Project admissions includes further study of mathematics, - Aircraft Systems T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 mechanical science and materials. - Air Transport Economics E: [email protected]

Year 3 will deepen your knowledge of Teaching, learning and assessment How to apply specialised aerospace engineering subjects • Teaching methods include lectures, Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 such as propulsion, maintenance and seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory logistics, and will broaden your expertise sessions backed up by field trips, design Entry requirements in other areas of engineering. It includes classes and workshop sessions. • 96 UCAS points, to include three A-levels a major group design project and an • Assessment methods are usually split or equivalent in Mathematics and a individual research project. between exam and continuous assessment suitable science subject, or BTEC National coursework (such as reports, computer Diploma or Certificate in Engineering or exercises, laboratories and essays). Some related subject. modules are assessed by coursework only. • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric score under newly reformed GCSE grading): Careers and progression five subjects including Mathematics and Aerospace is one of the most vibrant English Language, or equivalent. and successful sectors of UK industry. Impressive technology skills in engineering, Make it happen: electronics, software and many other areas www.kingston.ac.uk/aerobsc2017 have established the UK aerospace industry as the largest after the USA.

Aerospace engineering graduates from Kingston University have gained jobs with Boeing Space Systems, British Aerospace, British Airways, Defence Evaluation and Research Agency, EADS, GEC Marconi, Matra Marconi Space/Astrium, Rolls- Royce and Surrey Satellite Technology. Our graduates include the design engineer for 112 Aerospace Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) single honours Kingston’s degrees in aerospace engineering offer an innovative curriculum, excellent links with industry and cutting-edge facilities. Both the MEng and BEng(Hons) degrees are accredited by the Royal Aeronautical Society (RAeS). The MEng degree contains an extra year of advanced-level study and can provide a faster route to chartered engineer (CEng) status.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Year 1 provides an introduction to For a full list of modules, see the course MEng route: aerospace engineering, and will underpin webpage: www.kingston.ac.uk/aero2017 H425 – 4yrs FT the skills and knowledge for further H426 – 5yrs SW specialised study. You will study a mix of Teaching, learning and assessment BEng(Hons) route: analytical subjects, such as mathematics, • Teaching methods include lectures, H421 – 3yrs FT structures, dynamics, electronics, seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory H422 – 4yrs SW thermodynamics and engineering sessions, backed up by design classes and H408 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 applications, alongside an introduction to workshop sessions. the profession of engineering. • Assessment methods are usually split International entry between exam and continuous assessment Yes Year 2 will introduce you to specialised coursework (such as reports, computer topics in aerospace engineering such as exercises, laboratories and essays). Some Contact aerodynamics, propulsion, structures, modules are assessed by coursework only. Science, Engineering and Computing dynamics and materials. It includes further admissions study of mathematics, electronics, control Careers and progression T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and computing. A design-orientated module Aerospace is one of the most vibrant E: [email protected] (Aerospace Engineering Design and Project and successful sectors of UK industry. Management) will apply the principles Impressive technology skills in engineering, How to apply taught in the other modules to problems of electronics, software and many other areas Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 aerospace design. have established the UK aerospace industry as the largest after the USA. Entry requirements In Year 3, you will deepen your knowledge • MEng: 128 UCAS points, to include three of specialised aerospace engineering Aerospace engineering graduates from A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics and subjects and will broaden your expertise in Kingston University have gained jobs with two science-based subjects. other areas of engineering. BEng students Boeing Space Systems, British Aerospace, • BEng(Hons): 112 UCAS points, to include undertake a major group design project British Airways, Defence Evaluation and three A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics and an individual research project along Research Agency, EADS, GEC Marconi, and at least one science-based subject, or with business studies and an option Matra Marconi Space/ Astrium, Rolls- BTEC National Diploma in Engineering or module. MEng students take specialist Royce and Surrey Satellite Technology. Our suitable related subject. modules in computer-aided engineering, graduates include the design engineer for • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric further mathematics, and materials for the Hawk and Harrier aircraft and the chief score under newly reformed GCSE grading): extreme conditions. air accident investigator for the UK. Many five subjects including Mathematics and graduates go on to study at masters and English Language, or equivalent. Year 4 of the MEng course will continue doctoral level. Aerospace graduates are also to deepen and broaden your expertise. It sought after by other industries because of Make it happen: includes a multidisciplinary group design their high-quality skills. www.kingston.ac.uk/aero2017 project that helps to integrate and apply your academic knowledge, develop your teamworking and communication skills, and increase your understanding of real-world engineering issues.

You can choose to take an optional sandwich year between Years 2 and 3 (MEng and BEng(Hons) or between Years 3 and 4 (MEng only).

113 Aerospace Engineering, Astronautics & Space Technology MEng/BEng(Hons) single honours These courses are ideal if you are interested in the design, construction and operation of aircraft but would like to extend your study of aerospace engineering beyond the atmosphere and up into space. Both degrees are accredited by the Royal Aeronautical Society as leading to chartered engineer (CEng) status.

What you will study the design, cost, logistical and operational (eg reports, computer exercises, Year 1 is common across all our chartered implications of space missions. laboratories and essays). Some modules are engineer status degrees and provides assessed by coursework only. underpinning skills and knowledge Examples of modules for further specialised study. Subjects Year 1 Careers and progression include mathematics, electronics and - Introduction to Aerospace and Space Aerospace is one of the most vibrant and thermodynamics and engineering Engineering successful sectors of UK industry. Our applications, alongside an introduction to the - Thermofluids and Mechanical Principles aerospace engineering graduates have engineering profession. You will examine the - Analytical Methods, Computing, Electrical gained jobs with organisations such as engineering challenges of robotic and human and Electronic Systems Boeing Space Systems, British Aerospace, spaceflight (including practical rocketry), - Engineering Design, Materials and Defence Evaluation and Research Agency, hear an astronaut talk and get hands-on Manufacture 1 and Surrey Satellite Technology. Our experience with real space hardware. Year 2 graduates include the design engineer for - Aerospace and Space Engineering, Design the Hawk and Harrier aircraft, and the UK’s Year 2 introduces topics such as and Project Management chief air-accident investigator. aerodynamics, propulsion, structures, - Electronic Systems, Control and Computing dynamics and materials, and includes further - Aerospace Structures, Materials and UCAS code and duration study of mathematics, electronics, control Dynamics MEng route: and computing. You will further investigate - Aerodynamics, Propulsion and Analytical H428 – 4yrs FT; H429 – 5yrs SW the specific demands of space flight and the Methods BEng(Hons) route: H430 – 3yrs FT; benefits of using the space environment, Optional sandwich year: MEng and H427 – 4yrs SW; H408 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 covering the definition, analysis and uses BEng(Hons) of orbits and trajectories. You will study the Year 3/4 International entry Yes functional analysis of spacecraft and their - Space Vehicle Design payloads and space dynamics, and will carry - Business and Project Management and Contact out a practical design exercise involving Group Design Project (BEng only) Science, Engineering and Computing rockets. There will also be an industrial visit - Individual Project (CEng) admissions and guest speakers from industry. - Further Aerodynamics, Propulsion and T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Computational Techniques OR Further E: [email protected] Year 3 includes a major astronautics Aerospace Structures, Materials and module on space vehicle design. This Dynamics How to apply is divided into critical support functions Optional sandwich year: MEng Through UCAS, see pages 227-229 for space missions, core spacecraft Year 4/5 (MEng) subsystems, mechanical systems and - Engineering Research Techniques, Entry requirements an introduction to space mission design. Entrepreneurship and Quality Management • MEng: 128 UCAS points, to include three Core lectures will be enhanced by industry - Space Mission Analysis and Design A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics and visitors and tours to space companies that - Group Design Project two science-based subjects. employ Kingston alumni. You will also carry - Further Computational Fluid Dynamics • BEng(Hons): 112 UCAS points, to include out an individual research project, parallel to and Aero-elasticity OR Aerospace Systems three A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics the taught modules. BEng students will take Engineering and at least one science-based subject, or part in a group design project similar to the BTEC in Engineering or suitable related subject MEng students. Teaching, learning and assessment • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric • Teaching methods include lectures, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): In Year 4 of the MEng degree, you will seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory five subjects including Mathematics and continue to deepen and broaden your sessions, supported by field courses, design English Language, or equivalent. expertise and undertake a major group classes, workshop sessions and site visits. design project. A specialist Space Mission • Assessment methods are usually split Make it happen: Analysis and Design module will cover between exam and continuous coursework www.kingston.ac.uk/astro2017 114 Aircraft Engineering Foundation course This course is designed to prepare you for higher education and progression onto the Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) and our other aerospace and aircraft engineering courses. It will give you an insight into how aircraft fly, how they are controlled and the operation of aircraft engines and power systems.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Taught at KLM UK Engineering in Norwich, - Aircraft Engineering Fundamentals 4G49 – 1yr FT Campus code: this course’s primary aim is to develop - Aircraft and Flight G – KLM UK Engineering, Norwich knowledge and understanding of the - Aircraft Power Systems mathematics, physics, and academic skills - Work Practices and Study Skills International entry needed for progression onto the Aircraft No Engineering BSc(Hons). Teaching, learning and assessment • Teaching methods include lectures, Contact To provide interest, and a link to aircraft tutorials, basic research exercises and Science, Engineering and Computing and aircraft maintenance engineering, practical laboratory sessions. admissions there are two modules (50 per cent of the • Assessment methods include portfolios of T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 course) that focus on flight and aircraft evidence, practical exercises, assignments, E: [email protected] systems. The first looks at aerodynamics reports, presentations and formal written and flight, flight controls and aircraft flight examinations. Two of the modules are How to apply instruments. The second examines aircraft assessed by coursework only. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 engines and hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical power systems. Together, these Careers and progression Entry requirements modules will give you a good insight into The International Civil Aviation Organization • 64 UCAS points from three A-levels, or how aircraft function. (ICAO) estimates a shortfall of approximately BTEC Extended National Diploma in an 18,000 places per year in current engineering subject. Please note: this course is specifically maintenance training. As a result, a • GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable numeric designed to prepare you for higher qualification in aircraft engineering will score under newly reformed GCSE grading): education study and is not linked to EASA stand you in good stead in the jobs market. minimum of five subjects including English Part-66 or EASA-approved. On successful Language and Mathematics. completion, you can progress to our Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) course. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/aircraftfdn2017

“The teaching here is really very good. We get on very well with the lecturers – they care about us and have an interest in their subject because they have worked as engineers for ages.”

Aircraft Engineering student

115 Arshemah Kiani BEng(Hons) Aerospace Engineering

“Kingston has got a good reputation for Aerospace Engineering and it has a large community of international students. I definitely like the teaching style, it’s very practical and especially in engineering you get to have the hands on experience like manufacturing or testing in the labs. My degree has been very challenging and has definitely put me out of my comfort zone many times but the support at Kingston has always been there to make things simpler for me.”

116 Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours If you are interested in a career in aircraft engineering maintenance and would rise to the challenge of signing-off aircraft as fit to fly, this programme is ideal. Students who successfully complete and satisfy the EASA requirements of the course can apply for an EASA aircraft maintenance licence after a further period of work experience.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Alongside academic modules, you will Year 1 4Q58 – 3yrs FT take work-based modules that provide - Mathematics and Physics for Practitioner September start campus codes: C, M and Z. you with hands-on experience of aircraft Engineers Campus M is a split-site course. component and equipment replacement, - Electrical Engineering Fundamentals June (2017) start: campus G only inspection, condition monitoring, and fault - Aerodynamics and Aircraft Electronic and diagnosis and rectification. You will gain an Digital Systems Campus codes: understanding of the work environment and - Higher Education Study Skills and C – Newcastle Aviation Academy legal requirements relating to the operation Personal Development M – Kingston University/KLM (split site) of commercial aircraft. Year 2 Z – Cardiff and Vale College (ICAT) - Aircraft Material, Hardware and G – KLM UK Engineering, Norwich The course covers all the knowledge Maintenance requirements specified in the EASA - Aircraft and their Systems International entry category B1.1 aircraft maintenance - Practical Engineering Skills and CAD No engineering licence syllabus (Part 66). It - Professional Practice for Aircraft Engineers introduces you to practical and maintenance Year 3 Contact skills, and provides you with opportunities - Turbine Engines and Thermodynamics Science, Engineering and Computing to practise and develop these skills. In - Aircraft Maintenance Practices admissions Year 1 you will also gain higher education - Individual Project (Aircraft IEng) T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 study skills and other interpersonal skills - Air Transport Economics E: [email protected] necessary for completion of the course. In Years 2 and 3, you will develop these skills Teaching, learning and assessment How to apply to improve your career prospects and enable • Teaching methods include lectures, Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 you to complete further study. seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory sessions, backed up by workshop sessions, Entry requirements This course is designed specifically to simulated aircraft work experience and live • 96 UCAS points from three A-levels set you on the correct path for a career aircraft work experience. to include Mathematics and Science, or as an aircraft maintenance engineer in • Assessment methods include portfolios of BTEC Extended National Diploma in an the aviation industry. It will give you the evidence, practical exercises, assignments, engineering subject. confidence and skills necessary to become reports, presentations and formal written • GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable numeric a maintenance manager of the future. examinations. Some of the modules are score under newly reformed GCSE grading) assessed by coursework only. minimum of five subjects including English Professional accreditation Language, Mathematics and a science or This is the only UK degree that mirrors the Careers and progression technology subject. requirements of EASA Part-147- approved The International Civil Aviation Organization courses, and it is accredited by the Royal (ICAO) estimates a shortfall of approximately Make it happen: Aeronautical Society as meeting the 18,000 places per year in current www.kingston.ac.uk/aircraft2017 requirements for IEng registration with the maintenance training, which means a Engineering Council. The course is taught qualification in aircraft engineering will at a number of partner colleges – KLM UK stand you in good stead in the jobs market. Engineering, Newcastle College, and Cardiff and Vale College – and all are EASA Part- Previous graduates have found jobs as 147 approved. aircraft maintenance engineer, aircraft maintenance supervisor, air serviceman and programme manager for employers such as British Airways, Flybe, Virgin Atlantic, KLM UK Engineering and Monarch Airlines.

117 Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) top-up If you have completed a Kingston University aircraft engineering foundation degree or one of the other Kingston University feeder courses, or you hold an EASA Cat B aircraft engineering licence, then this course is the perfect choice for topping up your qualification to a BSc(Hons).

What you will study Careers and progression Entry requirements You will study fixed-wing and rotary-wing The knowledge, understanding and skills • A Kingston University foundation aircraft performance and will analyse gained from this programme and prior degree in aircraft, aeronautical or aviation aircraft structures. You will evaluate learning will provide a good foundation engineering. materials for aircraft applications and the for senior roles in engineering and other • Possession of a European Aviation Safety fundamental principles of air transport technical fields. Previous graduates have Agency (EASA) Part-66 category B Aircraft economics and their application to gone on to work for or are employed by Maintenance Engineering Licence management decision-making. British Airways, Flybe, Virgin Atlantic, KLM UK Engineering, Monarch Airlines, DHL, Make it happen: You will also learn about the fundamentals Bristows, the Royal Navy, the British Army www.kingston.ac.uk/aircrafttopup2017 of project planning and mapping, and will and BAES. complete significant group and individual projects on industry-related topics. UCAS code and duration H416 – 1yr FT; 2yrs PT Examples of modules - Aircraft Maintenance Operations International entry - Aerospace Technology Yes - Air Transport Economics - Individual Project (Aircraft IEng) Contact Science, Engineering and Computing Teaching, learning and assessment admissions • Teaching methods include lectures, T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 seminars, tutorials and directed E: [email protected] independent learning (self-study). • Assessment methods include How to apply assignments, reports, presentations and FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 formal written examinations. The Aircraft PT direct to University Maintenance Operations module (which contains a significant group project element) and Individual Project module are assessed by coursework only.

118 Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul) Foundation certificate/foundation degree These courses are run in partnership with Marshall Aerospace and Defence Group – one of the UK’s major aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO) organisations. It will train you for a career in the MRO sector and is taught at Marshall Aerospace’s Aero Academy in Cambridge.

What you will study Year 2 modules will expand those of Year While these courses are mainly theory You will study essential facts, concepts, 1. You will examine aircraft electrical, based, Marshall Aerospace recognises that theories and principles that underpin electronic, mechanical and propulsion work experience is a highly desirable part of engineering in general and aircraft systems. Supervisory/management skills training and will try to assist you in gaining maintenance, repair and overhaul. In will be developed – you will gain a wide work experience in the industry. particular, you will look at: range of technical/non-technical skills that • the aircraft maintenance and overhaul could potentially lead you to a supervisory Careers and progression industry; management role within the industry. The Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, • the roles, responsibilities and legal Repair and Overhaul) introductory year/ obligations of aircraft maintenance, repair BSc(Hons) top-up foundation certificate and foundation and overhaul engineers, and the effects If you successfully complete the two-year degree courses are designed to start you of them exercising their engineering FdEng, you will be able to progress to on the career path towards a supervisory/ judgement; a RAeS (IEng) accredited BSc top-up management role within the aircraft industry. • typical aircraft systems; programme in Aircraft Engineering at • aircraft manuals and documentation, Kingston University. UCAS code and duration how they are used and how to use them See www.kingston.ac.uk/aircrafttopup2017 • Introductory year/foundation cert: H403 correctly and effectively; and for more details. – 1yr FT • the need to ensure a clean working • Foundation degree: H411 – 2yrs FT environment, to follow all safety precautions Examples of modules and to have a responsible attitude to flight Introductory Year 0 (foundation certificate) International entry safety and airworthiness of aircraft. - Engineering Fundamentals No - Aircraft Materials, Maintenance You will also gain important communication and Workshop Contact skills, including both oral and technical - Aviation Industry Work Skills Science, Engineering and Computing report writing. - Introduction to Aircraft admissions Year 1 (FdEng) T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 The introductory year/foundation certificate - Electrical Engineering and Science E: [email protected] (Year 0) provides broad theoretical and - Electronic Engineering and Science practical an understanding of aerospace - Mechanical Engineering Principles How to apply systems and industrial practices – ideal and Practice Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 if you do not have the required grades for - Aircraft Engineering Principles direct entry to the foundation degree. Year 2 (FdEng) Entry requirements - Aircraft Mechanical • H403: 32 UCAS points from one A-level Year 1 (foundation degree) modules - Aircraft Electrical and Avionics or equivalent (Mathematics or a suitable introduce you to the aerospace industry - Aircraft Propulsion and Performance science subject desirable) or BTEC National and examine key concepts associated - Management in the MRO Industry Diploma in engineering subjects. with the modern jet aircraft. These include • H411: 64 UCAS points, to include two the theory of flight, aircraft performance, Teaching, learning and assessment A-levels or equivalent (mathematics and aircraft structures and aircraft mechanical, • Assessment methods include written science subjects required); or BTEC National electrical, avionic and fluid systems. tests; multiple-choice questions; timed, Diploma in engineering subjects. Aircraft safety is a fundamental theme end-of-module and oral examinations; and • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric throughout, with emphasis placed on assessed practical work, together with score under newly reformed GCSE grading): regulatory requirements, documentation assessments relating to health and safety, five subjects including Mathematics and control, maintenance requirements and punctuality, and workshop and aircraft English Language, or equivalent. standards, tool control and cleanliness. You cleanliness. will also develop writing, mathematics and • You will be given practical training to Make it happen: presentation skills. develop the hand skills required to operate www.kingston.ac.uk/ in an aircraft maintenance environment. aircraftmaintenance2017 119 Aviation Studies for Commercial Pilot Training Foundation degree FdEng/BSc(Hons) top-up This exciting foundation degree provides the opportunity to gain a recognised higher education qualification while acquiring the knowledge and some of the skills you will need to become a pilot. On successful completion of the foundation degree, you can top up to a BSc(Hons) degree.

What you will study knowledge and skills beyond that required Training (BCFT), based at Bournemouth The curriculum provides the educational for the ATPL(A), making them even more International Airport. Open days for this base for the ground school phase of a attractive to airline employers. course will be held there, rather than at commercial pilot training programme. It Kingston University. covers a broad range of subjects across Examples of modules the areas of science, technology and Year 1 (FdEng) UCAS code and duration professional practice – from fundamental - PPL Ground School Training • Aviation Studies for Commercial Pilot engineering concepts to operational - Aviation Studies Mathematics and Science Training FdEng: H460 – 2yrs FT procedures and air law. - ATPL Aircraft General Knowledge and • Aviation Studies BSc(Hons) top-up: H461 Instrumentation – 1yr FT; 2yrs PT To qualify for the European Aviation Safety - Operational Procedures, Air Law and Agency (EASA) Airline Transport Pilot’s Communications International entry Licence (ATPL(A)), you will need to pass Year 2 (FdEng) No the theoretical knowledge exams and carry - Meteorology out the appropriate flight training and flight - Navigation Contact tests. This course satisfies the requirement - Aircraft Principles of Flight, Performance Science, Engineering and Computing for formal theoretical knowledge training and Mass and Balance admissions and prepares you for the EASA theoretical - Human Performance and Flight Planning T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 knowledge exams. Year 3 (optional BSc top-up year) E: [email protected] - Aerospace Technology While there is no flying included in the - Air Transport Economics How to apply foundation degree course itself, you must - Airline Operations and Scheduling FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 have a private pilot’s licence (PPL) before - Individual Project (Aviation Studies) PT direct to University you can study the ATPL(A) syllabus. You must have logged a minimum of 20 hours Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements of flying towards your PPL before the • Teaching methods include lectures FdEng: start of the course in September. Time is supported by tutorials and practical activities. • 80 UCAS points, to include two A-levels programmed into Year 1 of the foundation • Assessment methods for the foundation or equivalent. degree for students to complete their PPL, degree are distinct from the licence • Five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable but there are significant advantages in requirement but, since you will be required numeric score under newly reformed GCSE passing the PPL before the start of the to acquire a large body of knowledge, grading): including English, Science and course. Advice on how best to approach this exams are more widely used than is typical Mathematics (B). will be given during the course-specific on other foundation degree programmes. • Note: We can only consider UCAS open days. These are held at Bournemouth applications made for 2017 entry. If you Commercial Flight Training (BCFT) at Careers and progression wish to defer entry, please apply during the Bournemouth International Airport in Dorset There is currently a great demand for ATPL- next application cycle. – where this foundation degree is taught. qualified pilots. As a result, employment BSc(Hons) top-up: Flying required for an ATPL(A) can also be opportunities are excellent for those who • FdEng Aviation Studies. Direct entry factored into the programme with BCFT. achieve the necessary licence. Graduates routes also available, see course webpage. who progress to a full honours degree will The BSc(Hons) top-up course is taught be well-prepared for management roles Make it happen: at Kingston University. This course is within the industry. www.kingston.ac.uk/aviation2017 available to any student who has passed the foundation degree at Bournemouth Please note: International Airport, or for any other • Students from outside the EU are not student who has their ATPL and has some eligible to apply. previous experience of higher education. • The foundation degree is taught The course aims to extend students’ at Bournemouth Commercial Flight 120 Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours Automotive engineers design, test and develop vehicles and/or components from concept through to production, and are involved in improving the vehicle in response to customer feedback. This course is ideal if you would like a career within the automotive industry and to develop a comprehensive range of related skills.

What you will study Professional accreditation Careers and progression This degree offers a broad coverage of The course is accredited by the Institution The automotive sector has two distinct automotive systems engineering and of Engineering and Technology (IET), parts: the manufacture of vehicles and related subjects. A comprehensive range under licence from the UK regulator, the components; and the motor trade (including of practical and experimental activities Engineering Council, and satisfies the retail, distribution and aftermarket services). are incorporated, making use of our academic requirements for incorporated Our graduates have gained employment extensive facilities. engineer (IEng) status. with companies such as AVL Powertrain, Ford, Lotus, Millbrook, Nissan, Jaguar, Land Year 1 is common across many of our Examples of modules Rover and Bentley. engineering BSc degrees and provides the Year 1 underpinning skills and knowledge you - Engineering Application and Practice UCAS code and duration will need to study specialist automotive - Engineering Design, Materials and H330 – 3yrs FT engineering topics later in the course. Manufacture 1 H394 – 4yrs SW Analytical subjects such as mathematics, - Engineering and Mechanical Principles H308 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 engineering science, structural mechanics - Technology Mathematics, Electronics and and dynamics provide the necessary Computing International entry theoretical background. Engineering design Year 2 Yes and applications provide the necessary - Project Engineering and Management skills. You will also be introduced to the - Analytical Techniques, Electronics and Contact profession of engineering. Control Science, Engineering and Computing - Design Methods and Materials admissions Year 2 will introduce you to specialist - Automotive Systems Engineering T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 studies in automotive engineering. You Optional sandwich year E: [email protected] will take an in-depth look at aspects of Year 3 automotive systems, such as engine types, - Business Management and Quality How to apply braking systems, gear boxes and chassis Systems Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 systems. As well as studying an advanced - Individual Project (BSc) area of automotive engineering within - Industrial Group Project Entry requirements a simulated industrial environment, you - Vehicle Design and Technology • 96 UCAS points, to include three A-levels will also be able to extend your maths, or equivalent in Mathematics and a suitable design, mechanical science and project Teaching, learning and assessment science subject, or BTEC National Diploma or management abilities. • Teaching methods include lectures, Certificate in Engineering or related subject. seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory • GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric Year 3 comprises core engineering subjects sessions, backed up by design classes and score under newly reformed GCSE grading): and specialist advanced automotive workshop sessions. minimum of five subjects including English modules, plus two project modules. • Assessment methods are usually split Language, one suitable science subject The Individual Project will further your between exam and continuous assessment and Mathematics. knowledge in a chosen specialist area, coursework (such as reports, computer while the Industrial Group Project will enable exercises, laboratories and essays). Some Make it happen: you to work as part of a team, tackling an modules are assessed by coursework only. www.kingston.ac.uk/auto2017 industrially focused design project.

121 Automotive Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) single honours These courses prepare you for a career in the automotive industry. The BEng(Hons) degree is ideal if you are looking for roles that require the application of contemporary technologies. It can lead to promotion at high levels of management. The MEng degree suits those seeking leadership positions in major projects related to developing new technologies and designing future vehicles.

What you will study Examples of modules Entry requirements Automotive engineers design, test and Please see course web page for full list BEng(Hons) Automotive Engineering develop vehicles and/or components from of modules. Points: 112 concept to production, and are involved in Units: three A-levels or equivalent improving vehicles in response to customer Teaching, learning and assessment Subjects: feedback. Exploring their design and • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, • A-level: Mathematics and suitable science manufacture processes, you will gain a tutorials and practical laboratory sessions subject required. General Studies not strong base in technical, management and backed up by design classes, workshops accepted. personal skills. and site visits. • BTEC National: Diploma in Engineering or • Assessment is split between exam and related subject. Year 1 is common across our engineering coursework (eg reports, computer exercises, • Plus GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric MEng/BEng degrees, provides underpinning laboratories and essays). Some modules are score under newly-reformed GCSE grading): skills and knowledge, and introduces assessed by coursework only. five subjects, including English Language the profession of engineering. Analytical and Mathematics. subjects (eg mathematics, engineering Careers and progression science, structural mechanics and Graduates from our Automotive Engineering Other entry routes dynamics) provide theoretical background; and Motorsport Engineering courses have • Engineering foundation year engineering design and applications provide gained positions with employers such as • We will consider a range of alternative necessary skills. Jaguar Land Rover, Ford, Lotus, Bertrandt, qualifications or experience, equivalent to the Yasa Motors, Millbrook, Nissan, Pilbeam typical offer. Applications from international Year 2 introduces specialist studies in Racing, Vayon, Lyra Electronics, TWR, students with equivalent qualifications are automotive engineering, such as engine Williams Grand Prix Engineering, NGK Spark welcome. Please contact us for details. types, braking systems, gear boxes and Plugs (UK) Ltd and AVL Powertrain. chassis systems for commercial vehicles. MEng Automotive Engineering You can also extend your mathematics, UCAS codes and duration Points: 128 design, mechanical science and project BEng(Hons): H313 – 3yrs FT Units: three A-levels or equivalent management abilities. BEng(Hons): H312 – 4yrs SW Subjects: MEng: H311 – 4yrs FT • A-level: Mathematics and two science- Year 3 comprises core engineering and MEng: H310 – 5yrs SW based subjects required. General Studies specialist advanced automotive modules. not accepted. Your individual project will further your International entry • BTEC National: Diploma in Engineering or knowledge in a chosen specialist area. You Yes related subject. will gain an understanding of the business • Plus GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric world. MEng students will deepen their Contact score under newly-reformed GCSE grading): knowledge in areas such as Computer- Science, Engineering and Computing five subjects, including English Language Aided Engineering (CAE) and mathematics. admissions and Mathematics. T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Year 4 of the MEng course deepens E: [email protected] Other entry routes and broadens your expertise in control, • Engineering foundation year. aerodynamics and structural analysis of How to apply • We will consider a range of alternative vehicles, featuring independent learning and Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 qualifications or experience, equivalent to the an industrial-focused group project. typical offer. Applications from international students with equivalent qualifications are You can choose to take an optional welcome. Please contact us for details. sandwich year between Years 2 and 3 (MEng and BEng(Hons)) or between Years 3 Make it happen: and 4 (MEng only). www.kingston.ac.uk/autoeng2017

122 Automotive Engineering (Motorsport) MEng/BEng(Hons) single honours These courses can prepare you for a career in the motorsport or automotive industry, with emphasis on high performance vehicles. The BEng degree is ideal if you are looking for roles that apply contemporary technologies to high performance vehicles. It can lead to promotion to high management levels. The MEng degree suits those seeking leadership positions in major projects that develop new technologies and design future high performance vehicles.

What you will study You can choose to take an optional Entry requirements Motorsport engineers design, test and sandwich year between Years 2 and 3 BEng(Hons) Automotive Engineering develop high performance vehicles (MEng and BEng(Hons) or between Years 3 (Motorsport) and/or components from concept to and 4 (MEng only). Points: 112 production, and are involved in improving Units: three A-levels or equivalent the performance of vehicles. Exploring the Examples of modules Subjects: involved design, manufacture and testing Please see course web page for full list • A-level: Mathematics and suitable science processes, you will gain a strong base in of modules. subject required. General Studies not accepted. technical, management and personal skills. • BTEC National: Diploma in Engineering or Teaching, learning and assessment related subject. Year 1 is common across our engineering • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, • Plus GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric MEng/BEng degrees, provides underpinning tutorials and practical laboratory sessions score under newly-reformed GCSE grading): skills and knowledge, and introduces backed up by design classes, workshops five subjects, including English Language the profession of engineering. Analytical and site visits. and Mathematics. subjects (eg mathematics, engineering • Assessment is split between exam and science, structural mechanics and coursework (eg reports, computer exercises, Other entry routes dynamics) provide theoretical background; laboratories and essays). Some modules are • Engineering foundation year. engineering design and applications provide assessed by coursework only. • We will consider a range of alternative necessary skills. qualifications or experience, equivalent to the Careers and progression typical offer. Applications from international Year 2 introduces specialist studies in Graduates from our Automotive Engineering students with equivalent qualifications are motorsport engineering, such as engine and Motorsport Engineering courses have welcome. Please contact us for details. types, brake systems, gear boxes and gained positions with employers such as chassis systems of high performance Jaguar Land Rover, Ford, Lotus, Bertrandt, MEng Automotive Engineering vehicles. You can also extend your Yasa Motors, Millbrook, Nissan, Pilbeam (Motorsport) mathematics, design, mechanical science Racing, Vayon, Lyra Electronics, TWR, Points: 128 and project management abilities. Williams Grand Prix Engineering, NGK Spark Units: three A-levels or equivalent Plugs (UK) Ltd and AVL Powertrain. Subjects: Year 3 comprises core engineering and • A-level: Mathematics and two science- specialist advanced motorsport modules. UCAS codes and duration based subjects required. General Studies Your individual project will further your BEng(Hons): H100 – 3yrs FT not accepted. knowledge in a chosen specialist area. You BEng(Hons): HC4R – 4yrs SW • BTEC National: Diploma in Engineering or will gain an understanding of the business MEng: H347 – 4yrs FT related subject. world. MEng students will deepen their MEng: HK14 – 5yrs SW • Plus GCSE (A*-C or comparable numeric knowledge in areas such as Computer- score under newly-reformed GCSE grading): Aided Engineering (CAE), Computational International entry five subjects, including English Language Fluid Dynamics (CFD) and mathematics. Yes and Mathematics.

Year 4 of the MEng course deepens Contact Other entry routes and broadens your expertise in control, Science, Engineering and Computing • Engineering foundation year. aerodynamics and structural analysis of admissions • We will consider a range of alternative high performance vehicles, while featuring T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 qualifications or experience, equivalent to the independent learning and an industrial- E: [email protected] typical offer. Applications from international focused group project. students with equivalent qualifications are How to apply welcome. Please contact us for details. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/motoreng2017 123 Motorsport Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours Motorsport engineering is an exciting branch of automotive engineering. The two pathways of this programme have been developed to meet the specific demands of the motorsport industry and will give you the opportunity to gain a thorough understanding of the relevant technologies and innovations.

What you will study Professional accreditation Careers and progression You can opt to take either the Motorsport The course is accredited by the Institution This degree meets an identified need for Engineering pathway or the Motorcycle of Engineering and Technology (IET), graduate-level professionals to work in Engineering pathway. under licence from the UK regulator, the specialist areas such as vehicle/component Engineering Council, and satisfies the design, powertrain and chassis development Year 1 is common across many of our academic requirements for incorporated and testing, and supervisory and business engineering BSc degrees, providing the engineer (IEng) status. roles. Our graduates have secured positions underpinning skills and knowledge you with teams such as Red Bull, Williams, will need to study specialist motorsport Examples of modules Ducati, Triumph, Pilbeam Racing, McLaren engineering topics later in the course. Year 1 and Prodrive. It comprises analytical subjects such - Engineering Application and Practice as mathematics, engineering science, - Engineering Design, Materials and UCAS code and duration structural mechanics and dynamics, to Manufacture 1 H337 – 3yrs FT provide necessary theoretical background; - Engineering and Mechanical Principles H338 – 4yrs SW engineering design and applications, to - Technology Mathematics, Electronics H308 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 provide necessary skills; and an introduction and Computing to the profession of engineering. Year 2 International entry - Project Engineering and Management Yes Year 2 introduces more-specialist studies - Analytical Techniques, Electronics in motorsport engineering. You will look at and Control Contact all aspects of motorsport systems, including - Design Methods and Materials Science, Engineering and Computing different engine types, transmission, brake, - Engine and Vehicle Technology (Motorsport admissions steering, suspension and chassis systems. pathway only) T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Alongside studying an advanced area of - Motorcycle Systems Technology E: [email protected] motorsport engineering within a simulated (Motorcycle pathway only) industrial environment, you will have the Optional sandwich year How to apply opportunity to extend your mathematics, Year 3 Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 design (CAD/CAM), mechanical science and - Business Management and Quality Systems project management skills. - Individual Project (BSc) Entry requirements - Industrial Group Project • Min. 96 UCAS points, to include three Year 3 comprises core engineering - Racecar Design and Analysis A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics and a subjects, specialist advanced motorsport (Motorsport pathway only) suitable science subject, or BTEC National modules and two project modules. The - Motorcycle Design and Analysis Diploma or Certificate in Engineering or specialist modules cover performance (Motorcycle pathway only) related subject. optimisation, aerodynamics, systems • GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric integration and whole vehicle design, as Teaching, learning and assessment score under newly reformed GCSE well as computer-aided design/analysis • Teaching methods include lectures, grading): minimum of five subjects, and aspects related to safety. The Individual seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory including English Language, one suitable Project will further your knowledge in a sessions, supported by design classes, science subject and Mathematics. chosen specialist area, while the Industrial workshop sessions and site visits. Group Project will enable you to work • Assessment is usually split between exam Make it happen: as part of a team tackling an industrially and continuous assessment coursework (eg www.kingston.ac.uk/motorsports2017 focused project. reports, computer exercises, laboratories and essays). Some modules are assessed by coursework only.

124 Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) single honours Civil engineers deal with the design and construction of roads, buildings, airports, tunnels, dams, bridges and water supply or sewage systems. This course enables you to progress and qualify as a chartered civil or structural engineer, and provides a strong base of high-quality technical abilities together with good management and personal skills.

What you will study of Moderators (JBM), under licence from the Careers and progression Year 1 develops skills in engineering Engineering Council, as fully satisfying the The course emphasises technical and science, mathematics, computing, educational base for an incorporated engineer communication skills, making our graduates engineering drawing (including AutoCAD), (IEng) and partially satisfying the educational sought after in a wide variety of employment fluid mechanics, soil mechanics, structures, base for a chartered engineer (CEng). A areas. Most of our graduates achieve materials and sustainable construction and programme of accredited further learning is permanent positions in the construction design. Emphasis on practical work includes required to complete the educational base industry, both in design and construction, or practical surveying, model-making and using for CEng. See www.jbm.org.uk for details. further their education by taking MSc courses. computer-aided design packages. The JBM includes the Institution of Civil UCAS code and duration Year 2 comprises more focused studies in Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural H200 – 3yrs FT; H201 – 4yrs SW; H208 specific civil engineering subjects such as Engineers (IStructE), the Institution of – 4/5yrs; FDN, see p111; 4yrs PT (Years 2 hydraulics, geotechnics, structures, Highways and Transportation (IHT) and the and 3 only) construction materials and engineering Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE). This surveying, with a thorough grounding in accreditation means graduates can progress International entry project and business management. There to become chartered engineers, once Yes are two residential field courses – engineering further study is completed, and register as surveying and geotechnical engineering. professional engineers with the Engineering Contact Council (UK) – the body responsible for Science, Engineering and Computing Year 3 further develops the core civil regulating the UK’s engineering profession. admissions engineering disciplines: structures, hydraulics T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and geotechnics, including a residential field Examples of modules E: [email protected] trip devoted to coastal engineering. Studies Year 1 include the development, design and - Fluid and Soil Mechanics How to apply construction of sustainable infrastructure, - Engineering Mathematics and Computing FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 focusing on water engineering, transport, - Structures and Engineering Materials PT direct to University highway and the energy sector. There is - Sustainable Construction and Design an emphasis on graduate employment Year 2 Entry requirements opportunities. You will carry out an individual - Hydraulic and Geotechnical Engineering 1 • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels, project and with fellow students work on a - Engineering Surveying or equivalent, including Mathematics (grade major group design exercise. - Structural Engineering 1 and Construction C) (A-level/ AS level in General Studies or in a Materials native language not accepted in the tariff); or As with all BEng(Hons) courses, further - Project and Business Management BTEC Extended Diploma (DMM engineering- learning, at university or on a graduate Optional sandwich year related subjects) including Merits in both training scheme, is necessary to qualify as a Year 3 Mathematics and Further Mathematics chartered engineer. - Hydraulic and Geotechnical Engineering 2 Access course to Higher Education Diploma - Sustainable Infrastructure and Environment not accepted Part-time route - Structural Engineering 2 and Group Design • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable The part-time course (beginning at Year 2) is - Individual Project and Research Method numeric score under newly reformed GCSE designed for those working in industry who grading), including English Language and have an HNC/HND or equivalent qualifications Teaching, learning and assessment Mathematics and who wish to improve their professional • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, • Entry to Year 2 and part time: BTEC skills and achieve chartered status. See the tutorials, practical laboratory sessions, field HND or HNC in related subject or similar course webpage for attendance requirements. courses, design classes, workshop sessions qualification. Part-time applicants should be and site visits. employed in construction/related industries Professional accreditation • Assessment comprises exams and BEng(Hons) Accredited CEng (Partial): coursework (eg reports, computer and Make it happen: This degree is accredited by the Joint Board numerical exercises, laboratories and essays). www.kingston.ac.uk/civilbeng2017 125 Civil Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours This BSc(Hons) leads to incorporated engineer status with the Institution of Civil Engineers or the Institution of Structural Engineers. It enables you to progress to become an incorporated civil or structural engineer dealing with the practical aspects of translating a design into reality through drawings, schedules, materials selection and control of the work on site.

What you will study and register as a professional engineer with UCAS code and duration Year 1 enables you to develop your skills the Engineering Council (UK) – the body H202 – 3yrs FT in engineering science, mathematics, responsible for regulating the engineering H205 – 4yrs SW computing, engineering drawing (including profession within the UK. It is possible to H208 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p111 AutoCAD), fluid mechanics, soil mechanics, proceed to chartered engineer status later structures, materials and sustainable in your career. International entry construction and design. There is an Yes emphasis on practical work, including Examples of modules surveying, model-making and computer- Year 1 Contact aided design packages. - Fluid and Soil Mechanics Science, Engineering and Computing - Technology Mathematics and Computing admissions Year 2 comprises practical-focused studies - Engineering Materials and Structural T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 covering specific civil engineering subjects Mechanics E: [email protected] such as hydraulics, geotechnics, structures, - Sustainable Construction and Design construction materials and site surveying. Year 2 How to apply You will also gain a thorough grounding in - Geotechnics and Hydraulics Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 project and business management. Two - Site and Engineering Surveying residential field courses, in engineering - Construction Materials and Structural Entry requirements surveying and geotechnical engineering, are Analysis • 96 UCAS points, to include two A-levels, also taken in this year. - Project and Business Management or equivalent, including Mathematics or Optional sandwich year AS Mathematics grade C (A-level/AS-level Year 3 broadens your understanding of Year 3 General Studies counted as half points; building and environmental engineering and - Civil Engineering Design A-level in native language counted in civil engineering design. You will also study - Sustainable Infrastructure and Environment addition to two A-levels); or BTEC Extended the development, design and construction - Building and Environmental Engineering Diploma (MMM)/Diploma (DD) including of sustainable infrastructure, focusing on - Individual Project and Research Methods Merit in Maths Access course to HE water engineering, transport, highway and Diploma accepted with Merits in Level 3 the energy sector, and with an emphasis Teaching, learning and assessment Mathematics subjects on graduate employment opportunities. You • Teaching methods include lectures, • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable will carry out an individual project and take seminars, tutorials, practical laboratory numeric score under newly reformed GCSE part in a major group design exercise with sessions, field courses, design classes, grading), including English Language and fellow students. workshop sessions and site visits. Mathematics. • Assessment methods comprise exams • Entry to Year 2: relevant BTEC HND/HNC Professional accreditation and coursework (eg reports, computer (contact us for details). Accredited IEng degree (Full): The course is and numerical exercises, laboratories and accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators essays). Make it happen: (JBM), under licence from the Engineering www.kingston.ac.uk/civilbsc2017 Council, and leads to incorporated engineer Careers and progression (IEng) status – see www.jbm.org.uk for The course’s emphasis on the development further information. of technical and communication skills makes our graduates sought after in a wide The JBM includes the Institution of Civil variety of employment areas. Most of our Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural graduates achieve permanent positions in Engineers (IStructE), the Institution of the construction industry, both in design Highways and Transportation (IHT) and the and construction. Many graduates also Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE). This choose to further their education by taking accreditation means that our graduates can MSc courses. go on to become incorporated engineers 126 Construction Management BSc(Hons) single honours If you are interested in becoming a construction manager, ensuring that projects are completed on time, to budget and to a specified quality, this course is ideal. It combines an emphasis on management with a grounding in the technical aspects of construction and engineering.

What you will study The JBM includes the Institution of Civil Careers and progression Year 1 introduces skills and fundamental Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural An emphasis on the development of engineering/construction concepts; specific Engineers (IStructE), the Institution of technical and communication skills makes engineering mathematics and science Highways and Transportation (IHT) and the our graduates sought after in a wide variety for construction practice; engineering Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE). This of sectors. drawing, including AutoCAD; construction accreditation means that our graduates can management; and materials, structures, go on to become incorporated engineers Through the course team’s links with computing, professional practice and and register as a professional engineer with industry bodies and employers, industrial sustainable issues. Construction techniques, the Engineering Council (UK) – the body placements and positions may be offered including practical surveying, are also responsible for regulating the engineering following graduation. introduced. You will undertake model-making profession in the UK. It is possible to exercises in the structures laboratory, and proceed to chartered engineer status later UCAS code and duration use computer-aided design packages to in your career. K251 – 3yrs FT communicate your ideas efficiently. K252 – 4yrs SW Examples of modules Year 2 includes extensive work in Year 1 International entry construction materials, sustainable design, - Building Construction with Geotechnics Yes technology, surveying, business and legal - Professional Practice and Management principles, and project and business - Sustainable Construction and Design Contact management. Two residential field courses - Construction Mathematics and Mechanics Science, Engineering and Computing in engineering surveying and geotechnics Year 2 admissions will enhance your practical skills and - Construction Business and Law T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 develop management principles. - Site and Engineering Surveying E: [email protected] - Materials, Design and Procedures Year 3 involves the in-depth study and - Project and Business Management How to apply application of contractual procedures, Optional sandwich year Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 site practice and management, including Year 3 a construction site visit, and building - Site Practice and Management Entry requirements and environmental engineering. You will - Contractual Procedures • 96 UCAS points, to include two A-levels, carry out an individual project focused on - Building and Environmental Engineering or equivalent, including preferably a research into a specialised subject. - Individual Project and Research Methods numerate or science subject (A-level/ AS-level General Studies counted as half Professional accreditation Teaching, learning and assessment points, A-level in native language counted in Chartered builder/chartered construction • Teaching methods include lectures, addition to two A-levels); or BTEC Extended manager MCIOB: This course is accredited seminars, tutorials, practical laboratory Diploma (MMM)/Diploma (DD) in related by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), sessions, field courses, design classes, subject. leading to full membership of the Institute. workshop sessions and site visits each year. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable • Assessment methods comprise exams numeric score under newly reformed GCSE Accredited IEng degree (Full): The course and coursework (eg reports, computer grading), including English Language and is also accredited as fully satisfying the and numerical exercises, laboratories and Mathematics. educational base for an incorporated essays). • Entry to Year 2: relevant BTEC HND/HNC engineer (IEng) – see the Joint Board of (contact us for details). Moderators (JBM) website (www.jbm.org.uk) for more information. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/construct2017

127 Mechanical Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) single honours Mechanical engineering degrees explore the processes by which mechanical products and systems are designed and manufactured. Our programmes provide a strong base in technical, management and personal skills.

What you will study registration as a chartered engineer (CEng). Careers and progression MEng and BEng students take the same Details of further learning and all accredited Our graduates have gained employment in modules until Year 3 when the routes degrees can be found on the IMechE a variety of areas, such as design engineer diverge. The MEng contains an extra year of website: www.imeche.org/accrediteddegrees for a Formula 1 racing company, project advanced-level study. manager for a food processing company, Examples of modules and sales engineer for a company selling Year 1 will provide you with a solid Year 1 packaging machinery. knowledge of the general technical and - Engineering Application and Practice non-technical subjects that underpin - Thermofluid and Mechanical Principles 1 UCAS code and duration mechanical engineering practices. - Analytical Methods, Computing, Electrical MEng route: and Electronic Systems H303 – 4yrs FT Year 2 will introduce you to more focused - Engineering Design, Materials and H304 – 5yrs SW studies, covering specialist subjects such Manufacture 1 BEng(Hons) route: as applied mechanics, fluid mechanics, Year 2 H300 – 3yrs FT thermodynamics, electronics, control - Thermofluid and Mechanical Systems 2 H301 – 4yrs SW and computing. You will also have the - Electronic Systems, Control and Computing H308 – 4yrs FDN, see p111 opportunity to extend your mathematics and - Project Engineering and Management project-management abilities. - Engineering Design, Materials and International entry Manufacture 2 Yes Year 3 comprises core engineering topics Optional sandwich year: MEng and and advanced mechanical engineering BEng(Hons) Contact modules, plus a strong focus on independent Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing and group project work. All students will - Mechatronics, Dynamics and Control admissions gain an understanding of the business - Individual Project T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 world, and MEng students will continue to - Thermofluid and Mechanical Systems 3 E: [email protected] deepen their knowledge in areas such as - Business Management and Quality computer-aided design and mathematics. Systems (BEng-only module) How to apply - CAE with CFD and Mathematical Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Year 4 of the MEng course will continue Modelling (MEng-only module) to deepen and broaden your expertise. A Optional sandwich year: MEng Entry requirements strong emphasis is again on independent Year 4 (MEng) • MEng: min. 128 UCAS points, to include learning, as well as an industrially focused - Mechanical Group Project three A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics group project. - Engineering Research Techniques, and two science-based subjects. Entrepreneurship and Quality Management • BEng(Hons): min. 112 UCAS points, Accreditation - Advanced Stress Analysis and Materials to include three A-levels or equivalent The BEng (Hons) will meet, in part, the - Computational Fluid Dynamics for in Mathematics and a suitable science exemplifying academic benchmark Engineering Applications subject, or BTEC Extended Diploma in an requirements for registration as a chartered engineering subject. engineer. Students will need to complete Teaching, learning and assessment • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric an approved format of further learning • Teaching methods include lectures, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): pursuant to the requirements of UK-SPEC. seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory five subjects including Mathematics, The BEng (Hons) will also automatically sessions, backed up by design classes, one suitable science subject and English meet the exemplifying academic benchmark workshops and site visits. Language, or equivalent. requirements for registration as an • Assessment methods are usually split incorporated engineer (IEng). between exam and continuous assessment Make it happen: coursework (eg reports, computer exercises, www.kingston.ac.uk/mech2017 The MEng fully meets the exemplifying laboratories and essays). Some modules are academic benchmark requirements for assessed by coursework only. 128 Mechanical Engineering BSc(Hons) single honours This course combines theory with practical applications to give you the opportunity to gain a thorough technical understanding and high-quality engineering skills, together with sound project management and personal skills.

What you will study Examples of modules Our mechanical engineering graduates have Year 1 is partially common across our Year 1 gained employment in a variety of areas, engineering BSc degrees and provides the - Engineering Application and Practice including design engineer for a Formula 1 underpinning skills and knowledge you - Engineering Design, Materials and racing company, concerned with the design will need to study specialist mechanical Manufacture 1 of braking systems; project manager for a engineering topics later in the course. It - Engineering and Mechanical Principles food processing company, concerned with consists of analytical subjects such as - Technology Mathematics, Electronics the specification, procurement, installation mathematics, engineering science, structural and Computing and commissioning of new facilities; and mechanics and dynamics, providing Year 2 sales engineer for a company selling the necessary theoretical background; - Project Engineering and Management packaging machinery to other industries. engineering design and applications, providing - Analytical Techniques, Electronics and the necessary technical skills; and an Control UCAS code and duration introduction to the profession of engineering. - Design Methods and Materials H302 – 3yrs FT - Solid Mechanics and Thermofluids H305 – 4yrs SW Year 2 will introduce you to more specialist Optional sandwich year H308 – 4yrs FDN, see p111 studies. An important feature is the Year 3 emphasis on design, which enables you to - Business Management and Quality Systems International entry start consolidating the topics being studied - Individual Project (BSc) Yes into more realistic engineering scenarios. - Industrial Group Project You will also have the opportunity to - Computer-aided Engineering and Contact extend your mathematics and project- Mechatronics Science, Engineering and Computing management abilities. admissions Teaching, learning and assessment T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Year 3 comprises core disciplines and • Teaching methods include lectures, E: [email protected] specialist advanced modules, plus a strong seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory emphasis on independent learning through sessions, backed up by field courses, How to apply project work, both individually and in a design classes, workshop sessions and Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 group. This year also further enhances your site visits. employability skills, helping you begin your • Assessment methods are usually split Entry requirements engineering career. between exam and continuous assessment • Min. 96 UCAS points, to include three coursework (eg reports, computer A-levels or equivalent in Mathematics and a Throughout the course you will benefit exercises, laboratories and essays). Some suitable science subject, or BTEC National from using our excellent industry-standard modules are assessed by coursework only. Diploma or Certificate in Engineering or facilities, including high-end equipment, Practical exercises include the use of high- related subject. machines and testers. end equipment. • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric score under newly reformed GCSE grading): Careers and progression five subjects including Mathematics, Mechanical engineers work across a broad one suitable science subject and English spectrum of industry sectors. Career roles Language, or equivalent. range from the design of new products, to research and development of new Make it happen: technologies, and planning and designing www.kingston.ac.uk/mechbsc2017 new production processes.

For more information on careers in mechanical engineering, see the IMechE website: www.imeche.org 129 Geography and Geology

Get to know the world around you.

Kingston University offers courses covering the following subjects: • Geography • Human Geography • Geology • Environmental Science • Environmental Management • Environmental Hazards & Disaster Management

Our flexible courses provide plenty of opportunity for you to explore your particular area of interest. If you choose to study Environmental Management or Geography, you can combine your studies with a minor field in Business (see p79).

Our strong industry links and active international research activities across subject areas ensure that teaching is innovative, exciting and industry-relevant. For example, we have links with practitioners in the emergency and disaster management field, such as the RNLI and fire and ambulance services, and we have visiting lecturers from the hydrocarbon and environmental sectors. Our BSc Geology programme is accredited with the Geological Society; this ratifies the degree as valuable for the geological industries.

Fieldwork is fundamental to our courses, giving you the opportunity to put theory into practice and to develop your confidence at working in different environments. Field trips bring your studies to life, teaching you important skills and techniques to carry forward into your career.

If you are a mature student or do not have the standard entry requirements, our foundation year can help you gain the skills and knowledge you need for degree-level study.

130 Science Foundation Year

If you would like to study a science subject at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include this extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels, if you are a mature student, or if you have non-science-based A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration This extra year is designed to equip you - Biology Codes for the foundation course route are with the skills and knowledge to continue - Chemistry on the relevant course page. on the degree of your choice. It is taught - Mathematics for Science 1yr FT at Kingston College, where you will benefit - Sport Science from the friendly, informal atmosphere of - Earth Sciences and the Environment International entry college life before continuing your study at - Computer Systems Yes the University campus. - Computer Programming - Scientific Investigation and Skills Contact Throughout the foundation year you will Science, Engineering and Computing study a range of subjects that underpin Teaching, learning and assessment admissions subsequent study in Year 1 of your degree • Teaching methods: a variety of T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and beyond. The broad scope of subjects teaching and learning methods are used, E: [email protected] is intended to allow study in a range of including lectures, seminars and tutorials, subject areas and, in some instances, allow workshops and practical work. Particular How to apply flexibility of choice of intended degree emphasis is placed on developing key Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 route. Subjects start at an elementary level, skills that will help mature applicants who and there is a strong emphasis on the are returning to education and those from Entry requirements development of practical investigational and a non-science background. • 64 UCAS points to include two A-levels study skills. • Assessment includes a mixture of or equivalent. Those studying two or more coursework and examination. Coursework science-based A-levels or equivalent may Course features may take the form of essays, report be considered over-qualified for this course. • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 writing, case studies and/or data analysis. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable points for entry. Examinations take place at the end of the numeric score under newly reformed • Those without formal entry requirements year, giving you the opportunity to settle back GCSE grading), including English (essential may be considered if they have suitable into education and the course. The style of for B231 Pharmacy), Mathematics and work experience, but will be subject to assessment provides a natural progression Science. interview. to Year 1 of your chosen degree. • Applications from mature students are Make it happen: welcome. Careers and progression www.kingston.ac.uk/scifdn2017 • This course provides entry to all science The course is intended to qualify a student honours degrees. for progression to Year 1 of a bachelors • The first year is taught at Kingston College. degree. Career opportunities are dependent upon the chosen degree route and are included on the relevant course page.

131 Environmental Hazards & Disaster Management BSc(Hons) single honours If you are interested in studying the causes of environmental hazards, such as earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes, floods and tsunamis, and how we plan for related emergencies and manage the effects, this course is ideal.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration You will study four key themes: natural Year 1 F810 – 3 yrs FT hazard science; human science; disaster - Global Geology: Processes and Hazards F811 – 4yrs FDN, see p131 management and emergency planning; and - Digital Earth and Spatial Analysis 6yrs PT develop skills and techniques to underpin - Understanding the Environment your study (such as fieldwork, data - Investigating the Earth and Environment Contact gathering, presentation and research). Year 2 Science, Engineering and Computing - Disaster Risk Reduction admissions Year 1 provides a broad understanding of - Geomorphology and Atmospheric Systems T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 the major branches of Earth sciences and - Geophysical Hazards and Field E: [email protected] geography, along with specific coverage of Techniques natural hazards. You will study the building - Cartography, Remote Sensing and Spatial International entry blocks of the environmental and human Data Analysis Yes systems – basic geology and hydrological, Year 3 atmospheric and ecological systems. You - Professional Training for Disaster How to apply will also study modules in geographical Management FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 information science (GIS) and fieldwork. - GIS for Hazards and the Natural Environment PT direct to the University - Disaster Management Year 2 focuses on developing the theory - Research Project and Contemporary Issues Entry requirements and practice of disaster risk reduction, • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, alongside enhancing your knowledge of Teaching, learning and assessment depending on qualifications, to include GIS, geomorphology, atmospheric science • Teaching methods include lectures, two A-levels or equivalent, normally in and tectonic hazards. An overseas trip will practical work, fieldwork, seminars, tutorials Geography, Geology or a related discipline; provide the opportunity to develop your and problem-based scenario exercises. General Studies not normally accepted. newly acquired skills through fieldwork. • Assessment methods include exams, More UCAS points are required where coursework, scenario exercises, A-level subject combinations are less In Year 3, the modules are designed to independent study and group project work. relevant. further develop your knowledge of disaster • BTEC and other qualifications are management, with an emphasis on recent Careers and progression considered where relevant. disaster case studies, as well as research The course was developed in response to • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric and engagement with currently practising an identified need for academically trained score under newly reformed GCSE grading): professionals in all areas of disaster professionals in the fields of emergency five subjects including English Language, management. planning and hazard disaster management. Mathematics and Science. Students who successfully complete An important element of Year 3 will be your the course should find career paths in a Make it happen: independent research project. This involves range of traditional areas (eg the police, www.kingston.ac.uk/ehdm2017 primary data collection, processing, fire service, civil defence, emergency interpretation and reportage on a topic planning and the military). They will also be chosen by you in consultation with staff. equipped to find relevant employment in You can also choose to complete major a variety of other public, private and non- hazard assessments, together with disaster governmental organisations, or in physical planning and management investigations, hazard science. during an optional field course, currently to South Africa.

132 Environmental Management BSc(Hons) single honours This course explores our environment, discovering how humans interact with environmental systems, and how these systems can be managed sustainably. Learning a variety of environmental management tools and methods, you will see how they can be applied in business, government and planning at global, regional and local levels.

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression Year 1 examines the development of our Year 1 The course team has excellent links with environment and introduces essential - Digital Earth and Spatial Analysis industry, business and environmental scientific investigation techniques. You - Introducing Human Geography organisations, and the curriculum’s high will be introduced to a range of skills - Understanding the Environment transferable skills content enables career to help you investigate and interpret - Investigating the Earth and Environment flexibility. Recent graduates now work as environmental phenomena. You will examine Year 2 environmental consultants, analysts or the relationship of these phenomena to - Sustainable Development Theory and technicians with local authorities, in waste human development and their management Practice management and wildlife conservation, and challenges. - Design and Management of Projects in teaching and administrative roles. Many (with Statistics) graduates also progress to postgraduate study. Year 2 builds on your environmental - Option modules (eg Principles of investigation skills. You will examine a Ecology; Land, Water and the Environment; UCAS code and duration range of computational methods, including Geomorphology and Sedimentary N235 – 3yrs FT environmental geographical information Environments; Cartography, Remote N230 – 4yrs SW systems (GIS)-based analysis. You will Sensing and Spatial Analysis) F850 – 4/5 yrs FDN, see p131 systematically explore specific environmental Optional sandwich year 6yrs PT management challenges through Year 3 fieldwork (UK and overseas) and practical - Research Project International entry examples. In addition, you will be trained - The Challenge of Climate Change Yes to design and manage an environmental - Option modules (eg Development management research project. Geographies; Land and Water Contact Resources Management; Biodiversity Science, Engineering and Computing The four-year sandwich year route includes and Conservation; GIS for People and admissions a work placement between Years 2 and 3, Environments; GIS for Hazards and the T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 which provides an opportunity to undertake Natural Environment) E: [email protected] paid work and gain valuable experience in an environmental management field. We Teaching, learning and assessment How to apply will keep in touch with you throughout your • Teaching methods include lectures, FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 placement to ensure that the skills and seminars and tutorials, plus practical PT direct to the University training you receive translate effectively to classes that include field study. We place both your final year of study and to your an emphasis on learning from experience, Entry requirements career aspirations. so you will be able to do field and practical • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, work at all stages, including local and depending on qualifications, to include Year 3 applies and builds upon the skills you overseas field study. two A-levels or equivalent, normally in have acquired and prepares you for work as • Assessment methods usually include Geography or a science-related discipline; an environmental manager. You will study coursework and end-of-module exams, General Studies not normally accepted, climate change, and choose from areas such with some practical modules assessed depending on A-level combination. More as land and water resources management, by coursework only (eg essays, UCAS points required where A-levels and biodiversity and conservation. You will practical reports, role-playing exercises, subject combinations are less relevant. also achieve a professional standard in presentations, group and individual case • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric environmental GIS applications, and you study and project work). score under newly reformed GCSE grading): will undertake an independent research five subjects including Mathematics and project on your chosen environmental English Language. management topic. An optional advanced- level fieldwork module in a developing Make it happen: country may be included in Year 3. www.kingston.ac.uk/envman2017

133 Environmental Management with Business BSc(Hons) joint honours Studying the environment in combination with Business will give you a unique set of skills that are highly relevant to the development and success of contemporary society. Your understanding of environmental systems and human interaction with the environment will be complemented by skills needed by industry and business.

What you will study Examples of modules environmental consultants, analysts or Year 1 modules, including field study, Year 1 technicians with local authorities, in waste ensure that you acquire essential - Digital Earth and Spatial Analysis management and wildlife conservation, environmental knowledge and skills. You - Investigating the Earth and Environment and in teaching and administrative will also be introduced to the fundamentals - Understanding the Environment roles. Many graduates also progress to of business. - Business Management postgraduate study. Year 2 Year 2 continues your business studies - Sustainable Development Theory and UCAS code and duration with a core business module, while the Practice F9N2 – 3yrs FT environmental element of the course - Design and Management of Projects (with F9NF – 4yrs SW includes key research methods modules Statistics) F850 – 4yrs FDN, see p131 and a selection of environmental option - Managing Resources 6yrs PT modules. - Option module (eg Principles of Ecology; Land, Water and the Environment; International entry If you choose the four-year sandwich Geomorphology and Sedimentary Yes route, you will carry out a work placement Environments) between Years 2 and 3. The placement Optional sandwich year Contact provides an opportunity to undertake Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing paid work and gain valuable experience - Research Project admissions in an environmental and/or sustainable - The Challenge of Climate Change T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 development field. We will keep in touch - Management Strategy and Operations E: [email protected] with you throughout your placement to - Option module (eg Development ensure that the skills and training you Geographies; Land and Water Resources How to apply receive translate effectively to your final Management; Biodiversity and FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 year studies and your career aspirations. Conservation) PT direct to the University

Your studies in Year 3 include a core Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements module focusing on the key issues of • Teaching methods include lectures, • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, climate change, a module from the seminars and tutorials, plus practical depending on qualifications, to include Business field, plus a further environmental classes that include field study. We place two A-levels or equivalent, normally in module chosen from a list of topics. You an emphasis on learning from experience, Geography or a science-related discipline; will also carry out independent project so you will be able to do field and practical General Studies not normally accepted work, which is a major focus of the Year 3 work at all stages, including local and depending on A-Level combination; a programme. overseas field study. related Business A-level (or equivalent) • Assessment methods usually include will normally be required; more UCAS coursework and end-of-module exams, points required where A-level subject with some practical modules assessed combinations are less relevant. by coursework only (eg essays, • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric practical reports, role-playing exercises, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): presentations, group and individual case five subjects including English Language, study and project work). Mathematics.

Careers and progression Make it happen: The course team has good links with www.kingston.ac.uk/envmanbus2017 industry, business and environmental organisations, and the curriculum’s high transferable skills content enables career flexibility. Recent graduates work as 134 Environmental Science BSc(Hons) single honours If you are interested in the challenges associated with climate change, development pressures, water resources and environmental pollution, this course is ideal. You will learn to understand, monitor and evaluate the Earth’s environmental systems, and predict, manage and respond to environmental challenges on global, regional and local scales.

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression Year 1 introduces the concepts of Year 1 The course team has good links with industry, environmental science, environmental - Understanding the Environment business and environmental organisations. systems and methods of scientific - Environmental Chemistry Recent graduates work as environmental investigation. You will study the processes - Digital Earth and Spatial Analysis consultants, analysts or technicians with that operate within environmental systems - Investigating the Earth and Environment local authorities, in waste management, and cause their change. You will gain an Year 2 wildlife conservation, and in teaching and understanding of the ways in which people - Sustainable Development Theory and administrative roles. The skills learned have interacted with the environment; and Practice on this course are transferable to many you will examine sustainability challenges - Design and Management of careers. Many graduates also progress to for the future. You will also learn to make Environmental Projects postgraduate study. accurate observations of the environment - Optional modules (eg Land, Water and in the field and the laboratory, and will the Environment, Principles of Ecology, UCAS code and duration evaluate your findings. Analytical and Experimental Chemistry) F900 – 3yrs FT Optional sandwich year F901 – 4yrs SW Year 2 builds your knowledge and Year 3 F908 – 4/5yrs FDN p131 experiences. You will expand your - Research Project 6yrs PT – apply direct to University portfolio of skills through the analysis of - Land and Water Resources Management environmental data, and will develop a - Option modules (eg Development International entry practical understanding of the techniques Geographies; The Challenge of Climate Yes used to investigate our environment. You Change; Biodiversity and Conservation) will also learn how to design and manage Contact an environmental research project, and Teaching, learning and assessment Science, Engineering and Computing will put theory into practice in an overseas • Teaching methods include lectures, admissions fieldwork setting. seminars and tutorials, plus practical T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 classes that include field study. We place E: [email protected] The optional sandwich year between an emphasis on learning from experience, Years 2 and 3 includes a work placement so you will be able to do field and practical How to apply or international exchange. The work work at all stages, including local and FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 placement gives an opportunity to overseas field studies. PT direct to the University undertake paid work and gain valuable • Assessment methods usually include experience in an environmental or coursework and end-of-module exams, Entry requirements sustainable development field. We will with some practical modules assessed • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, depending keep in touch with you throughout your by coursework only (eg essays, on qualifications, to include two A-levels or placement, ensuring the skills and training practical reports, role-playing exercises, equivalent, normally Geography, Environmental you receive translate effectively to Year 3, presentations, group and individual case Studies or science-related discipline; General and to your career aspirations. study and project work). Studies may be considered. More UCAS points required where A-level subject In Year 3 specialist option modules will allow combinations are less relevant. you to apply your knowledge to investigate • BTEC/Advanced Diploma/Access/ Foundation contemporary environmental challenges. qualifications are considered where relevant. Your independent research project will • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric reflect your own environmental science score under newly reformed GCSE grading): interests and builds towards your career. You five subjects including Mathematics and can also select an optional advanced-level English Language, or equivalent. fieldwork module to apply your skills as an environmental scientist in a developing- Make it happen: world setting. www.kingston.ac.uk/envsci2017 135 Geography BA(Hons)/BSc(Hons) single/joint honours This flexible programme provides a challenging and thought-provoking exploration of the world in which we live. You will examine the interaction between human and physical processes and practices. There is plenty of opportunity to put theory into practice through fieldwork at home and overseas.

What you will study modules that cover a wide range of topics. UCAS code and duration This programme allows you to choose You will also be encouraged to develop Single honours: two distinct pathways as a single honours your geographical imagination through L700 – 3yrs FT BA(Hons) option: Geography BA(Hons) or Geography international fieldwork (presently in South F800 – 3yrs FT BSc(Hons) BSc(Hons). You can also choose to combine Africa). F808 – 4yrs FDN BSc(Hons), see p131 either course with a minor field in Business, F803 – 4yrs SW BA(Hons) studying Business modules alongside the In Years 2 and 3, a great deal of F801 – 4yrs SW BSc(Hons) Geography ones. teaching is done in conjunction with 6yrs PT external organisations, such as planning Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or Year 1 provides a thorough foundation in departments, environmental agencies, www.ucas.com for codes. human and physical geography. You will business support networks and town gain an understanding of the Earth and its centre management teams. This provides International entry environments, as well as an insight into professional development and is critical to Yes the contemporary concerns of humanity promoting employability. in our globalised world. You will also Contact be introduced to a broad range of key Examples of modules Science, Engineering and Computing transferable skills, including geographical For a full list of modules, see the course admissions information systems. webpage. T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 E: [email protected] In Year 2, you will choose which pathway Teaching, learning and assessment you would like to take, in accordance with • Teaching methods include lectures, How to apply your particular interests. Both pathways seminars, tutorials and practical classes, FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 offer a more in-depth understanding of interactive group exercises and the use of PT apply direct to the University important contemporary geographical social media. concerns, and you will develop your • Fieldwork is an essential component. Our Entry requirements research, evaluative and practical skills fieldwork programme includes residential • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, through field studies at home and overseas. field trips in the UK in Year 1, in Europe in depending on qualifications and on joint They also extend and deepen your Year 2 and an optional overseas trip during honours combination, to include two knowledge of applications in geographical Year 3. Several individual modules also A-levels or equivalent, normally Geography, information systems. include field excursions to European and World Development or related discipline; domestic destinations. General Studies may be considered If you choose to take the sandwich year • Assessment methods include essays, depending on A-level combination. Joint route of this course, you will undertake a online assessments, practical reports, honours normally requires an A-level (or work placement in a related, work-based seminars, poster presentations and exams. equivalent) in the relevant associated environment between Years 2 and 3. The subject. More UCAS points are required placement enables you to undertake paid Careers and progression where A-level subject combinations are work and gain valuable experience. We Our Geography graduates find employment less relevant. keep in touch with you throughout your in a wide range of fields. They work in • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable placement to ensure the skills and training areas such as local government, retail, numeric score under newly reformed you receive translate effectively to your final human resources, finance, insurance, GCSE grading): which must include English year and your career aspirations. ICT, education and research. Many of our Language, Mathematics and Geography. students have gone on to postgraduate Year 3 enables you to specialise further in studies in subjects such as conservation; Make it happen: the areas of geography that you find most rural estate management; economy, www.kingston.ac.uk/geog2017 inspiring. This will be achieved through the society and space; and cities, culture and completion of an independent dissertation, social change. as well as through captivating option

136 Human Geography BA(Hons) single honours This course is ideal if you are interested in the socio-economic aspects of geography, engaging with real life and real lives to examine and ultimately seek solutions to a range of human problems. An emphasis on practical fieldwork offers plenty of scope to travel both in the UK and overseas.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration The course is designed to allow you to Year 1 L702 – 3yrs FT explore key geographical concerns and - Introducing Human Geography L704 – 4yrs SW gives you a remarkable opportunity to - Regional Geographies L703 – 4yrs FDN, see p131 seek solutions and make a difference. You - Digital Earth and Spatial Analysis will learn how to interpret and analyse a - Investigating the Earth and Environment International entry range of geographical information, and Year 2 Yes will acquire practical skills that employers - Design and Management of Projects recognise as important. These include data- (with GIS) Contact handling and analysis, communication, - Geographical Concepts and Methodologies Science, Engineering and Computing time and task management and IT literacy, - Social and Cultural Geographies admissions preparing you for employment. Subject- - Contours of Global Capitalism T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 specific skills are developed through an Optional sandwich year E: [email protected] extensive fieldwork programme as well Year 3 as through an emphasis on geographical - Research Project How to apply information systems (GIS). - Development Geographies Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Urban Geographies Year 1 provides a thorough foundation in - Global Rural Geographies Entry requirements human geography. You will gain insight into • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, the contemporary concerns of humanity Teaching, learning and assessment depending on qualifications. in our globalised world. You will also • Teaching methods include lectures, • Subjects: to include two A-levels or be introduced to a broad range of key seminars, tutorials and practical classes. equivalent in Economics, Geography, transferable skills. • Fieldwork is an essential component Politics or social sciences preferred; of the course. Our fieldwork programme General Studies accepted; more UCAS Year 2 will offer you a more in-depth includes residential field trips in the UK points required where A-level subject understanding of important contemporary in Year 1, in Europe in Year 2 (presently combinations are less relevant. geographical concerns. You will also Malta) and an optional overseas trip during • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable develop your research, evaluative and Year 3 (present destination is South Africa). numeric score under newly reformed GCSE practical skills through field studies at Several individual modules also include grading) which must include English and home and overseas. You will be encouraged field excursions. Mathematics. to explore the discipline’s diversity through • Assessment methods include essays, a series of fascinating modules. practical reports, seminars, online Make it happen: assessments, poster presentations and www.kingston.ac.uk/hgeog2017 Year 3 enables you to specialise further, exams. through the completion of an independent dissertation, as well as through captivating Careers and progression modules that cover a wide range of topics. Our Geography graduates find employment You will also be encouraged to develop in a range of fields. They work in areas your geographical imagination through such as local government, retail, human international fieldwork. resources, finance, insurance, ICT, education and research. Many of our students have gone on to postgraduate studies in subjects such as conservation; rural estate management; economy, society and space; and cities, culture and social change.

137 Geology BSc(Hons) single honours Geology explores the processes that have shaped the Earth through its 4,600 million-year history, and uses the rock record to unravel that history. Our Geology degree provides a sound training in the core theory and skills of the pure and applied aspects of the subject, with great emphasis on fieldwork.

What you will study Professional accreditation UCAS code and duration You will learn about the internal structure This degree is accredited by the Geological F600 – 3yrs FT of the Earth, how plate tectonics work, Society, the UK national society for F608 – 4yrs FDN, see p131 how igneous and metamorphic rocks are geoscience, and provides a basis for 6yrs PT formed, how sedimentary basins evolve progression to chartered geologist status and how natural resources are identified with the Society. International entry and extracted. Laboratory work and Yes fieldwork, both in the UK and abroad, are a Examples of modules fundamental part of the curriculum. Year 1 Contact - Global Geology: Processes and Hazards Science, Engineering and Computing Year 1 provides an introduction to all - Understanding the Environment admissions the major branches of geology, and you - Rocks, Fossils and Earth History T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 will undertake fieldwork comprising - Investigating the Earth and Environment E: [email protected] approximately 14 days of UK-based study. Year 2 - From Core to Crust How to apply Year 2 develops your knowledge in - Geomorphology and Sedimentary FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 all branches of geology, including Environments PT direct to the University palaeontology, Earth resources, - Earth Resources sedimentology, igneous geology and solid - Structural Geology and Field Techniques Entry requirements Earth geophysics. Geoscience fieldwork, Year 3 • Minimum 96/112 UCAS points, comprising approximately 21 days, includes - Our Changing Planet depending on qualifications, to include two training in field techniques and case study - Applied Geoscience A-levels in Geography, Geology or related work in UK and European destinations. - Advanced Geological Fieldwork subject, General Studies not normally - Research Project and Contemporary Issues accepted; more UCAS points are required During the vacation period at the end of where A-level subject combinations are Year 2, you will carry out a 28-day field Teaching, learning and assessment less relevant. mapping project, which will be written up • Teaching methods include lectures, • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric during the first semester of Year 3. seminars, fieldwork, scenario exercises and score under newly reformed GCSE grading): practicals. Geology learning and teaching at minimum of five subjects including English In Year 3, the modules are designed Kingston emphasises the practical aspects and Maths. to extend your skills and knowledge of the subject, and all courses involve of core themes, and will develop your laboratory and field-based study in both the Make it happen: research and employability skills. The UK and abroad. www.kingston.ac.uk/geol2017 pure geology module provides a holistic • Assessment methods usually comprise approach to examining the evolution of exams and coursework. However, some our planet through geological time; while modules are assessed by coursework only. the applied module focuses on exploration and environmental geology. Fieldwork Careers and progression includes a regional study in Cyprus and Career prospects for graduate geologists field mapping. The research project module are good. With our ever-increasing need provides an opportunity to collect, analyse for sustainable resources, the skills of the and interpret primary data to be written geologist are in demand. Kingston-trained up in an extended report. Research and geologists work all over the world in discussion of key contemporary issues in industry, commerce and academia. geology, through interactive seminars, will keep your knowledge up to date. Approximately one in four of our graduates go on to take MSc or PhD studies.

138 Maggie Hussain

“As a mature student it was important for me to feel supported and my experience at Kingston has been really positive. One of the reasons I chose Kingston was because of the amount of graduates in employment and the support they received from career services at university, which I recently experienced myself applying for placements.”

139 Health and social care

Whether you want to train as a social worker, midwife, nurse, social care practitioner, paramedic, physiotherapist or radiographer we have a course for you. All our courses combine practical experience with a university education, preparing you for a rewarding career. We are consistently ranked top in London for all our courses by The Guardian League Tables, and many of our graduates secure employment where they completed their placement.

Our health, social work and social care courses are taught across three south west London sites in a unique partnership between a modern university (Kingston University) and an established medical university integrated with a teaching hospital (St George’s, University of London). Both Universities offer combined expertise and teaching quality, extended community, and networking opportunities with professional bodies, schools and trusts, services and companies.

Our facilities and equipment are second to none. Dissection facilities include cadaveric material, models, 3D reconstruction and plastinated specimens. Virtual radiography environments include a simulated cancer treatment room. We have teaching practice classrooms, a social practice suite, outdoor learning environments and skills labs. Our paramedic simulation suite comprises fully-fitted ambulances, home environments and a virtual reality suite to recreate emergency situations.

You will learn from experienced tutors, many of whom are qualified social work/ social care or health professionals who combine their teaching with work in practice. Innovative teaching techniques, such as e-learning, virtual environments and simulated scenarios, will help you gain the skills and knowledge to become a confident, effective health or social work/ social care professional. Our strong research programme enriches both our teaching and your experience.

By working closely with the health and social work/ social care professions, we regularly refresh our portfolio of courses, ensuring you receive a relevant, interprofessional education and a valued qualification. Our wide range of practice learning opportunities gives you real, first-hand experience of working with service users/ patients to develop the skills you need. Depending on your course, you could spend up to half your learning time on practice placements in social work/ social care or health settings.

140 Healthcare Practice Foundation degree FdSc awarded by by St George’s, University of London This innovative course has Higher Apprenticeship status. It has been designed in partnership with local employers and service users, against a backdrop of government initiatives, to develop the associate practitioner/ maternity support worker workforce. You will develop transferable core healthcare skills and knowledge, before specialising in your chosen pathway of adult, maternity, peri-operative or children and young people’s care.

What you will study Examples of modules If you would like to progress your studies, Associate practitioners/maternity support Year 1 St George’s, University of London also offers workers have a required level of knowledge - Personal and Professional Development flexible, part-time continuing professional and skill beyond that of the traditional (includes study skills) development (CPD) programmes: healthcare assistant or support worker. - Applied Anatomy and Physiology • BSc/BSc(Hons) Healthcare Practice They are able to deliver elements of health - Essence of Care 1 (choose your own modules) and social care and undertake clinical work - Developing the Patient Experience • BSc/BSc(Hons) Healthcare Practice in domains that have previously only been - Skills Development for the Workforce (Psychosocial Interventions) within the remit of registered professionals Year 2 • Diploma Healthcare Practice (choose your (Skills for Health, 2011). - Evaluating Effective Care own modules) - Specialist Module 1* This course develops a more flexible - Specialist Module 2* For more information, see www.sgul.ac.uk/ workforce, with the ability to work across - Essence of Care 2 study/undergraduate/undergraduate- traditional healthcare boundaries, to - Personal and Professional Development courses/ healthcare-practice-diphe-and- deliver responsive, high-quality patient bsc-hons care. The work-based learning structure *Specialist Modules 1 and 2 are related combines ‘on the job’ learning with to your chosen branch of adult, maternity, Duration teaching in the classroom. peri-operative or children and young 2yrs FT people’s care. The course enables you to develop International entry transferable core healthcare skills and Learning, teaching and assessment No knowledge. You will then be able to • This course will be delivered in specialise in adult, maternity, peri-operative partnership with your employer. Please Contact or children and young people’s care. contact the course director or programme Lucie Llewellyn, course leader administrator (see contact details) for E: [email protected] This course is taught in partnership with St further information. OR the programme administrator George’s, University of London. You can find • A variety of assessment methods are T: 020 8725 2183 out more by visiting: www.sgul.ac.uk/study/ used, including essays, presentations, E: [email protected] undergraduate/undergraduate-courses/ group work and exams. healthcare-practice-foundation-degree How to apply Careers and progression Apply direct to St George’s University: Successful completion of the course http://www.sgul.ac.uk/study/ will equip you to work as an assistant undergraduate/undergraduate-courses/ practitioner/ maternity support worker and healthcare-practice-foundation-degree to progress your career within the health and social care sector. There is a step-off Entry requirements point at the end of Year 1 where successful For full details, see the St George’s, students will be awarded a Certificate of University of London website: Higher Education. Successful completion http://www.sgul.ac.uk/study/ of Year 1 may also allow you advanced- undergraduate/undergraduate-courses/ standing entry into the pre-registration healthcare-practice-foundation-degree nurse training programme. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/ healthcarepractice2017

141 Healthcare Practice DipHE and BSc(Hons) top up awarded by St George’s University of London This course is for existing healthcare practitioners wishing to ‘top-up’ to a BSc(Hons) qualification, and is taught in partnership with St George’s, University of London. The wide variety of modules available and the recognition of prior learning (RPL) allowance provide a personalised learning experience and maximum flexibility to suit individual needs.

What you will study Careers and progression Entry requirements The BSc(Hons) Healthcare Practice operates With the recent changes in healthcare Standard programme entry requirements: on a modular system – the degree is education and the introduction of nursing as Applicants to the programme will obtained by accumulating credits, with each an all-graduate profession, it has never been normally be required to meet all of the module worth a fixed amount of credits. more important for existing practitioners to following criteria: gain a degree level qualification. • Hold a recognised healthcare related To obtain the degree, you will need to qualification with current professional accumulate 120 level 6 credits over the This course will enable you to develop registration (where appropriate to the 2-4 year period. Each module is worth skills and knowledge tailored to your qualification); either 15 or 30 credits. A minimum of 30 clinical working environment and individual • Hold a DipHE (or equivalent); credits need to be accumulated each year. needs, facilitating enhancements to patient • Have at least six months post-qualifying care and career progression. Students practice experience. Module specific entry You may be able to claim exemption for who complete the BSc(Hons) Healthcare requirements will apply to some modules. up to 60 credits through the recognition of Practice award, may be eligible to apply for Applicants to standalone level 6 modules: prior learning (RPL) mechanism. the MSc Healthcare Practice programme. Applicants who do not hold a DipHE (or equivalent) or above, will normally be Examples of modules Duration considered for standalone level 6 module Full details of the modules can be found on 2-4yrs PT enrolment if they can demonstrate one of the Kingston and St George’s joint Faculty the following: of Health, Social Care and Education International entry • successful completion within the last five website at: www.healthcare.ac.uk This course is only available to UK and EU years of either certificated learning at level students. 6, or more than 60 credits at level 5, or a Learning, teaching and assessment minimum of 30 credits at level 5, normally Teaching takes place at either the St Contact at or above a grade B (60 per cent); George’s or Kingston Hill campuses. St Please email: ppdadmissions@sgul. • successful completion of a level 6 George’s is one of the largest teaching kingston.ac.uk entrance test. hospitals in the UK – when attending the site you will be integrated into a How to apply Make it happen: professional healthcare environment and Interested candidates must complete an www.kingston.ac.uk/ benefit from the health science expertise application form for each module they healthpractice2017 offered there. wish to take. These should be submitted via email to the PPD Programme Office at Modules are self-contained units of [email protected] teaching, learning and assessment which usually run for 5-10 weeks, with one taught Start dates for level 6 modules and further study day per week. information regarding modules and the application process can be found on You can register for up to four years part the Faculty of Health, Social Care and time and will be offered a personalised plan Education website at www.healthcare.ac.uk of study, with a large number of specialist modules available to suit a variety of needs The closing date for module application and clinical backgrounds. Individualised submission is usually 8 weeks before the learning outcomes and assessments may start of each module. be accommodated through work-based learning modules.

142 Midwifery/Registered Midwife BSc(Hons) single honours This course will prepare you for the challenges of a modern career in midwifery as well as the complexities of 21st-century healthcare. It is ideal for women and men with a mature, open-minded approach, good interpersonal skills and empathy. On successful completion, you will be eligible for entry onto the Nursing and Midwifery Council register as a qualified midwife.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration Midwives give care, supervision and advice Year 1 B720 – 156 weeks FT to women and their families throughout - Birth as a Life Event childbearing. - Introduction to Professional Practice International entry - Foundation for Biosciences in Childbearing No This course covers a wide range of subjects - From Embryo to Neonate and provides the scientific knowledge base Year 2 Contact for midwifery practice. It comprises half - Women’s Health and Illness Admissions team theory and half practice-based learning in - Principles of Research Faculty of Health, Social Care and the following areas: - Public Health and Childbearing Education • biological science applied to midwifery - Dimensions of Health and Midwifery Practice T: +44 (0)20 8417 5733 practice; Year 3 E: [email protected] • public health and health promotion; - Midwife as a Professional • women’s health and illness; - Facilitating Women-centred Care How to apply • applied social sciences; - Comparative Maternity Care Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 • professional, ethical and legal issues; and - Improving Practice through Research • research and evidence-based practice. Entry requirements Learning, teaching and assessment • 128 UCAS points, to include three A-levels You will be exposed to a variety of • Teaching methods include academic (ABB) or equivalent, with one preferably educational strategies and practice study and clinical practice experience. in a science subject, OR a BTEC National settings, and you will be encouraged There is an emphasis on clinical skills Diploma in a health-related subject (DDM). to view learning as a lifelong process. teaching, with more than half of the • A range of other qualifications may be Reflection is emphasised throughout programme focused on developing practical considered, such as: science or health- the course to enhance the integration of abilities. You will have access to well- based Access course (45 level-3 credits theory and practice. equipped skills laboratories, using clinical with a minimum of 33 level-3 credits at equipment and practising on mannequins distinction, 9 at merit, and 3 at pass). For a The School of Midwifery will support you in and teaching models that are relevant to full list, see the course webpage. arranging experience of midwifery practice maternity care. • Evidence of study within last five years. outside the local area (nationally and • There is a continuous assessment • Our selection process includes a DBS internationally). of theory and practice. A variety of (previously CRB) check and other elements. assessment is used, including extended essays, examinations, reflective journal Make it happen: writing and projects. www.kingston.ac.uk/midwifery2017

Careers and progression Registered midwives can choose to develop their skills and experience in the NHS, or in the independent or voluntary sectors. Midwives can elect to work clinically, teach, undertake research or even manage a complete maternity service. Extensive postgraduate study opportunities are also available.

143 Midwifery/Registered Midwife (for registered nurses) BSc(Hons) single honours This 80-week course is designed for registered nurses, with an adult nursing qualification, who would like to gain the knowledge, skills and values necessary to register as a midwife on the Nursing and Midwifery Council’s professional register. It will prepare you to meet both the challenges of a modern career in midwifery and the complexities of 21st-century healthcare.

What you will study Learning, teaching and assessment UCAS codes and duration You will study a wide range of subjects that • Teaching methods include academic 4K56 – 80 weeks FT provide the scientific knowledge base for study and clinical practice experience. There midwifery practice, such as: is an emphasis on clinical skills teaching, International entry • biological science related to midwifery with more than half the course focused on No practice; developing practical abilities. You will have • the social and political context of access to well-equipped skills laboratories Contact maternity care; where you can use clinical equipment Admissions team • professional, legal and ethical issues; and and practise on mannequins and teaching Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education • research. models relevant to maternity care. T: +44 (0)20 8417 5733 • There is a continuous assessment E: [email protected] You will be exposed to a variety of of theory and practice. A variety of educational strategies and practice settings, assessment strategies is used, including How to apply and will be encouraged to view learning as extended essays, examinations, reflective Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 a lifelong process. Reflection is emphasised journal writing and projects. throughout the course to enhance the Entry requirements integration of theory and practice. Careers and progression • Current active status as a registered adult Registered midwives can choose to nurse (RNA) on the NMC’s professional Clinical experience will be offered within develop their skills and experience in the register for nurses, midwives and specialist local NHS trusts and the surrounding NHS, or the independent or voluntary community public health nurses. community. We aim to co-ordinate your sectors. Midwives can elect to work • Evidence of diploma-level study clinical placements to reflect the modules clinically, teach, undertake research (minimum of 120 credits at level 5). being studied, integrating theory and or even manage a complete maternity • Evidence of study within last five years. practice. service. Extensive postgraduate study • Our selection process includes a opportunities are also available. Disclosure and Barring Service (previously Examples of modules CRB) check and other elements – see - Transition to Midwifery Practice webpage for details. - Social and Political Context of Midwifery Care Make it happen: - Midwifery and Complicated Childbearing www.kingston.ac.uk/midwiferyrn2017 - Effective Midwifery Practice - Improving Practice through Research

144 Nursing/Registered Nurse (Adult, Child, Learning Disability, Mental Health) BSc(Hons) single honours This course provides the theoretical knowledge and practical experience needed to register as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. It is ideal if you have potential to contribute to, and lead in, frontline and specialist nursing roles. You can choose to study one of four nursing fields: adult nursing, children’s nursing, learning disability nursing or mental health nursing.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration You will study a mix of generic modules, Year 1 B740 – 3yrs FT Adult Nursing sharing learning with students from all fields, - Science for Nursing B732 – 3yrs FT Children’s Nursing field-specific modules that focus on your - Nursing in Context B763 – 3yrs FT Learning Disability Nursing chosen field and practice modules which - Foundations of Nursing (Field specific 1) B765 – 3yrs FT Mental Health Nursing include placements and our award-winning - Nursing Practice Part 1 skills and simulations. Year 1 introduces Year 2 International entry you to the core sciences underpinning - Person-centred Care No nursing practice and the context of - Field specific 2 nursing and healthcare. You will acquire - Field specific 3 Contact an understanding of the factors that affect - Nursing Practice Part 2 Admissions team the health and well-being of individuals Year 3 Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education in a changing and diverse society and be - Transition to Professional Practice T: +44 (0)20 8417 5733 introduced to your chosen field of practice. (Field specific 4) E: [email protected] Year 2 will examine person-centred care - Complexities of Nursing (Field specific 5) across the life span, related to all nursing - Developing Evidence-based Practice How to apply fields and build on this further, focussing on - Nursing Practice Part 3 Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 acute and long term care within your field of practice. Year 3 looks at the complexities Learning, teaching and assessment Entry requirements of practice in your field, the importance of • Teaching includes lectures, clinical • 112 UCAS points, or equivalent from: evidence-based practice and prepares you skills sessions, seminars, tutorials, A-levels: BBC; science or health-related for the transition to professional practice. workshops, e-learning, guided study and subject preferred (General Studies not independent project work. Simulation accepted); BTEC Extended or National Practice learning opportunities suites use clinical equipment, mannequins Diploma: Science or Health Studies (DMM). We work with a variety of NHS and and teaching models. In areas such as • Access = Access Diploma with 45 independent healthcare providers across trauma, emergency care and mental health, level 3 credits and 15 level 2 credits of Surrey and south west London. Our main students learn with and from experienced which 21 of the level 3 credits should be NHS placement providers are: Kingston service users and role-players. at Distinction and 18 at Merit. Applicants Hospital NHS Foundation Trust; St George’s • Assessment is through clinical placements, presenting an access course must also University Hospitals NHS Foundation essays, exams, presentations and reports. have GCSE English and Maths at grade C or Trust; Epsom and St Helier University above (or comparable numeric equivalent in Hospitals NHS Trust; Croydon Health Careers and progression the newly reformed GCSE grading) or Level Services NHS Trust; The Royal Marsden Nursing offers excellent career and 2 functional skills in Maths and English. NHS Foundation Trust; Your Healthcare; postgraduate opportunities. Specialist areas • Plus 5 GCSEs (A*–C or comparable Hounslow and Richmond Community include acute sector work, community/ numeric score under newly reformed GCSE Healthcare NHS Trust; Central London primary care sector, clinical nurse specialist, grading) including English, Maths and Community Healthcare; South West London independent/voluntary sector, management, Science, or equivalent qualification such as and St George’s Mental Health NHS Trust; nursing education and research. functional skills level 2. and Surrey and Borders Partnership NHS • Practical work experience in a care Foundation Trust. Our students are highly employable. They setting is desirable. are regularly shortlisted and win awards • Evidence of study within past five years. All students are offered an opportunity to within the University and nationally (eg the • DBS check and other elements (see undertake an international placement at the Student Nursing Times Awards), present at webpage). end of Year 2. conferences, publish in nursing journals and lead and participate in innovative activities Make it happen: (eg Heritage 2 Health, Bright Futures). www.kingston.ac.uk/nursingbsc2017

145 Paramedic Practice BSc(Hons) single honours awarded by St George’s, University of London Taught in partnership with St George’s, University of London, BSc Paramedic Practice allows paramedics to explore their practice in an academic setting. It aims to widen your understanding of clinical care, to engage with and critique the research that drives practice and allows you to study with a group of your peers.

What you will study Learning, teaching and assessment Duration The BSc Paramedic Practice is designed for You will benefit from a large, multifaculty 3yrs FT. qualified paramedics only. It is available for experience combined with the health paramedics with a DipHE or FdSc looking to science expertise, specialist paramedic International entry top-up to a BSc, or for paramedics without simulation and teaching facilities offered by No any formal higher education award. St George’s. Contact The course design allows you to choose Delivered by a large team of paramedics Student recruitment team modules to suit your career needs, whether and other health care professional lecturing St George’s, University of London you are interested in eventually specialising staff, the course is ideal for enhancing T: +44 (0)20 8725 2333 in primary or critical care or interested in skills, knowledge and career prospects. E: [email protected] the broad range of patients contacted in paramedic practice. There is a range of different modules to How to apply meet your needs, including primary care Apply direct to the workforce development There is a range of modules available as and critical care. Some use a blended (CPPD) team, St George’s, University of part of the BSc Paramedic Practice, with learning approach to suit staff working London. the option to tailor your module choices full time, allowing you to learn from home accordingly. where appropriate. Entry requirements For full details, see the St George’s, Examples of modules Careers and progression University of London website: • Cardiac Care for Paramedics This qualification gives a wealth of career www.sgul.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/ • Clinical Decision Making for Paramedics opportunities. Qualified paramedics undergraduate-courses • Evidence Based Practice for Paramedics work in many environments – traditional • Hospital Avoidance for Paramedics 999 ambulance services, GP practices, Make it happen: • Resuscitation Theory for Paramedics walk-in centres, minor-injuries units, www.kingston.ac.uk/ • Clinical Reasoning in Physical helicopter emergency services, research paramedicprac2017 Assessment (CRIPA) establishments and remote environments • Minor Injury Management (eg oil-rigs and expeditions). The NHS • Minor Illness: Assessment and employs most paramedics but some also Management work in the private sector.

146 Paramedic Science BSc(Hons) single honours awarded by St George’s, University of London Taught in partnership with St George’s, University of London, this course will enable you to train as a paramedic, providing immediate assistance to patients in the emergency pre-hospital care environment. It will prepare you to join ambulance trusts; assessing, treating and transporting sick and injured people and helping to meet their healthcare needs in emergencies or crises.

What you will study - Paramedic Management of Minor Health UCAS codes and duration You will be introduced to the basic theories Problems B781 – 3yrs FT. underpinning the health sciences, and - Ambulance Placement receive specialist teaching in subjects - Clinical Placement International entry related to paramedic science. The curriculum No follows College of Paramedics, HCPC, and Learning, teaching and assessment PEEP report recommendations and has You will spend 1,800 hours on placement Contact been influenced by the Keogh report. in a variety of opportunities alongside one Student recruitment team of the busiest ambulance services in the St George’s, University of London Practice placements form an integral part world, London Ambulance Service (LAS). T: +44 (0)20 8725 2333 of the course and are completed in a range You will share a campus with one of the E: [email protected] of clinical settings across the hospital largest teaching hospitals in the UK, and be and out of the hospital arena. Ambulance taught by a team of experienced, practising How to apply placements are at ambulance stations in paramedics. A dedicated anaesthetist Through UCAS to St George’s, University of London and hospital placements are in teaches on the programme, alongside London (code S49) – see pages 227–229. hospitals in south west London. guest lecturers and speakers in specialist topics. Facilities include a simulation Entry requirements Once enrolled on the course, you can suite comprising home environments and For full details, see the St George’s, apply for student membership of the ambulance saloons. University of London website: British Paramedic Association, the UK’s www.sgul.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/ paramedic professional body. This can be Careers and progression undergraduate-courses upgraded to full membership following Careers advice is embedded into our graduation and registration with the Health teaching. Our bespoke careers day invites a Make it happen: Professions Council. wide range of career paramedics to speak www.kingston.ac.uk/ and share their experiences. paramedicbsc2017 Examples of modules Year 1 Paramedic careers are hugely rewarding - Science for Paramedics and form an integral part of emergency - Introduction to Paramedic Clinical Care healthcare. Paramedics work in a variety - Applied Clinical Care for Paramedics of environments – traditional ambulance - Professional Practice 1 services, GP practices, walk-in centres, - Ambulance Placement minor injuries units, helicopter emergency Year 2 services, research establishments and - Applied Science for Paramedics remote environments like oil-rigs and - Paramedic Management of Acute and expeditions. While the NHS employs the Critical Illness majority of paramedics, some also work in - Professional Practice 2 the private sector. - Assessment and Evaluation of Mental Health in the Pre-Hospital Setting You will be able to further your study with - Ambulance Placement postgraduate education in a variety of topics. - Clinical Placement Year 3 - Paramedic Approach and Management of Hospital Avoidance - Transition to Paramedic Practice - Evidenced Based Practice for Paramedics

147 Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) single honours awarded by St George’s, University of London This course will equip you to become a physiotherapist, helping patients with physical difficulties arising from illness, injury, disability or ageing. Physiotherapists promote health and wellbeing and assist rehabilitation by developing body systems – in particular the neuromuscular, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and respiratory systems.

What you will study 3 students out on placement. Assessed, and a poster related to holistic patient This course is run by the Faculty of Health, five-week clinical placement blocks come management and physiotherapy practice. Social Care & Education, which is a in Years 2 and 3. partnership between St George’s, University Our teaching staff have years of experience of London and Kingston University. You will Professional accreditation as physiotherapists, and careers advice is benefit from a multi-faculty experience, This course is accredited by the Chartered embedded into their teaching. the health science expertise offered at St Society of Physiotherapy, and the Health George’s, and a shared campus with one of and Care Professions Council. Careers and progression the largest teaching hospitals in the UK. Once qualified, physiotherapists can choose Examples of modules to work in a wide range of settings, from Year 1 is primarily University-based and Year 1 paediatrics to care of the older person, and involves studying alongside medical, - Interprofessional Foundation Programme from occupational health to intensive care. radiography, healthcare science - Assessment, Structure and Function As you gain experience in your career, you and biomedical science students. - Pathology, Health Promotion and can choose either to work with a wide range This collaborative, interprofessional Rehabilitation of medical conditions or to specialise. There education helps you develop invaluable - Factors Influencing Physiotherapy Practice are many exciting opportunities for career communication and team-building skills, Year 2 advancement, further study or research. and reflects the multidisciplinary nature of - Integrating Clinical Concepts the healthcare workplace environment. - Research Methods UCAS codes and duration - Management of Neuromusculoskeletal B160 – 3yrs FT Years 2 and 3 combine academic Dysfunction modules and clinical practice based on - Management of Complex International entry robust scientific evidence. As you learn Cardiorespiratory Dysfunction Yes to integrate the theory with core practical - Neurological Rehabilitation skills, you also learn how to manage the - Three five-week clinical and practical Contact rehabilitation of patients with the help of placements Student recruitment team our specialist clinicians. Year 3 St George’s, University of London - Research in Practice T: +44 (0)20 8725 2333 A comprehensive research project in - Physiotherapy in Context E: [email protected] Year 3 also puts your analytical skills to - Interprofessional Debate/Management the test, and clinical placements require - Critical Reflection & Reasoning How to apply you to work at high levels of safety, Apply through UCAS to St George’s, competency and autonomy. Learning, teaching and assessment University of London (code S49) – see • Teaching methods include classroom-based pages 227–229 Clinical placements learning, simulated practical exercises, case- Clinical placements are undertaken in based learning, individual and group working Entry requirements a variety of healthcare environments, and clinical placements. You will benefit from • For full details, see the St George’s, including acute NHS hospital trusts, the support of a personal tutor, peer-group University of London website: community-based services, mental health learning and a range of web-based learning www.sgul.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/ trusts and private hospitals. The supervised materials and online discussion forums. undergraduate-courses/physiotherapy-bsc- hands-on experience you get with patients • Assessment methods include a combination hons/entry-criteria on placement is the best and only way to of written and practical examinations, • Our selection process includes consolidate your learning. On placement, academic coursework (including reports a Disclosure and Barring Service you might specialise in neurological or and presentations) and assessment of check (previously known as CRB) and cardiorespiratory and musculoskeletal clinical skills whilst on placement. In Year occupational health clearance. work, in amputee rehabilitation, paediatrics 3, we ask you to produce a problem-based or orthopaedics. In Year 1, you will get a report on an aspect of interdisciplinary Make it happen: feel for what is coming by visiting Year practice, a group research project, www.kingston.ac.uk/physiotherapy2017 148 Radiography, Diagnostic BSc(Hons) single honours awarded by St George’s, University of London If you are interested in the application of science and technology in a caring environment, this degree is ideal. You will use sophisticated equipment to produce high-quality clinical images of the internal structure and workings of the human body, learning to detect and monitor disease processes and the effects of trauma.

What you will study Examples of modules Career paths: High-quality images are central to the Year 1 • General radiography care and management of the majority of - Interprofessional Foundation Programme • Trauma/accident and emergency patients entering the healthcare system. (IFP) • CT scanning Diagnostic radiographers use a wide range - Introduction to Radiography • Magnetic resonance imaging of sophisticated technology and are required - Science and Technology 1 • Nuclear medicine imaging to be able to image every part of the human - Skeletal and Visceral Imaging 1 • Breast screening/mammography body to assess a huge range of disease - Personal and Professional Development 1 • Interventional radiology processes and trauma. Sound understanding Year 2 • Medical ultrasound of the relevant science and technology, - Practice Placement: Introduction to Practice • Teaching combined with good communication skills - Science and Technology 2 • Research and the confidence and maturity to work - Skeletal and Visceral Imaging 2 • Management independently, are essential skills of the - Personal and Professional Development 2 • Quality assurance diagnostic radiographer. - Practice Placement: Application of Skills Year 3 UCAS codes and duration This course is modular in structure, and - Practice Placement: Competence B821 – 3yrs FT your studies will be split evenly between and Practice academic study and practice placements. - Integrated Radiography International entry - Research project Yes In Year 1, the first term includes shared - Personal and Professional Development 3 learning with medical, biomedical Contact and physiotherapy students, and Learning, teaching and assessment Student recruitment team with healthcare scientists, in the • Teaching methods include lectures, St George’s, University of London Interprofessional Foundation Programme seminars, case-based learning, peer- T: +44 (0)20 8725 2333 (IFP) module (based at St George’s, assisted learning, simulated practical E: [email protected] University of London). You will also benefit experience and clinical experience. from other multi-professional modules • Diagnostic teaching facilities include How to apply throughout the course. a digital-imaging suite. This facilitates Apply through UCAS to St George’s, simulation of most clinical situations, University of London (code S49) – see Years 2 and 3 comprise a combination including ward and operating theatre. pages 227–229 of academic modules and practice • Assessment is by a combination placements. Most of the academic of academic coursework (eg essays, Entry requirements component is at Kingston University critiques and reports), written and practical For full details, see the St George’s, and focuses on a discipline-specific examinations, clinical assessments and a University of London website: programme covering basic biological and research dissertation in the final year. www.sgul.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/ physical sciences, along with skeletal undergraduate-courses/radiography- and visceral imaging and radiographic Careers and progression diagnostic-bsc-hons/entry-criteria practice. Your practice placements will be Diagnostic radiography offers a range of provided both in teaching hospitals and career pathways, with the opportunity to Make it happen: district general hospitals, with additional progress towards clinical specialisation, www.kingston.ac.uk/radiographyd2017 placements at specialist sites such as management, teaching and research. Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, This degree will also enable you to study Royal Brompton Hospital, and the National at postgraduate certificate, diploma and Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery. masters level for radiography qualifications in areas of advanced practice and clinical specialism (see www.kingston.ac.uk/ postgraduate/courses for details of our postgraduate radiography programmes). 149 Radiography, Therapeutic BSc(Hons) single honours awarded by St George’s University of London Therapeutic radiographers are responsible for planning and delivering radiotherapy to patients with cancer, and are involved in their physical and emotional wellbeing. If you are interested in using the latest science and technology in the fight against cancer and desire a hospital-based career with substantial patient contact, this course is ideal.

What you will study Year 2 Therapeutic radiographers can specialise Therapeutic radiographers use highly complex - Practice Placement: Introduction to Practice in a variety of areas (some require treatment and techniques to target tumours - Treatment Planning postgraduate study): with millimetre accuracy. Precision is essential - Radiotherapy and Oncology 2 • Localisation (definition of the tumour with – tumours are surrounded by normal anatomy, - Personal and Professional Development 2 CT scanning and other types of imaging) sometimes close to critical structures that - Practice Placement: Application of Skills • Dosimetry (complex 3D dose calculation must be avoided – as are an understanding Year 3 to plan radiotherapy treatments) of the relevant science and technology, good - Practice Placement: Competence and • Advanced treatment delivery and verification numeracy and attention to detail. Also vital Practice • Radiographer-led clinics are excellent communication skills and a - Radiotherapy and Oncology 3 • Consultant radiographer compassionate nature, to support patients and - Research Project • Counselling and patient support their carers during a potentially stressful time. - Personal and Professional Development 3 • Research • Teaching This course is validated by St George’s Learning, teaching and assessment • Management within radiotherapy or Hospital Medical School, a constituent college • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, wider NHS of the University of London. It is modular in case-based learning, peer-assisted • Quality assurance (monitoring all structure, with learning split evenly between learning, simulated practical experience radiotherapy procedures for safe practice academic study and practice placements. and clinical experience. and patient care) • Facilities include the Virtual Environment for • Commercial roles in product development, Year 1 involves shared learning with Radiotherapy Training (VERT), where you can staff training and sales medicine, biomedical science, and refine your clinical skills in a simulated cancer physiotherapy students, and with healthcare treatment room. This equipment creates UCAS codes and duration scientists. This is particularly so in the interactive, 3D images of a linear accelerator B822 – 3yrs FT Interprofessional Foundation Programme (IFP) treatment machine and patient. It enables module, based at St George’s, University of you to safely master some of the skills International entry London. You will benefit from other multi- needed to deliver radiotherapy to patients Yes professional modules throughout the course. with pinpoint accuracy. Complementing VERT is our interactive treatment planning Contact Years 2 and 3 comprise a combination of system, where you will learn how to plan safe Student recruitment team modules and placements. The academic radiotherapy treatments. St George’s, University of London component, delivered mainly at Kingston • Assessment is through academic T: +44 (0)20 8725 2333 University, focuses on basic biological and coursework (eg case analyses, essays, E: [email protected] physical sciences, along with oncology, group presentation, and portfolios), written radiotherapy practice and cancer care. and practical exams, clinical assessments, How to apply Practice placements will be at the Royal and a research dissertation. Apply through UCAS to St George’s, Marsden NHS Foundation Trust (Chelsea or University of London (code S49) – see Sutton) or the Royal Surrey County Hospital Careers and progression pages 227–229 NHS Foundation Trust (Guildford and Redhill). This degree offers a range of career Using state-of-the-art equipment and pathways, with opportunity to progress Entry requirements techniques, you will gain broad experience towards clinical specialisation, management, For full details, see the St George’s, in the treatment of patients with cancer. teaching and research. It will also enable University of London website: you to study at postgraduate certificate, www.sgul.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/ Examples of modules diploma and masters level for radiography undergraduate-courses/radiography- Year 1 qualifications in areas of advanced practice therapeutic-bsc-hons/entry-criteria - Interprofessional Foundation Programme and clinical specialism (see www.kingston. - Radiotherapy and Oncology 1 ac.uk/ postgraduate/courses for details of Make it happen: - Personal and Professional Development 1 our postgraduate radiography programmes). www.kingston.ac.uk/radiographyt2017 - Science and Technology 1 Career paths: 150 Social Work BA(Hons) single honours This established and reputable course offers practice-led preparation for qualified social work across the range of service users and settings. It offers high standards of social work training, state-of-the-art facilities and strong relationships with local social work agencies, leading to challenging and rewarding practice placements. This course is delivered through both self-funded and employment-based routes.

What you will study Examples of modules such as social care, health, education and The social work profession can be difficult Year 1 criminal justice settings. and challenging. It requires: - Readiness for Direct Practice • maturity and a high level of personal - Human Development, Relationships and UCAS codes and duration commitment; Social Contexts L501 – 3yrs FT • an open mind with the willingness - Working with Ethics and Diversity in Social An employment-based route is also available to examine and even change your own Work Practice for students working in a social care setting attitudes and possible prejudices; and - The Practice Context: Law and Social who are being sponsored by their employer • patience, determination, both physical Policy for Social Work – apply direct to the University (details below). and emotional resilience. Year 2 - First Practice Placement International entry Year 1 develops your skills through the - Practice Skills and Methods: Assessment Yes simulation and recording facilities of our and Intervention Practice Learning Suite. You will gain a - Knowledge for Practice 1 Contact foundation in ethics, diversity, psychology, - Knowledge for Practice 2 Admissions team sociology, social policy and law for social Year 3 Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education work practice. - Final Practice Placement T: +44 (0)20 8417 5731 - Contemporary Social Work Practice E: [email protected] Year 2 explores social work methods and - Extended Practice Study (Capstone) models of reflective practice. You will take How to apply a 70-day block practice placement. This Learning, teaching and assessment Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 will be supported by studying assessment, • Teaching includes workshops, simulations intervention, evaluation, safeguarding, law and skills exercises. Our Practice Learning Entry requirements and the more challenging aspects of ethics Suite enables simulated interactions with • 112 UCAS points from two or three A-levels and identity. You will study best practice service users (on doorsteps, in living rooms, or equivalent (A*A* or BBC); or BTEC National with adults and children and families, in reception areas and interview spaces). Diploma in a health-related subject (DMM). while engaging with areas such as mental Recording facilities enable you to observe • Access = Access Diploma with 45 health, disability, adoption and fostering, and reflect on your practice. Teaching level 3 credits and 15 level 2 credits of substance misuse, young offenders, and also comprises lectures, problem-solving which 24 of the level 3 credits should be domestic violence. approaches and small group sessions for at Distinction and 12 at Merit. Applicants learning support. presenting an access course must also In Year 3, you will take a fully-supported • Assessment includes presentations, have GCSE English and Maths at grade C or 100-day block practice placement. video, essays, exams, diaries and portfolios. above (or comparable numeric equivalent in Academic study will keep you abreast of the newly reformed GCSE grading) or Level developments in law and diversity. Studies Careers and progression 2 functional skills in Maths and English. culminate in a capstone project on a This is an exciting time to enter social • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C or comparable specialist practice area of your choice. work. The profession’s status has been numeric equivalent in the newly reformed enhanced by introduction of degree-level GCSE grading), including English Language Accreditation and recognition qualifications and will be further developed and Maths or equivalent qualification such This professional qualifying programme by the Social Work Reform Board’s as functional skills level 2. is approved by the Health and Care programme of change, including the • Demonstrable practical experience is Professions Council (HCPC). Graduates can development of the College of Social Work. essential (see webpage for details). apply for registration as a social worker • Our selection process includes a with the HCPC. There are excellent employment and career Disclosure and Barring Service check and opportunities in the statutory, voluntary and other elements. private sectors for qualified practitioners. Social workers increasingly work in Make it happen: integrated interprofessional teams in areas www.kingston.ac.uk/socialwork2017 151 Working with Children and Young People BA(Hons) single honours This degree is ideal if you are committed to working with children, young people and their families. It offers a unique course of study, enabling you to investigate which area you are best suited to. When you graduate, you will be well-positioned for careers in social work, social care, early years, nursing, youth justice, teaching or law.

What you will study - Social Pedagogy UCAS codes and duration You will study different approaches to - Practice Experience: Local and International L590 – 3yrs FT working creatively and positively with Contexts children, young people, families and carers, Year 3 International entry within a social pedagogy ethos. - Working with Children and Young Yes People in Context: Research, systems and Year 1 develops knowledge and transferable professional practice Contact practice skills relevant for future career - Practice experience 2: Preparing for your Admissions team development. You will learn theories and future Faculty of Health, Social Care and Education concepts of human growth, development - Working with Children and Young People: T: +44 (0)20 8417 5731 and life transitions, and will gain awareness Capstone project E: [email protected] of ethics and diversity. An important element throughout Year 1 is guidance and teaching Learning, teaching and assessment How to apply on the development of the personal and • Teaching methods include field trips, Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 professional self. You will also develop an workshops, simulations and skills exercises understanding of the different professionals using our Practice Learning Suite (see the Entry requirements and services for children and young people. course webpage for more information). • 96 UCAS points from three A-levels or Teaching also takes place through lectures, equivalent OR BTEC National Diploma in In Year 2 you will develop an in-depth problem-solving approaches and small health and social care or other relevant social pedagogic knowledge, an group sessions for learning support. We national diploma (MMM). understanding of children’s law and rights, have excellent library and virtual learning • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C or comparable and the importance of safeguarding. You environment resources, and a specialist numeric score under newly reformed GCSE will also have the opportunity to undertake team to help you get the most out of them. grading), including English Language and a practice placement in a relevant setting • Assessment methods include essays, Maths or equivalent qualification such as or study abroad in a European institution. portfolios and presentations. functional skills level 2. • Access = Access Diploma with 45 Year 3 will inform your future career Careers and progression level 3 credits and 15 level 2 credits of through work placement opportunities. This course is an excellent foundation for which 18 of the level 3 credits should be You will develop a deep understanding of study at masters level. Options available at at Distinction and 9 at Merit. Applicants the research, systems and professional Kingston University include: Master of Social presenting an access course must also practice that impacts children’s lives. Work (MSW); Child Centred Interprofessional have GCSE English and Maths at grade C or Practice MA and Nursing/Registered Nurse above (or comparable numeric equivalent in Examples of modules PgDip, PGCE among others. the newly reformed GCSE grading) or Level Year 1 2 functional skills in Maths and English. - Working with Children and Young People: If you enter the children’s workforce • Our selection process includes a Professional Roles and Contexts straight after graduation, you will be Disclosure and Barring Service check and - Human Development within Different confident that your study and placement other elements. Relationships and Social Contexts experience has prepared you for effective - Working with Ethics and Diversity in interprofessional working with children in a Make it happen: Professional Practice variety of settings. www.kingston.ac.uk/youngpeople2017 - Developing the Personal and Professional Self Year 2 - Children and Young People: Rights and Responsibilities - Interprofessional Perspectives: Safeguarding and Critical Decision Making for Children and Young People 152 Elizabeth Burnett BA(Hons) Primary Teaching

“I study Primary Teaching and I love my course! Everyone is really friendly and the amount of placements is brilliant, especially for a first year student. You also get plenty of support whilst on school placements which makes it even more enjoyable. After university I want to get my first teaching job in a primary school and I feel like Kingston will give me the best possible start to my career.”

153 History and politics

If you are keen to find out more about the world around you, how the past influences the present, and how power is organised and expressed, a study of history and politics is likely to interest you.

Our history, politics, international relations and human rights courses are complementary, interdisciplinary subjects that explore society and human behaviour. They place particular focus on people, cultures, societies, and governments. A key aspect of our courses is an emphasis on the application of theory, rather than just pure theory – we try to illustrate the applications even in the most theoretical modules.

You will be taught by some truly inspirational people. Many of our staff combine teaching with work in practice. For example, our staff include leading human rights lawyers and campaign managers for non-governmental organisations (NGOs). Several of our history staff have been historical advisers for television programmes. We also have a strong involvement in national, European and international research networks and collaborations.

You will have the opportunity to get involved in a variety of interesting activities. These include attending guest lectures by eminent historians and political figures, and field trips to explore London’s literary, historical and political context. Destinations include the National Portrait Gallery, the periodical collection in the University of London’s Senate House Library, the Houses of Parliament, the Law Courts, the offices of major media organisations, the headquarters of some of the world’s biggest PR and campaigning companies, organisations and charities.

154 History BA(Hons) single/joint honours This course is ideal if you are interested in the history of the modern world and how the past influences the present. It explores the history of many countries and covers many different histories: of people, cultures and societies, and of states and governments. You can study history as a single or joint honours degree (see pages 222–225 for joint honours options).

What you will study include: Arabic, French, German, Italian, Students also choose careers in the This course enables you to study world Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian Home Office, local government and in history, focusing on the history of many and Spanish. For more information, see retail and services management. A history countries, including Britain and the United www.kingston.ac.uk/kls degree is also excellent preparation for States. Topics include culture, society and postgraduate study. economy in Britain and other countries; Examples of modules crime; leisure; women’s history; the French Year 1 UCAS code and duration Revolution; slavery; fascism; war, genocide - History at Kingston: The Historian’s Craft Single honours: V100 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT and the Holocaust; British politics; and - Birth of the Modern Era: Britain and Europe, Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or British imperialism. You will also learn how 1500–1800 www.ucas.com the past informs our everyday lives and - Discovering World History, 1700–2000 how history is communicated: in words, - Private Lives, Public Roles: Sex, Society International entry images, objects and through technology. and Identity in History Yes Year 2 In Year 1, you will gain an introduction - Railway Age to Television Age: Britain, Contact to university-level history, with year-long 1830–1959 Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office modules providing an in-depth and broad - Researching and Writing History T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 learning experience. Our e-learning - Option modules (see the course webpage E: [email protected] resource, StudySpace, gives access to for a full list) information and resources and also to Year 3 How to apply interactive learning. You will learn from - Dissertation FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 each other and for yourselves. - Capstone: an e-journal PT direct to the University - Option modules (see the course webpage Year 2 offers option modules, greater for a full list) Entry requirements specialisation and the opportunity to • Single honours: 112 UCAS points, to study abroad. You will undertake historical Teaching, learning and assessment include two A-levels or equivalent. research in more depth and explore how • Teaching is through lectures, seminars, • Joint honours: 112–128 UCAS points technology makes history stimulating, workshops and individual supervision, (depending on combination), to include two rewarding and vitally relevant. Personal with opportunities for e-learning and A-levels or equivalent. tuition provides further assistance, not least independent research. • General Studies accepted when one of in helping prepare you for your final year. • Assessment is through essays, exams, three A-levels. reports, blogs, presentations, projects and • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric In Year 3, the dissertation and capstone a dissertation. score under newly reformed GCSE grading): project allow you to build on all you have Mathematics and English (preferred). learned and construct something uniquely Careers and progression yours. The dissertation comprises an Studying history informs you about the Make it happen: individual, supervised research project; world, develops your ability to research and www.kingston.ac.uk/history2017 while the capstone project involves working manage information, and enables you to be on a collaborative project – a history critical and to communicate effectively. For e-journal. With options including a work employers, a degree in history represents placement module and continuing personal excellent preparation for working life – our tuition with emphasis on careers and history students enjoy a good record of employability, Year 3 is both the culmination employment. and final preparation for further study and the world of work. Common professions for history students include teaching, banking, journalism and You can choose to study a foreign language law, and a range of careers in museums, for free while at the University. Options archives and heritage organisations. 155 Human Rights BA/BSc(Hons) joint honours Human rights are deeply contested and have provoked intense debate on intervention, foreign aid, global inequality and the nature of the recent ‘War on Terror’. This joint honours course enables you to explore global issues of human rights and their history, and to examine how they can best be enforced and defended. (See pags 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study In Year 3, your final-year research project Careers and progression What are human rights? Where are they will explore in depth a topic of interest. Career opportunities reflect graduates’ from? How are they implemented and With the supervisor’s support, you will knowledge and skills across policy, law obstructed? How has our perception of receive training in research skills, and join and communication. The legal aspects them changed? Are they universal or discussion forums to explore your ideas. of this course form a foundation for law Western values? These issues and others The project culminates with a presentation conversion courses and subsequent work are examined on this course. at our end-of-year student conference. Year in human rights law. The broader skills 3 modules also engage with economic, and knowledge gained provide foundations Exploring history, politics, international social and cultural rights, and consider for careers in business, public and relations, criminology, economics and law, armed conflict and other political events in voluntary sectors, the media, international you will gain insight into the complex and relation to 21st-century human rights. development and human rights advocacy. controversial role human rights play in the contemporary world. The curriculum’s Examples of modules UCAS code and duration three streams are: history of human rights; Year 1 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT theory of human rights in politics and - Introduction to Human Rights See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com international relations; and practice of - Another World is Possible for codes. human rights in politics and international Year 2 relations. Throughout your studies, you will - Securing Human Rights: Contemporary International entry be supported by an integrated programme Themes and Issues Yes of study skills development, employability - Option modules (eg Slavery and training and one-to-one academic support Emancipation; International Relations Contact from a personal tutor. There are also and Global Governance; Modern Political Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office opportunities for work placements and Thought; Latin America: Power, Politics and T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 internships. El Pueblo Rising; Voices of Contemporary E: [email protected] Europe; Age of Extremes: Themes Year 1 introduces the three streams in Twentieth Century World History; How to apply and develops essential study skills. You Criminality, Deviance and the State in Early FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 will analyse the history of human rights, Modern Britain and Europe) PT direct to the University studying conceptions of human rights Year 3 across historical and contemporary - Advanced Research Project Entry requirements contexts – abolition of slavery, the - Option modules (eg Genocide and Crimes • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on position of women, or the War on Terror. against Humanity; Crimes of the Powerful: combination), to include two A-levels or You will assess the practice of human Corporations, the State and Human Rights; equivalent. rights organisations, beginning to Human Rights and Political Violence; Cold • Plus GCSE: English (grade A*–C or evaluate tactics for the achievement of War, Hot War: the Politics of the Middle comparable numeric score under newly human rights. East; Britain, Europe and the Extreme reformed GCSE grading required); Right 1918 to the Present; Britain, the US Mathematics (grade A*–C or comparable Year 2 allows increasing flexibility in and the World in the Twentieth Century) numeric score under newly reformed GCSE choosing topics. You will consider the grading required for some combinations). concepts of freedom, development and Teaching, learning and assessment Key Skills Level 2/3 may be used in lieu of equality, and their place in human rights • Teaching methods include lectures, poor GCSEs, depending on combination. discourse. You will analyse human rights seminars and workshops. enforcement mechanisms and begin to • Assessment methods include portfolios, Make it happen: apply your knowledge to a range of social, policy reports, essays, exams and the final- www.kingston.ac.uk/humanrights2017 political and economic contexts, such as year project. Practical elements of human the Holocaust, Africa, the Middle East or rights advocacy are assessed through Latin America. You may study abroad in presentations and by planning cases and Europe, North America or Australia. campaigns. 156 International Relations BSc(Hons) joint honours International politics and relations affect almost every aspect of our lives. This joint honours course explores power at a global level, examining the ways in which states and societies co-operate and come into conflict. The course enables you to learn more about our place in a fast-globalising world and consider how we might begin to improve things. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study supervisor, receive training in research Careers and progression Studying international relations at Kingston skills and participate in discussion forums The knowledge and transferable skills you University offers a comprehensive and to explore your developing ideas. The will gain from this course open up diverse critical questioning of the global order today. project culminates with a presentation at career opportunities. Our graduates are You will analyse war, terrorism, imperialism, our end-of-year student conference. Taught well equipped for careers in international human rights, global inequality, conflict modules in Year 3 provide the opportunity agencies, government, business or resolution, environmental degradation and for further exploration of area politics, the media. the role of nation states and international examination of developments in US foreign organisations in contemporary global policy, human rights, and the continuing UCAS code and duration politics. You will also learn about key role of political violence in global politics. 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT concepts and theories that shape our See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com understanding of global politics and affect Examples of modules for codes. the decisions that foreign policymakers Year 1 take. You will also gain insight into the - Introduction to International Relations International entry functioning of international institutions and - Another World is Possible Yes international development programmes, as Year 2 well as the role of armed conflict in shaping - International Relations and Global Contact the international system. Throughout Governance Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office your studies, you will be supported by - Option modules (eg Latin America: T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 an integrated programme of study skills Power, Politics and El Pueblo Rising, E: [email protected] development, employability training and Voices of Contemporary Europe; one-to-one academic support from a Securing Human Rights: Contemporary How to apply personal tutor. There are also opportunities Themes and Issues; Slavery and FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 for work placements and internships. Emancipation; Age of Extremes: Themes PT direct to the University in Twentieth Century World History; Year 1 focuses on the foundation concepts Criminality, Deviance and the State in Entry requirements of international relations and global politics: Early Modern Britain and Europe) • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on the state, global governance, international Year 3 combination), to include two A-levels or ethics, security and international law. - Advanced Research Project equivalent. General Studies accepted when This is accompanied by an introduction to - Option modules (eg Genocide and one of three A-levels. some of the key contemporary issues of Crimes against Humanity; Identity, • Plus GCSE: English (grade A*–C or international relations: war, environment, Culture, Politics; Crimes of the Powerful: comparable numeric score under newly global trade, development and migration. Corporations, the State and Human reformed GCSE grading required); Rights; Human Rights and Political Mathematics (grade A*–C or comparable Year 2 allows increasing flexibility in your Violence; Cold War, Hot War: the Politics numeric score under newly reformed GCSE choice of study topics. Our well-developed of the Middle East; Britain, the US and the grading required for some combinations). area studies programme enables you to World in the Twentieth Century; Beatles to Key Skills Level 2/3 may be used in lieu of explore regional case studies from the Blair: Britain since 1960; Britain, Europe poor GCSEs, depending on combination. Middle East, Europe and Latin America. and the Extreme Right) You will also focus on international Make it happen: relations theory, development, international Teaching, learning and assessment www.kingston.ac.uk/intrelations2017 organisations and international law. Many • Teaching methods include lectures, students study abroad in Europe, North seminars, workshops, independent work America or Australia. and one-to-one supervision. • Assessment methods include essays, Year 3 centres on your final-year research exams, class tests, projects, presentations, project, which explores a topic of interest reflective learning journals and the final- in depth. You will be supported by a year project. 157 Politics BA(Hons) joint honours Politics is fundamentally about power, the ways in which it is organised and expressed, and the way it flows throughout society. This joint honours course explores questions related to power and politics, such as the tension between freedom and equality, ethics and obligations, the nature of war and terrorism, and the development of human rights. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study in discussion forums to explore your ideas. Careers and progression Politics is about who gets what, when, The project culminates with a presentation Knowledge and transferable skills how, why and where. It considers key at our end-of-year student conference. gained from this course open up questions of power, justice, human rights, You will also study taught modules and diverse opportunities, such as careers order, conflict, legitimacy, accountability, have the opportunity to study issues of in international agencies, government, obligation, sovereignty, decision-making political violence, political extremism and business or media. Many graduates and governance. This degree will develop the influence of popular culture on political choose postgraduate programmes such your critical understanding of political processes and ideas. as masters degrees, the law conversion issues affecting societies across the diploma and diplomas in personnel world. It examines political life from many Examples of modules management and marketing. perspectives, including area studies, cultural Year 1 politics, international politics, human rights, - Another World is Possible UCAS code and duration political theory and political sociology. - The UK’s Political History and Institutions 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT Year 2 See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com Throughout your studies, you will be - Modern Political Thought for codes. supported by an integrated programme - Option modules (eg Latin America: Power, of study skills development, employability Politics and El Pueblo Rising; Voices International entry training and one-to-one academic support of Contemporary Europe; International Yes from a personal tutor, with opportunities for Relations and Global Governance; work placements and internships. You need Securing Human Rights: Contemporary Contact not have studied politics and international Themes and Issues; Slavery and Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office relations before; the course is not just for Emancipation; Age of Extremes: Themes T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 those seeking a politics-related career. in Twentieth Century World History; E: [email protected] Criminality, Deviance and the State in Year 1 provides a foundation of knowledge Early Modern Britain and Europe) How to apply and skills, introducing key themes in Year 3 FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 political thinking and ideology that have - Advanced Research Project PT direct to the University guided political practice over the past 200 - Option modules (eg Genocide and years, alongside controversies associated Crimes against Humanity; Identity, Entry requirements with the UK’s institutions and systems of Culture, Politics; Crimes of the Powerful: • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on power. Year 1 also focuses on academic Corporations, the State and Human combination), to include two A-levels or skills development, helping you hone your Rights; Cold War, Hot War: the Politics equivalent. abilities and approach to learning. of the Middle East; Human Rights and • Plus GCSE: English (grade A*–C, or Political Violence; Britain, Europe and the comparable numeric score under newly Year 2 allows increasing flexibility in your Extreme Right; Beatles to Blair: Britain reformed GCSE grading required); choice of study topics. Focus on political since 1960; Britain, the US and the World Mathematics (grade A*–C, or comparable theory continues in more depth, and in the Twentieth Century; Beatles to Blair: numeric score under newly reformed GCSE you will be able to explore international Britain since 1960) grading, required for some combinations). relations, human rights and the politics Key Skills Level 2/3 may be used in lieu of of Latin America, Europe and the Middle Teaching, learning and assessment poor GCSEs, depending on combination. East. Many students take the opportunity • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, to study abroad in Europe, North America individual tutorials and workshops. Make it happen: or Australia. • Assessment includes essays, exams, log www.kingston.ac.uk/politics2017 books, presentations, reports, reflective Year 3 centres on your final-year research learning journals and final-year project project, which explores a topic of interest in (a dissertation, collaborative policy- depth. You will receive supervisor support orientated research or report based on a and research skills training, and participate work placement). 158 Politics & International Relations BA(Hons) single honours This course will develop your critical understanding of global political issues. Whether the focus is at individual, local, national, regional or global level, similar questions arise concerning who gets what, when, how, why and where. Related questions of power, justice, human rights, order, conflict, legitimacy and accountability are considered at a theoretical level and in discussion of real-life events.

What you will study training and participate in discussion forums • Assessment includes essays, This degree examines politics and to explore your ideas. The project culminates presentations, group work, exams, international relations from many with a presentation at our end-of-year student portfolios, reflective learning journals perspectives: area studies, cultural politics, conference. You will also choose from a range and final-year project (a dissertation, international politics, human rights, political of relevant specialist modules – subjects such collaborative policy-orientated research or theory, history, economics and political as foreign policy, the role of political violence report based on a work placement). sociology. You need not have studied in the international system, and popular politics and international relations before; culture’s influence on political movements and Careers and progression the course is not just for those seeking change in society. Employability skills are developed politics-related careers. We aim to give throughout the course, with opportunities you the knowledge and skills to help you Examples of modules for work placements and internships. participate more effectively as a politically Year 1 conscious citizen, making better sense of - Another World is Possible Knowledge and transferable skills developments in our fast-globalising world. - Introduction to International Relations gained from this course open up - Introduction to Human Rights diverse opportunities, such as careers Throughout your studies, you will be - The UK’s Political History and Institutions in international agencies, government, supported by an integrated programme Year 2 business or media. of study skills development, employability - Modern Political Thought training and one-to-one academic support - International Relations and Global UCAS code and duration from a personal tutor. There are also work Governance L245 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT placement and internship opportunities. - Option modules (eg Latin America: Power, Politics and El Pueblo Rising; International entry Year 1 provides the foundation for Voices of Contemporary Europe; Securing Yes your studies. Taught modules explore Human Rights: Contemporary Themes political ideas, key concepts and issues and Issues; Slavery and Emancipation; Contact in international relations, political history Criminality, Deviance and the State in Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office and institutions of the UK, and key figures Early Modern Britain and Europe; Age of T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 and themes in the development of human Extremes: Themes in Twentieth Century E: [email protected] rights. There is a strong focus on developing World History) academic skills and approaches to learning Year 3 How to apply for success at university. - Extended Research Project FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Option modules (eg Genocide and Crimes PT direct to University Year 2 allows increasing flexibility in choice against Humanity; Identity, Culture, of study. It includes a focus on area studies Politics; Human Rights and Political Entry requirements and the politics of Europe, the Middle East, Violence; Cold War, Hot war: the Politics of • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels and Latin America, alongside continued the Middle East; Crimes of the Powerful: or equivalent. General Studies accepted focus on the development of a global Corporations, the State and Human when one of three A-levels. human rights mechanism. You will examine Rights; Beatles to Blair: Britain since • Plus GCSE: Mathematics and English theory in more depth, exploring conceptions 1960; Britain, Europe and the Extreme Language (grade A*–C, or comparable of justice and thinking tools that help us Right, 1918 to the Present; Britain, the US numeric score under newly reformed GCSE understand contemporary global politics. and the World in the Twentieth Century) grading, preferred). Key Skills Level 2 may During Year 2, many students take the be used in lieu of poor GCSEs. opportunity to study abroad in Europe, Teaching, learning and assessment North America or Australia. • Teaching is through lectures, seminars, Make it happen: workshops, team project work, literature www.kingston.ac.uk/ In Year 3, your final-year research project will reviews and encouragement of independent politicsintrelations2017 explore a topic of interest in depth. You will research with supervision of academic receive supervisor support, research skills advisers and subject specialists. 159 Journalism, publishing, language and literature

If you are interested in exploring English literature, creative writing, journalism, publishing, linguistics or languages, we offer lively courses taught by experts from academia and industry.

While humanities programmes traditionally focus on either theory (ie literary and cultural studies and linguistics) or practice (creative writing, languages and journalism), at Kingston University our courses provide an exciting mix of each. You will learn to think creatively, analyse different perspectives, evaluate problems, frame an argument, write well and present your ideas effectively – all important skills for life and work.

Our academics ensure you are challenged, inspired and encouraged while at Kingston University. The teaching team includes award-winning poets, novelists and playwrights, together with well-respected journalists, publishers, literary critics and published academics with a range of research interests and expertise. This provides a stimulating, intellectual atmosphere.

Extracurricular events include conferences, research seminars, talks, readings and screenings by University staff, visiting academics and industry professionals such as writers, poets and journalists. Past visitors include Sebastian Faulks, Will Self, Hilary Mantel, Guardian interviewer Simon Hattenstone, and Channel 4 news anchor Jon Snow. We also have visiting lecturers – guests range from those at the beginning of their publishing careers to those at the top of their field, and include established and eminent literary and language scholars.

160 Creative Writing BA(Hons) joint honours This joint honours course enables you to explore a wide variety of different types of writing – from the classic to the contemporary – while discovering and developing the writer within you. You will gain a thorough insight into the process of writing from our teaching team, which includes award-winning published authors. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression Year 1 aims to provide a broad foundation Year 1 The course is designed to develop a to the basic genres, forms and practices - Introduction to Creative Writing range of valuable transferable skills, such of creative writing. It will enable you to - Writing that Works as communication, self-management, develop fundamental skills appropriate to Year 2 teamwork, self-reflection and the ability to creative writing, to identify and understand - The Craft of Poetry and Prose write for particular professional purposes. qualities of good writing, and to establish - Independent Creative Writing In addition to a possible career as a habits of self-reflective practice. You will - Write, Action: Introduction to Dramatic professional writer, other potential careers study the work and commentary of other Writing include work in film, television, radio, writers, practise writing in a variety of Year 3 publishing, arts management, new media, literary and professional forms, and develop - Creative Writing Dissertation Project journalism, advertising and marketing, skills in writing, review, criticism and co- - Experiments with Form business, public relations, business writing, operative discussion. - Special Study modules (for example: teaching and therapeutic fields. You could Get a Life: Forms of (Auto)Biography; also progress to postgraduate study or Year 2 allows for more-sustained study and Narrative Techniques in Popular Fiction; graduate teacher training. development of particular skills in poetry, Poetry: Experiments and Innovations; prose and scriptwriting. Study at this level Scriptwriting) UCAS code and duration also focuses on the need for rigorous See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com editing and knowledge of the processes Teaching, learning and assessment for codes. of publication or performance. You will • Teaching methods include interactive continue to study existing works and will lectures, workshops, seminars, small group International entry write pieces appropriate to the media you tutorials and self-directed study with an Yes are studying: radio, stage and screen, emphasis on constructive criticism and poetry, prose, fiction and non-fiction. group discussion. Visiting professionals will Contact give readings, talks and masterclasses. Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office Year 3 offers opportunities for more • Assessment methods include short T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 specialist writing, with option modules that pieces of writing with commentaries, E: [email protected] allow you to study subjects that include critical evaluations, portfolios of exercises, some or all of the following: traditional writing journals and longer pieces of How to apply literary forms, the thriller, crime, romance writing. Most assessments require the FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 and science-fiction genres, stories for submission of drafts. PT direct to the University children, life writing, biography, and writing • You will be assigned a personal tutor who for stage or screen. In addition, you will will support your learning and progression Entry requirements have the chance to produce a substantial for the duration of your studies with the • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on piece of developed writing. Creative Writing Department. combination) to include two A-levels or equivalent, including one A-level in English You will also have the opportunity to study Literature, Literature and Language or a foreign language for free during your time related subject (32 UCAS points required). at the University. Options currently include: For requirements for specific combinations, Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, please see the course webpage Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric Spanish. For more information, see score under newly reformed GCSE grading): www.kingston.ac.uk/kls English

Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/ creativewriting2017

161 English Language & Linguistics BA(Hons) joint honours This joint honours course explores the fascinating workings of language in real-world contexts, with specific reference to English and its diverse forms. It is designed to develop your ability to describe language at different levels and to analyse spoken, written and multimodal communication in everyday and institutional settings, media and advertising, and digital environments. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study You will also have the opportunity to study UCAS code and duration Teaching and learning is led by staff a foreign language for free during your time See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com research interests, which include at the University. Options currently include: for codes. sociolinguistics, stylistics, pragmatics, Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, cognitive linguistics, second-language Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and International entry acquisition and sociocultural linguistics. Spanish. For more information, see Yes www.kingston.ac.uk/kls In Year 1, you will be introduced to the Contact way language is organised as a system Examples of modules Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office and how it is used in real-life contexts. Year 1 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 You will explore how written English has - Introduction to Language E: [email protected] evolved and consider the impact of digital - Introduction to Communication technologies on contemporary writing Year 2 How to apply practices. You will develop competence - Sociolinguistics FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 in describing and analysing language, - Language in Context PT direct to the University and you will acquire a range of writing - Psycholinguistics and interactional skills to allow you to Year 3 Entry requirements communicate successfully in different - English Language Dissertation Project • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on contexts, including intercultural contexts. - Communication Matters combination) to include two A-levels, or - Special Study: Narrative equivalent, including English Language/ In Year 2, you will engage with theories of - Special Study: Meaning Literature or related subject (32 UCAS language in society and learn to critically - Special Study: Discourse and Social Media points required) discuss issues of linguistic diversity, identity • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric and difference, and gender performance. Teaching, learning and assessment score under newly reformed GCSE grading): Depending on your choice of modules, you Assessment methods include essays, exams, English may find yourself accounting for how a in-class and take-home tests, learning child acquires its mother tongue, analysing journals, reflective pieces, individual and Make it happen: how style is created in a literary text, or group presentations, poster presentations, www.kingston.ac.uk/englang2017 studying pragmatic theories of meaning. practical projects, independent research You will develop competence in a range projects and dissertation. of research methods to advance your knowledge of language in context. There Careers and progression is also an opportunity to study in one of Graduates of this course have a strong Kingston University’s partner institutions in awareness of the nature of language and Europe or in the United States for one or its use in written and oral communication, two semesters. as well as a heightened intercultural sensitivity, all of which makes them In Year 3, you can specialise in an area ideal for a wide range of professional of your choice, which will require you sectors, including education, business, to work on an extended piece of work. media, publishing, translation, the caring Under the guidance of specialist teaching professions, charity and international staff, you will develop your ability to work development, and public relations. independently and think and write critically to produce an original piece of work. Many graduates have progressed to further In addition, the course is enhanced by study, undertaking postgraduate courses in opportunities to relate theory to practice linguistics, journalism, media, translation, in a professional context, including the speech therapy, law conversion courses, workplace setting. publishing and education. 162 English Literature BA(Hons) single/joint honours This stimulating course provides the opportunity to study a range of English literature – from Chaucer, through Shakespeare and the Victorian novel, to contemporary British, American and global literatures. The cutting-edge curriculum focuses on questions of culture and identity, and provides the chance to pursue creative projects in art, film, creative writing and digital media. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study Black British and British-Asian Fiction; Careers and progression In Year 1, we will debate ‘What is great America Dreaming: Suburbs, Literature and An English literature degree opens the literature?’, and study classic texts Culture; and Jane Austen. There will also be door to a wide range of careers. Our past (including Shakespeare, the Romantics the option to complete a dissertation. graduates now work in areas such as and Victorian literature) alongside popular professional writing, publishing, teaching, fictions (from genres including science In addition, you will have the opportunity IT, law (by conversion course), education fiction, fantasy, children’s literature and to study a foreign language for free policy, events management, leisure and gothic). All of this will be framed by while at the University. Options include: tourism management, marketing and challenging ideas from the worlds of Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, journalism. Many graduates continue to philosophy and literary theory, examining Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and related postgraduate courses. subjects such as gender, sexuality, Spanish. For more information, see class, race, selfhood and history. You will www.kingston.ac.uk/kls UCAS code and duration finish the year with all the skills to write Single honours: Q300 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT argumentative, analytical essays, and Examples of modules Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or with broad understanding of literature in Year 1 www.ucas.com different genres and historical periods. - Popular Fiction - Debates in Literature International entry Year 2 will develop your critical voice - Reading and Interpretation Yes through an independent research project - Great Books? closely supervised by an expert member of Year 2 Contact staff. A core module on place and self will - Late Medieval to Early Modern Literature Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office continue the themes of the Year 1, featuring - 18th-century Literature and Romanticism T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 staff drawing from their own research - Victorian to Modernist Literature E: [email protected] and publications. There will be options - 20th- to 21st-century Literature to study specialist periods of literature in - Locating Literature/Speaking Subjects How to apply depth, including Chaucer to Shakespeare, - Independent Research Skills FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Romantics and 18th-century literature, Year 3 PT direct to the University Victorians to Modernism, and 20th- and - Theory in Practice 21st-century literature. - Dissertation Entry requirements - Global Literatures • Single honours: 120 UCAS points, to Year 3 will include a module on global - Special Study modules (eg America include two A-levels or equivalent, with literatures, which may include Irish literature, Dreaming: Suburbia, Literature and Culture; 40 points in A-level English Literature Beat poetry, American ethnicities, African Bruce Springsteen and Contemporary or English Literature and Language, or literature, south Asian writing and Caribbean American Culture; Gender Without Borders; equivalent literature. A module on literary theory will Iris Murdoch and the Novel of Ideas; Jane • Joint honours: 120–128 UCAS points develop your critical perspective and support Austen; Monsters: Theory, Fiction, Culture; (depending on combination), to include two the special study modules: these will be Other Victorians: Sex, Crime and Empire; A-levels or equivalent, with 40 UCAS points comprised of small-group seminars led by Writing and Environment; Shakespeare and in A-level English Literature, or equivalent staff research interests in which you will Renaissance Drama) • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric be able to complete an extended essay score under newly reformed GCSE grading): alongside a creative project of your choice. Teaching, learning and assessment English Past options have included: Monsters in • Teaching methods include lectures, Literature; Sex and Sensation in the Victorian workshops, seminars, small group tutorials, Make it happen: Novel; Cultural Encounters between East and student-led reading groups and self- www.kingston.ac.uk/englit2017 West: Islam and Literature; Contemporary directed study. Identities; Shakespeare and Renaissance • Assessment methods include dissertation, Drama; Bruce Springsteen; The Literary and essays, examinations, portfolios, Cinematic Fairytale; Dwelling and Diaspora: presentations and take-home exams. 163 French BA(Hons) joint honours Studying French will enhance your employability and open up career opportunities. This joint honours option will enable you to develop your French language skills to a high level, while studying another subject (see pages 222–225 for joint honours options). A key feature is the chance to spend a period abroad during Years 2 or 3.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration You can begin the course at one of two Year 1 See p222–225 or www.ucas.com for different entry levels (GCSE or A-level), - French Language 1 codes. building upon your existing knowledge of - Introduction to French Identities French and continuing to develop your - Modules from your other chosen subject International entry competence in all four of the language Year 2 Yes skills: speaking, writing, reading and - French Language 2 listening. Your aim will be to communicate - Representations: Culture, Society and Contact with confidence in a range of formal and Identity Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office informal situations, while exploring the - Modules from your other chosen subject T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 interface between culture and language. Year 3 E: [email protected] - French Language & Culture In Year 1, you will begin to develop your - Professional Skills for Linguists How to apply language skills and will be introduced to - French Dissertation FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 French culture and identity. - Modules from your other chosen subject PT direct to the University

In Years 2 and 3, the language modules Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements enable you to consolidate and extend • Teaching methods place emphasis on • Entry requirements depend on which your language skills, becoming a fluent the use of authentic materials, both written course combination you choose. Please see communicator in both spoken and and spoken. You will take part in interactive the webpage for your chosen combination written French. There will be a strong language classes, lectures, seminars, to determine the total number of UCAS focus on reading and research skills, and individual tutorials and workshops. You will tariff points you will need. you will learn to read and interpret the have access to IT facilities, including virtual • Plus GCSE: English grade A*-C (or French press and other foreign-language language tools, as well as authentic online comparable numeric score under newly documentary sources that may be relevant sources and video documents from the reformed GCSE grading) required. to your main subject. You will practise French press. Mathematics grade A*-C (or comparable a range of specialised professional • The student-run French Society organises numeric score under newly reformed language techniques, such as translating, film screenings and talks, and celebrates GCSE grading) may be required for some summarising, editing, report writing and key events in the French social calendar, combinations. liaison interpreting, and will give oral enhancing your learning experience. presentations or contribute to debates. • Assessment includes a combination Make it happen: of exam and continuous assessment (eg www.kingston.ac.uk/french2017 You will also have the opportunity to translation, summary, oral presentations study a further foreign language for free and essays). during your time at the University. Options currently include: Arabic, German, Italian, Careers and progression Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian The French language is in great demand and Spanish. For more information, see in both the UK and abroad. Employers www.kingston.ac.uk/kls need people who can operate successfully across cultures, are flexible, good at teamworking and excellent communicators. You will develop all these skills during this French language course.

164 Journalism BA(Hons) single/joint honours This course will equip you to practise and understand the role of multimedia journalism in the contemporary world. It will develop your writing skills and nose for news, enable you to become an effective journalist across a range of platforms, and provide a forum for analysing and debating modern media issues. You can study journalism as single or joint honours (see pages 222–225 for possible course combinations).

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression Year 1 introduces the skills necessary to Year 1 The range of careers in journalism is become an effective multimedia journalist. - Digital Skills for Journalists wide. The 70,000 or so journalists in Core modules cover journalistic writing and - Journalism in the Wider World Britain today include music critics, war research, how to identify a news story in - Practical Journalism 1 correspondents, sub-editors, page a mass of information, and what makes - Thinking About Journalism designers, football reporters, literary a good feature. You will also explore the Year 2 reviewers, listings compilers and property broader context of journalism and the - Practical Journalism 2 specialists. They write for outlets as varied critical issues facing journalists today. - Digital Detectives: Data Journalism as The Sunday Times, Heat, spiked- - Journalism in History and Literature online, Homes and Gardens, and New Year 2 builds on and expands your portfolio - Journalism Research Paper Civil Engineer. Other industries, such as of skills and knowledge, introducing further - Digital Journalism Project public relations, advertising, marketing elements such as layout, online writing and - Magazine Journalism and publishing, also require people with shorthand, while increasing the proportion Year 3 journalistic skills. of work drawing on the real world. You - Journalism, Ethics and the Industry will also analyse print and online media, - Practical Journalism 3 UCAS code and duration and will have the opportunity to pursue a - Journalism Dissertation Single honours: P500 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT research project. During Year 2, you have - Special Study: Covering Conflict Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or the chance to spend time abroad at one of - Special Study: Journalistic Freedom, www.ucas.com our partner universities, such as Carlos III in the Law and Regulation Madrid, Spain, or California State University - Special Study: Literary Journalism and War International entry in the United States. - Special Study: Digital Storytelling Yes - Specialist Journalism: Business Year 3 includes core modules that enable - Specialist Journalism: Sport Contact you to put your learning into practice - Specialist Journalism: Fashion Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office through work placements in the industry, T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 as well as the opportunity to produce Teaching, learning and assessment E: [email protected] the campus newspaper, The River. Other • Teaching methods include workshop- modules aim to deepen your understanding based core skills modules, lectures by How to apply of the role and responsibilities of the practitioners, student-led seminars and FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 contemporary journalist, further preparing guided research. PT direct to the University you for the workplace. • Assessment methods are based mainly on the production of news stories, Entry requirements During your time at the University, you will features and essays, but also on appraisal • Single honours: 128 UCAS points also have the opportunity to study a foreign of performance; for example, in work • Joint honours: 128 UCAS points language, free of charge. Options currently placements and on both print and online • To include three A-levels, or equivalent include: Arabic, French, German, Italian, versions of the campus newspaper. (General Studies not accepted), at a Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian minimum of ABB; check the webpage and Spanish. For more information, see for further requirements for specific joint www.kingston.ac.uk/kls honours combinations. • Plus GCSE English (grade A*–B or comparable numeric score under newly reformed GCSE grading) and Mathematics (grade A*–C or comparable numeric score under newly reformed GCSE grading)

Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/journalism2017 165 Publishing BA(Hons) single/joint honours Publishing is an evolving and stimulating subject and a leading profession in the creative industries. This course provides the historical, cultural and contemporary context for understanding publishing’s place in today’s world. You will gain cutting-edge business, content and creative skills required for publishing across diverse media and markets. You can study publishing as a single or joint honours (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study Spanish. For more information, see Roles include commissioning and content This course enables you to tailor your www.kingston.ac.uk/kls editors, copy editors, and positions in degree to suit your interests and design and production, marketing, publicity, employment/enterprise goals, and to Examples of modules rights and sales, data and social media develop evidence of the skills required for Year 1 management. Public relations, events, a 21st-century publishing-related career. - How Publishing Works corporate communications, marketing and Assignments enable you to critically - Publishing in Context advertising positions also require publishing reflect on your professional and personal - The Creative Process skills, and there are opportunities for development planning. - The Publishing Industry freelance careers and business startups. Year 2 Year 1 introduces you to the contemporary - Practical Publishing UCAS codes and duration publishing scene and the practical skills - Contemporary Critical Issues in Publishing Single honours: W468 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT. needed to work in publishing, building - Creative Product Development Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or your knowledge of how publishing works. - Publishing Research Paper www.ucas.com You will study the publishing process Year 3 across platforms and sectors, learn to - Publishing in Practice International entry use industry-standard tools and software, - Marketing and Communications in Yes gain confidence to research concepts and Publishing develop your critical and creative thinking. - Rights, Sales and International Publishing Contact - Publishing Dissertation Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office In Year 2 you will apply and expand your - Publishing Special Study T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 skills and knowledge by making and E: [email protected] creating products. Working in teams, you Teaching, learning and assessment will learn additional skills such as video • Lecturers are active in publishing, How to apply production, and continue to analyse and combining up-to-the-minute industry FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 gain insight into the publishing arena. You knowledge with research. Lively, interactive PT direct to the University will also have the opportunity to spend time lectures, seminars and workshops use abroad at one of our partner universities, digital computer labs with industry- Entry requirements such as Carlos III in Madrid, Spain, or standard software, publishing archives and • Single honours: 120 UCAS points California State University in the USA. a comprehensive library. You will be able to Joint honours 120–128 UCAS points work on projects with Kingston University (depending on combination) to include Year 3 will apply your skills and knowledge Press and Kingston Writing School. three A-levels or equivalent. For to real-life settings. You will work as part • Assessments include pitches, presentations, requirements for specific combinations, of the Kingston University Press and live briefs and products, critical blogs, plans, please see the course webpage. undertake an industry work placement. essays, reports and critical reflection. In Year • Plus GCSE: Mathematics (grade A*–C You will hone your team working skills, 3, you will choose between a dissertation or comparable numeric score under newly designing, producing and promoting a and practical publishing project. reformed GCSE grading required) and multi-format publication. This hands-on English Language/Literature (grade A*–B learning will be placed in the context of Careers and progression or comparable numeric score under newly your academic studies, in which you can The range of careers in publishing is wide, reformed GCSE grading required). pursue your own independent research in including large, international publishing an area of personal interest. houses, small independent presses and Make it happen: specialist publishers. Museums, charities, www.kingston.ac.uk/publishingba2017 While at the University, you will have the societies and businesses often have opportunity to study a foreign language, publishing arms. The magazine industry for free. Options currently include: Arabic, is a broad area for employment, as are French, German, Italian, Japanese, the expanding fields of online and Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and app publishers. 166 Spanish BA(Hons) joint honours Studying Spanish will enhance your employability and open up career opportunities. This joint honours option will enable you to develop your Spanish language skills to a high level while studying another subject (see pages 222–225 for joint honours options). A key feature is the chance to spend a period abroad during Years 2 or 3.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration You can begin the course at one of two Year 1 See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com different entry levels (GCSE or A-level), - Spanish Language 1 for codes. building on your existing knowledge of - Introduction to Hispanic Identities Spanish and continuing to develop your - Modules from your other chosen subject International entry competence in all four of the language skills: Year 2 Yes speaking, writing, reading and listening. Your - Spanish Language 2 aim will be to communicate with confidence - Representations: Culture, Society and Contact in a range of formal and informal situations, Identity Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office while exploring the interface between - Modules from your other chosen subject T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 Hispanic culture and language. Year 3 E: [email protected] - Spanish Language & Culture In Year 1, you will begin to develop your - Professional Skills for Linguists How to apply language skills and will be introduced to - Spanish Dissertation FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Spanish culture and identity. - Modules from your other chosen subject PT direct to the University

In Years 2 and 3, the language modules Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements enable you to consolidate and extend • Teaching methods place emphasis on • Entry requirements depend on which your language skills, becoming a fluent the use of authentic materials, both written course combination you choose. Please see communicator in both spoken and and spoken. You will take part in interactive the webpage for your chosen combination written Spanish. There will be a strong language classes, lectures, seminars, to determine the total number of UCAS focus on reading and research skills, individual tutorials and workshops. You will tariff points you will need. and you will learn to read and interpret have access to IT facilities, including virtual • To include 32 UCAS points at A-level the Spanish press and other foreign language lab tools, as well as authentic Spanish or 12 UCAS points at AS- language documentary sources that may online sources and video documents from level Spanish or GCSE grade A*–B (or be relevant to your main subject. You will the Spanish press. comparable numeric score under newly practise a range of specialised professional • Assessment includes a combination of reformed GCSE grading) language techniques, such as translating, exam and continuous assessment such as • Plus GCSE: English grade A*-C (or summarising, editing, report writing and translation, summary, oral presentations comparable numeric score under newly liaison interpreting, and will give oral and essays. reformed GCSE grading) required. presentations or contribute to debates. Mathematics grade A*-C (or comparable Careers and progression numeric score under newly reformed You will also have the opportunity to study The Spanish language is in great GCSE grading) may be required for some an additional foreign language for free demand, both in the UK and abroad. combinations. during your time at the University. Options Employers also need people who are currently include: Arabic, French, German, happy operating across cultures, who Make it happen: Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese are flexible, good at teamworking and www.kingston.ac.uk/spanish2017 and Russian. For more information, see excellent communicators. You will have www.kingston.ac.uk/kls the opportunity to develop all these skills during this Spanish language course.

167 Law

Our qualifying law degrees provide an excellent start to your career, whether you want to become a lawyer, work in legal aspects of business, or use the transferable skills you have gained to enter other professions. A combination of theoretical study and practical skills will give you an edge in the workplace and boost your employability.

Our law degrees are recognised by the Bar Standards Board and the Solicitors Regulation Authority – after graduation you will be ready to progress to the vocational stage of your legal training. Our degrees offer professional experience (there are options of up to two summer internships or professional ethics modules depending on availability); our Professional Readiness Programme and professional development; all within three years and at the same cost as standard degrees.

Our knowledgeable and enthusiastic teaching team includes legal scholars who have won national awards for teaching excellence. Judges and leading lawyers act as visiting professors.

We also offer a course in Real Estate Management – ideal if you are considering a career as a chartered surveyor, work in commercial property or property investment.

Teaching of Law or Real Estate is practical and theoretical. For example, in Law you will learn and practise advising and presenting to clients, courtroom skills, client interviewing, negotiation, mediation, advocacy, and witness handling.

Helping you make the most of a professional internship and preparing you for the real world of work, our Professional Readiness Programme teaches skills and approaches current in professional life, including: • specific skills for legal practitioners; • professional workplace communication, etiquette and networking; • literacy, numeracy and communication; • time and learning management; • self-management, planning and organising; and • selling and negotiation.

168 International Law with Professional Experience LLB(Hons) single honours This qualifying law degree is recognised by the Bar Standards Board and Solicitors Regulation Authority. It adds an international focus to your legal studies. If you aim to become a barrister or solicitor, your qualifying law degree lets you progress to the vocational stage of legal training. A Kingston Law School degree is also a foundation for careers in other fields such as business, industry and administration.

What you will study You must either take a summer school, Careers and progression This course combines academic studies with professional internship or business Your knowledge, skills and practical two opportunities to undertake a professional placement in Years 1 or 2 (or both) OR a experience will enhance your career internship or a professional module of up to year’s study overseas at one of our partner prospects, giving you an edge in the three months, either in the UK or overseas, or institutions between Years 2 and 3. workplace or your subsequent legal training. a period of study abroad, or you can choose from a range of short courses, professional In Year 3, Equity and Trusts considers Many graduates train as solicitors or qualifications and/or exemptions. wills, charitable trusts and trustee’s roles. barristers. However, this degree is also You will choose a ‘capstone’ module suitable for positions in business, industry You will study the essential seven (Jurisprudence, Law Reform Project or and administration. Our graduates work in foundations of legal knowledge – Public Remedies and Restitution) and two option companies such as KPMG; PwC; Atherton Law, Criminal Law, Law of Tort, Law of modules with an international focus. Bailey Chartered Accountants and Stuart Contract, Land Law, EU Law and Equity Karatas Solicitors. and the Law of Trusts. You will also practise Professional Experience valuable legal skills (eg mooting and Our Professional Readiness Programme Others have gained training contracts in negotiating), and include an international equips you with the skills to enable you to ‘Magic Circle’ firms, as well as funding focus to your studies. undertake a professional internship option for both bar school and pupillage. Some with confidence and prepares you for the progress to masters degrees. Year 1 introduces English Legal System and real world of work. Method, including the access and use of legal UCAS codes and duration materials. Public Law deals with the UK’s Where possible, our professional internships are M130 – 3yrs FT constitutional structure and rules governing paid. Although these internships are extremely M132 – 4yrs FT with study exchange relationships between individuals and state. competitive, our support team will work Law of Contract explores rules surrounding with you every step of the way. Alternative International entry binding agreements and situations when professional activities are available for Yes they are breached. Law of Tort explores civil students who are unable to gain an internship. wrongs (eg negligence, nuisance, occupier’s Contact liability). At the end of Year 1, you may choose Examples of modules Undergraduate admissions administrator to transfer to Year 2 of our Law LLB(Hons) Year 1 T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 with Professional Experience programme. - English Legal System and Legal Method E: [email protected] - Law of Contract - Public Law - Law of Tort After these modules, you can choose between Year 2 How to apply a professional internship or a professional - Criminal Law - European Union Law - Land Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 module, a professional qualification (eg Law - International and Comparative Law recognition as a para-legal) or course (eg Year 3 Entry requirements professional practice and ethics). - Equity and Trusts - Remedies and • 128 UCAS points (ABB at A-level) to Restitution OR Law Reform Project OR include at least two A-levels or equivalent. In Year 2, Land Law covers ownership, use Jurisprudence - Two optional modules • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths and rights attached to property. Criminal (see webpage) and English Language (or comparable Law covers murder, theft and sexual numeric scores under newly reformed offences. EU Law considers the single Teaching, learning and assessment GCSE gradings). market’s institutions and rules. International • Alongside lectures, there is innovative, and Comparative Law specialises in interactive and practical small-group Make it happen: aspects of international law. teaching, emphasising independent www.kingston.ac.uk/intlaw2017 learning and critical and lateral-thinking. After completing Year 2’s modules, you will have • Assessment includes exams, coursework a similar choice to Year 1 (eg a professional and presentations. Practical modules internship or a professional module). enable you to practise legal skills. 169 Law with Professional Experience LLB(Hons) single honours This qualifying law degree is recognised by the Bar Standards Board and Solicitors Regulation Authority. If you aim to become a barrister or solicitor, your qualifying law degree lets you progress to the vocational stage of legal training. A Kingston Law School degree is also a great foundation for careers in other fields such as business, industry and administration.

What you will study Restitution), and two option modules For • Assessment includes end-of-year exams, This course combines academic studies with Years 1 and 2, we have extended the coursework and presentations. Some two opportunities to undertake a professional teaching time so your summer terms modules are practical in focus, enabling internship or a professional module of up to last until mid-July, rather than June. This you to practise legal skills. three months, either in the UK or overseas. allows you to undertake your professional Or you may be able to spend an additional internships or professional modules during Careers and progression year studying abroad, or you can choose the summer term. You will graduate at Your combination of knowledge, skills and from a range of short courses, professional the same time as students who choose a practical experience will enhance your qualifications and/or exemptions. traditional degree – and you will have gained career prospects, giving you an edge in the practical experience. workplace, or your subsequent legal training. You will study the essential seven foundations of legal knowledge – Public Law, Professional Experience Many graduates train as solicitors or Criminal Law, Law of Tort, Law of Contract, Our Professional Readiness Programme barristers. However, this degree is also Land Law, EU Law and Equity and the Law equips you with the skills to enable you to suitable for positions in business, industry of Trusts. You will also practise valuable undertake a professional internship option and administration. Our graduates work in legal skills (eg mooting and negotiating). with confidence and prepares you for the companies such as KPMG; PwC; Atherton real world of work. Bailey Chartered Accountants and Stuart Year 1 introduces English Legal System Karatas Solicitors. Others have gained and Method, and how to access and use Where possible, professional internships training contracts in ‘Magic Circle’ firms, legal materials. Public Law deals with the are paid. Although these internships are as well as funding for both bar school UK’s constitutional structure and rules very competitive, our support team will work and pupillage. Some have progressed to governing relationships between individuals with you every step of the way. Alternative masters degrees. and state. Law of Tort studies civil wrongs professional activities are available for (eg negligence, nuisance, occupier’s students unable to gain an internship. UCAS codes and duration liability); while Law of Contract explores M100 – 3 yrs FT rules surrounding binding agreements and An alternative to the professional internship M103 – 4yrs FT with study exchange situations when they are breached. is to spend an additional year studying abroad at one of the University’s partner International entry After these modules, you may choose institutions (located all over the world). Yes between a professional internship or a professional module, a professional Examples of modules Contact qualification (eg recognition as a para-legal) or Year 1 Undergraduate admissions administrator course (eg professional practice and ethics). - English Legal System and Legal Method T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 - Law of Contract - Public Law - Law of Tort E: [email protected] In Year 2, Land Law covers ownership, use Year 2 and rights attached to property. Criminal - Criminal Law - EU Law - Land Law How to apply Through UCAS, see pages Law deals with murder, theft and sexual - One optional module (see webpage) 227–229 offences. EU Law considers the institutions Year 3 and rules of the single market. You will - Equity and Trusts - Remedies and Entry requirements also choose an option module. After Restitution OR Law Reform Project OR • 128 UCAS points (ABB at A-level) to completing Year 2’s modules, you will have Jurisprudence (capstone) - Two optional include at least two A-levels or equivalent. a similar choice to Year 1 (eg a professional modules (see webpage for examples) • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths internship or a professional module). and English Language (or comparable Teaching, learning and assessment numeric scores under newly reformed In Year 3, Equity and Trusts considers wills, • Alongside lectures, there is innovative, GCSE gradings). charitable trusts, and trustees’ roles. You will interactive and practical small-group choose a ‘capstone’ module (Jurisprudence, teaching, emphasising independent Make it happen: Law Reform Project or Remedies and learning and critical and lateral-thinking. www.kingston.ac.uk/lawllb2017 170 Real Estate Management BSc(Hons) single honours This accredited course is ideal if you aim to become a chartered surveyor working in the commercial property field, specialising in either the valuation or management of property, or if you would like to move into investment agency work. It provides detailed knowledge of property investment and appraisals within the context of a growing sustainability and environmental agenda.

What you will study to a major city. Recent trips include Dublin Careers and progression Real estate is fundamental. We need and Cardiff. You will graduate with the knowledge and property to live in, work in and for leisure. skills to begin your career as a professional It is an important commercial and Year 3/4 will deepen your technical studies in real estate manager or valuation surveyor, industrial resource, home to many national investment strategy and valuation and asset greatly attractive to potential employers. and international investment funds. Real management, and extend your knowledge of estate managers advise on property professional practice, including law and ethics. Most graduates seek to enter practice. matters, especially regarding strategic Normally, a short residential field trip supports Some join multinationals, providing high- property investment and disposal and a coursework assignment. The last was to value advice to corporate clients. Some management decisions, helping owners, Milan – a hub of real estate investment. The join smaller, local practices or ‘niche’ firms, tenants and investors value their assets. course culminates in a major group project giving advice to, for example, retailers. They need knowledge of law, economics, and an independent research project. Others join the in-house property teams corporate strategy and finance, and the of corporates, or work in the public or relevant social and environmental agendas. Professional accreditation charitable sectors. This degree carries full accreditation from You will gain this knowledge, alongside the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors UCAS codes and duration skills such as: presenting yourself; (RICS) under its university partnership N291 – 3yrs FT teamwork; writing reports; debating; scheme, ensuring the industry-relevance of N290 – 4yrs SW applying IT; initiating and executing what you learn. 5yr PT route available for students in research projects. employment Examples of modules Our Professional Readiness Programme Year 1 International entry will help you develop and practise skills - Context of Sustainable Real Estate Yes and approaches current in professional Management life. Work placements, field trips (UK - Principles of Valuation and Appraisal Contact and overseas), research projects and - Property Construction and Inspection Undergraduate admissions administrator professional qualifications, will complement - Principles of Law and Organisations T: +44 (0)20 8417 5442 your academic learning. Year 2 E: [email protected] - Planning and Development Practice Year 1 gives context to the development of - Valuation and Appraisal in Context How to apply estate management as a discipline. You will - Commercial Landlord and Tenant Law FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 study the valuation and appraisal of assets, and Agency Practice PT direct to University building technology and the legal and - Commercial Asset Management economic principles governing real estate. Optional full year in industry (sandwich Entry requirements You will take a field trip to a major city. year) • 112 UCAS points (BBC at A-level) to Recent trips have included 122 Leadenhall Year 3/4 include at least two A-levels or equivalent. St (The Cheese Grater), a building from - Advanced Investment Strategy and Finance • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C), including Maths renowned Architect Richard Rogers, a - Strategic Commercial Asset Management and English Language (or comparable real case scenario move of an HQ into a - Professional Practice in Context numeric scores under newly reformed prominent EC3 building and the City of - Research Project GCSE gradings). London Model (Marketing Suite). Teaching, learning and assessment Make it happen: Year 2 extends your knowledge of valuation • Teaching includes lectures, simulated and www.kingston.ac.uk/realestate2017 across different contexts. You will study the live projects, debates and research work law of landlord and tenant, the UK planning (in groups and individually), site visits and system in practice, and commercial real field trips. estate management principles. You will also • Assessment includes coursework, take a short (normally residential) field trip projects and exams. 171 Life sciences

Life sciences explore the processes and structures of living organisms, and their applications in research, industry, health and medicine.

Our courses encompass an exciting range of subjects. • Forensic science • Nutrition • Biochemistry • Biomedical science • Pharmacology • Sport and exercise sciences • Biological sciences (including environmental, human, medical, genetics and molecular biology)

Some of our courses are offered as joint honours subjects. You could combine your life science studies with Business, or if you choose Forensic Science, you can combine it with Criminology.

Our courses provide a strong focus on scientific techniques and biological knowledge, with an emphasis on how your subject is applied in the real world.

We offer expert teaching from friendly, approachable staff and our curriculum is informed by the latest research developments. You will benefit from good links with healthcare, the pharmaceutical industry and related professions, and will have the opportunity to gain real, first-hand experience.

Many of our courses enable you to undertake paid work in industry or conduct a research project within a professional environment, and our sandwich courses enable you to spend a year working in industry.

172 Science Foundation Year

If you would like to study a science subject at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include this extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels, if you are a mature student, or if you have non-science-based A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration This extra year is designed to equip you - Biology Codes for the foundation course route are with the skills and knowledge to continue - Chemistry on the relevant course page. on the degree of your choice. It is taught - Mathematics for Science 1yr FT at Kingston College, where you will benefit - Sport Science from the friendly, informal atmosphere of - Earth Sciences and the Environment International entry college life before continuing your study at - Computer Systems Yes the University campus. - Computer Programming - Scientific Investigation and Skills Contact Throughout the foundation year you will Science, Engineering and Computing study a range of subjects that underpin Teaching, learning and assessment admissions subsequent study in Year 1 of your degree • Teaching methods: a variety of teaching T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and beyond. The broad scope of subjects and learning methods are used, including E: [email protected] is intended to allow study in a range of lectures, seminars and tutorials, workshops subject areas and, in some instances, allow and practical work. Particular emphasis How to apply flexibility of choice of intended degree is placed on developing key skills that will Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 route. Subjects start at an elementary level, help mature applicants who are returning and there is a strong emphasis on the to education and those from a non-science Entry requirements development of practical investigational and background. • 64 UCAS points to include two A-levels study skills. • Assessment includes a mixture of or equivalent. Those studying two or more coursework and examination. Coursework science-based A-levels or equivalent may Course features may take the form of essays, report be considered over-qualified for this course. • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 writing, case studies and/or data analysis. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable points for entry. Examinations take place at the end of the numeric score under newly reformed • Those without formal entry requirements year, giving you the opportunity to settle GCSE grading), including English (essential may be considered if they have suitable back into education and the course. The for B231 Pharmacy), Mathematics and work experience, but will be subject to style of assessment provides a natural Science. interview. progression to Year 1 of your chosen • Applications from mature students are degree. Make it happen: welcome. www.kingston.ac.uk/scifdn2017 • This course provides entry to all science Careers and progression honours degrees. The course is intended to qualify a student • The first year is taught at Kingston College. for progression to Year 1 of a bachelors degree. Career opportunities are dependent upon the chosen degree route and are included on the relevant course page.

173 Biochemistry BSc(Hons) single honours Biochemistry is the ‘chemistry of life’. It involves the study of living organisms, from the simplest to the most complex, and seeks to explain how they work at molecular level. This course provides a broad understanding of biochemistry, with the opportunity to specialise as your interests develop.

What you will study Examples of modules Suitably qualified graduates can use their Year 1 will provide you with a firm Year 1 degree for graduate entry to medicine, foundation in the biological and chemical - Genes, Cells and Tissues dentistry or veterinary science. This degree principles on which the life sciences are - The Biochemical Foundations of Life also provides a firm base for a higher based. You will gain a comprehensive - Human Physiology degree such as a PhD, MSc or PGCE. overview of biochemistry from the - Scientific and Laboratory Skills molecular level to that of the whole Year 2 UCAS code and duration body. Subject areas covered include - Proteins and Metabolism C700 – 3yrs FT physiology, chemistry for life sciences, - Molecular Biology of the Cell C701 – 4yrs SW cells and tissues, molecular biology and - Principles of Pharmacology with Research C708 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 biomolecules. A practical-based module Methods will also introduce you to important basic - Analytical Science International entry laboratory techniques. Optional sandwich year Yes Year 3 Year 2 will introduce you to some of the - Current Concepts in Biomolecular Science Contact more specialised aspects of biochemistry - Molecular Genetics and Bioinformatics Science, Engineering and Computing and related areas. You will gain a detailed - Project/Dissertation (Bioscience) admissions knowledge of protein structure and analysis, - Advanced Analytical Science OR T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and of the structure, organisation and Chemotherapy of Infectious Disease and E: [email protected] physiology of cells. You will study molecular Neoplastic Disease aspects of gene expression and metabolic How to apply biochemistry and pharmacology. You will also Teaching, learning and assessment Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 explore a range of bioanalytical techniques • Teaching methods include lectures, that are employed in the biochemical and workshops, tutorials and practical classes. Entry requirements pharmaceutical industries. A research skills Theory work is backed up by independent • Min. 104/112 UCAS points, depending module will prepare you for the independent or group-based practical study. on qualifications, to include two science research project during Year 3. • Assessment methods: most modules A-levels or equivalent. are assessed by exam and coursework. • Subjects: A-level (104 points) – Biology In Year 3, you will take specialist modules in Projects are assessed by literature or and/or Chemistry, min. grade C; Science Current Concepts in Biomolecular Science practical work, oral exam and a written also includes Physics, Geography and and Molecular Genetics and Bioinformatics, report. Mathematics; General Studies not with a choice between Advanced accepted. BTEC Extended Diploma – Analytical Science and Chemotherapy of Careers and progression appropriate science subjects (min. 112 Infectious Disease and Neoplastic Disease. Biochemistry graduates work in a variety points). Bioinformatics is a rapidly growing field of roles in universities, industry, hospitals, • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable focusing on the information systems used agriculture, research institutes and numeric score under newly reformed for biological research; for example, to education. Good career opportunities exist GCSE grading): which must include English generate and analyse DNA and protein in sectors such as pharmaceuticals, food, Language, Mathematics and Double Award sequences. An independent research project brewing, biotechnology and agrochemicals, Science. is an important part of the curriculum, and where biochemical knowledge is needed previous projects have involved cancer to develop new products and monitor the Make it happen: biology, coronary heart disease and analysis production of existing ones. Graduates also www.kingston.ac.uk/biochemistry2017 of data from the Human Genome Project. use their degree to work in areas such as marketing, patents, technical sales, Please note: We also offer a degree in regulatory affairs in the pharmaceutical medical biochemistry, which focuses on the industry, the legal and financial professions, molecular aspects of medicine – see p178. commerce and teaching.

174 Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) single/joint honours Biological sciences form the basis of many new areas of science and technology. They are the foundation of our understanding of a diverse range of subjects – from evolution, genetics and diversity to medicine, drug and human development. On this course, you can choose to study environmental, human, medical or genetics and molecular biology, and you can combine this course with Business.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Year 1 is common to all streams of this For a full list of modules, see the course • Single honours: Biological Sciences degree – environmental webpage. C111 – 3yrs FT biology, human biology, medical biology, C100 – 4yrs SW and genetics and molecular biology – as Teaching, learning and assessment C118 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 well as a number of other degrees. It has • Teaching methods include lectures, 6yrs PT been designed to give you a thorough tutorials, small group workshops and • Joint honours: see www.ucas.com or understanding of the core subjects within practical classes. pages 222–225 for codes. life sciences and provides a measure of • Assessment methods: for most modules, flexibility between courses. end-of-module exams contribute 50 to International entry 60 per cent towards the overall mark. Yes In Year 2, you will follow the modules Coursework methods include practical within your chosen specialism classes, essays, group exercises, poster Contact (Environmental Biology, Human Biology, presentations and reports. Science, Engineering and Computing Medical Biology or Genetics and Molecular • In the Year 3 project, you can produce admissions Biology). You will develop your knowledge, either a laboratory and/or field-based T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 techniques and practical skills, as well as project, or a library-based dissertation. E: [email protected] additional transferable and employability You may be able to undertake the project skills. A core module, associated with your in a laboratory or organisation outside the How to apply specialist stream, will integrate subject- University. FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 specific knowledge and develop your skills PT direct to the University in preparation for your final-year research Careers and progression project. Biological sciences graduates at Entry requirements Kingston have gone on to work in a wide • Minimum 104/112 UCAS points, All students are encouraged to identify range of scientific careers. Examples depending on qualifications, to include two opportunities for work experience during include: medical and veterinary product science A-levels or equivalent. the course. These may be through an development; quality assurance and sales; • Subjects: A-level (104 points) – Biology optional sandwich year taken between product development and testing in the (min. grade C). Science includes Chemistry, Years 2 and 3. pharmaceutical industry; the food and Physics, Mathematics, Geography, brewing industry; in medical laboratories; Psychology; General Studies not accepted; In Year 3, you will examine more- the biotechnology industry; environmental BTEC Extended Diploma in appropriate advanced and applied aspects within your organisations such as consultancies and science subjects (112 points). subject area. You will also undertake an charities; and in local government and • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable independent project – this provides an non-government organisations, as well as numeric score under newly reformed opportunity to research a topic of your teaching and research. GCSE grading): which must include English choice within your specialism as either Language, Mathematics and Science. a laboratory-based project or a library- based dissertation. Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/bioscience2017 If you choose the joint honours option, you can combine this course with Business – see p79.

175 Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) single honours Biomedical scientists are involved in areas ranging from cancer screening to diagnosing HIV, from blood transfusion to the control of infections. This course is ideal if you are interested in learning about laboratory investigations carried out to diagnose disease and monitor treatment of patients. It provides excellent grounding for postgraduate study – including medicine and research degrees – and many careers in science and health, including teaching.

What you will study Examples of modules will also provide a firm base for a higher Year 1 will give you a firm foundation in Year 1 degree such as a PhD, MSc or PGCE. Our the biological and chemical principles upon - Human Physiology graduates have also used their skills and which biomedical science is based, including - Genes, Cells and Tissues knowledge to develop careers in areas various laboratory techniques. You will be - The Biochemical Foundations of Life such as teaching, the civil service, business introduced to molecular and cell biology, - Scientific and Laboratory Skills and management. physiology, anatomy and biochemistry. Year 2 - Molecular Biology of the Cell OR Proteins UCAS code and duration Year 2 includes in-depth study of the more and Metabolism B930 – 3yrs FT specialised aspects of biomedical science, - Medical Physiology with Research Methods B931 – 4yrs SW particularly the nature and effects of human - Infection and Immunity B948 – 4yrs FDN, see p173 disease. You will develop your knowledge - Pathobiology 6yrs PT of the microbiology and immunology and Optional sandwich year the pathological changes that occur in Year 3 International entry medical conditions such as cancer and - Clinical Immunology and Medical Yes heart disease. Microbiology - Clinical Chemistry and Haematology Contact Year 3 consists of specialist modules covering (Blood Sciences) Science, Engineering and Computing the theoretical and practical aspects of the - Clinical Applications of Biomedical Sciences admissions major branches of biomedical science. These - Project/Dissertation (Bioscience) T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 include clinical chemistry and haematology, E: [email protected] clinical immunology and medical microbiology. Teaching, learning and assessment The Clinical Applications of Biomedical • Teaching methods include lectures, How to apply Science module includes clinical cases practicals, case studies and tutorials. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 studies, integrating diagnostic procedures • Assessment methods include coursework from across the course and developing your exercises, presentations, poster Entry requirements awareness of contemporary issues within presentations, reports, tutorials and end-of- • Min. 112 points from at least two biomedical science. module exams. science A-levels; min. 128 points for BTEC (Diploma under NQF or Extended Diploma Year 3 also includes a research project. Careers and progression under QCF); 60 credits for Access to HE This is an exciting aspect of the curriculum Biomedical science is a continually diploma to include minimum 45 credits that may be undertaken in a hospital or changing, dynamic profession with long- at Level 3 and 15 credits at Level 2, with a medical research laboratory. It enables term career prospects that include disease minimum of 30 credits to include Biology you to carry out independent research in diagnosis and control and specialised and Chemistry specific subjects passed at a subject that particularly interests you, laboratory work, also management, Merit grade or above. and to gain first-hand experience of a busy education and research. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable research or diagnostic laboratory. numeric score under newly reformed GCSE This course will prepare you for potential grading): which must include English and Accreditation careers, such as: Mathematics. This degree is accredited by both the • hospital-based biomedical scientist; Institute of Biomedical Science and Health • pathology laboratory scientist; Make it happen: Care Professions Council. It provides • progression to medical and veterinary www.kingston.ac.uk/ the educational requirements for you to courses and research; and biomedscience2017 become a registered biomedical scientist • roles in the pharmaceutical industry. working in the National Health Service (NHS) or private laboratories. Alternatively, Suitably qualified graduates can use their it could lead to a career in biomedical degree for graduate entry to medicine, research, teaching, or industry. dentistry or veterinary science. This degree 176 Forensic Science BSc(Hons) single/joint honours If you are interested in the collection and interpretation of scientific evidence, and the application of science to criminal investigations, a degree in forensic science is ideal. It combines a broad range of topics in an integrated approach to this innovative and exciting area of science. You can study this course as a single honours degree or combine it with Criminology.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Year 1 is designed to give you a broad Year 1 • Single honours: understanding of the major branches of - Introduction to Forensic Science F410 – 3yrs FT biology and analytical science, as well as - The Biochemical Foundations of Life F411 – 4yrs FDN, see p173 key laboratory skills. The Introduction to - Scientific and Laboratory Skills 6yrs PT Forensic Science module gives you an - Genes, Cells and Tissues (single honours • Joint honours: see www.ucas.com or overview of important types of forensic only) pages 222–225 for codes. evidence such as human bones, insects, Year 2 drugs and poisons. In addition, IT, numeracy - Crime Scene, Evidence and Law International entry and study skills will be taught as part of - Analytical Science Yes these modules. - Research Methods and Topics in Forensic Biology Contact Year 2 introduces specialist topics in - Counterfeits, Fakes and Forgeries OR Science, Engineering and Computing forensic biology such as DNA and human Police and Penal Studies admissions identification, crime-scene processing, Year 3 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 analytical techniques, fakes and forgeries, - Biological Evidence – Advanced E: [email protected] and an introduction to law, including expert Techniques witnessing in a mock court. - Forensic Chemistry and Trace Analysis How to apply - Project OR Dissertation FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 In Year 3, you will study blood, body fluids, - Option module (eg Forensic Archaeology; PT direct to the University drugs, fibres, fire and ballistics. You can Advanced Analytical Science; International tailor your studies through option modules Crime and Terrorism (single honours only) Entry requirements in Advanced Analytical Techniques or • Minimum 104/112 UCAS points, Forensic Archaeology. Those studying the Teaching, learning and assessment depending on qualifications and single honours route will also undertake an • Teaching methods include lectures, combination, to include two A-levels or independent research project. seminars, workshops and practicals using equivalent. specialist teaching areas such as our • Subjects: one A-level or equivalent If you choose the joint honours option, you scene-of-crime house. required in Biology, Chemistry or Science will study two Forensic Science modules • Assessment methods include end-of- (32 points); two science A-levels desirable; and two modules from your other chosen module exams, coursework exercises, General Studies not accepted. BTEC in subject each year. laboratory reports, and presentations. appropriate subjects accepted (112 points). • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable Careers and progression numeric score under newly reformed GCSE Graduates from this course will be suitably grading): which must include English, “One of my best experiences was being qualified to undertake employment in a Mathematics and Double Award Science. given the opportunity to visit some unique range of environments, including forensic private collections of bones and human laboratories, policing, analytical chemistry Make it happen: anatomy at some of London’s most laboratories, hospitals and private www.kingston.ac.uk/forensic-sci2017 prestigious museums. At the Museum consultancies, and to follow postgraduate of London, I was fortunate enough to training/education programmes. be able to handle some medieval and post-medieval bones and assess them in the way you might do if you were on an excavation.”

Hannah Humby Forensic science student

177 Biochemistry, Medical BSc(Hons) single honours This course emphasises the importance of biochemistry in medicine, focusing on our understanding of the molecular processes in both health and disease, and how this can lead to the development of new treatments. It will equip you with the practical skills needed to investigate disease in the laboratory.

What you will study Examples of modules affairs in the pharmaceutical industry, Year 1 will provide you with a firm Year 1 the legal and financial professions, foundation in the biological and - Genes, Cells and Tissues commerce and teaching. chemical principles upon which the - The Biochemical Foundations of Life life sciences are based. You will gain a - Scientific and Laboratory Skills Suitably qualified graduates can use their comprehensive overview of biochemistry - Human Physiology degree for graduate entry to medicine, from the molecular level to that of the Year 2 dentistry or veterinary science. This degree whole body. Subject areas include - Molecular Biology of the Cell provides a firm base for a higher degree physiology, chemistry for life sciences, - Proteins and Metabolism such as PhD, MSc or PGCE. cell and tissues, molecular biology and - Medical Physiology with Research Methods biomolecules. You will then progress to a - Infection and Immunity UCAS code and duration detailed study of biochemistry, physiology, Optional sandwich year C740 – 3yrs FT cell biology and genetics. Year 3 C741 – 4yrs SW - Current Concepts in Biomolecular Science C743 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 In Years 2 and 3 you will study specialist, - Clinical Chemistry and Haematology medically related subjects, covering areas (Blood Sciences) International entry such as immunology, microbiology, clinical - Project/Dissertation (Bioscience) Yes chemistry, haematology and parasitology. - Clinical Immunology and Medical Microbiology OR Medical Parasitology Contact • Immunology examines the tissues Science, Engineering and Computing involved in the immune system, how the Teaching, learning and assessment admissions body fights infections and the technologies • Teaching methods include lectures, T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 used in the immunology laboratory. tutorials, small group workshops and E: [email protected] • Microbiology covers the importance of practical classes. micro-organisms in health and disease, • Most modules are assessed by exam and How to apply the routes of transmission of infectious coursework (eg data-handling exercises, Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 diseases and the molecular mechanisms of essays, in-class tests, laboratory work and bacterial pathogenicity, as well as controls oral or poster presentations). Entry requirements used to overcome them. • Your independent research project is an • Minimum 104/112 UCAS points, • Clinical chemistry involves the study important part of the curriculum and can depending on qualifications, to include two of blood and other biological samples for be undertaken within University laboratories science A-levels, or equivalent. biochemical markers that assist in the or within a hospital, industry or research • Subjects: A-level (104 points) – investigation and diagnosis of human laboratory. Chemistry and/or Biology (min. grade C); disease. Science also includes Physics, Geography • Haematology covers the study of Careers and progression and Mathematics; General Studies not haematopoiesis (normal blood cell Biochemists work in universities, accepted. BTEC: appropriate subjects (min production), the functions of the various hospitals, industry, agriculture, research 112 points). blood cells and the pathophysiology institutes and education. There are good • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable of haematological diseases (including career opportunities in sectors such numeric score under newly reformed malignancy). as pharmaceuticals, food, brewing, GCSE grading): which must include English • Parasitology provides insights into biotechnology and agrochemicals, where Language, Mathematics and Double human parasites of global importance, the biochemical knowledge is needed to Science. (If not Double Science, then must diseases that they cause, and the role of develop new products and monitor have C in Biology and C in Chemistry.) vectors in transmission. the production of existing ones. Many graduates find employment outside the Make it happen: laboratory, in areas such as marketing, www.kingston.ac.uk/ patents, technical sales, regulatory medbiochemistry2017

178 Nutrition (Exercise and Health) BSc(Hons) single honours This course explores the role of nutrition and exercise in the prevention and control of disease and the maintenance of good health. It comprises the key strands of nutrition together with sport and exercise science and multidisciplinary topics related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease.

What you will study Optional sandwich year Contact Year 1 introduces you to the fundamental Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing concepts of food and nutrition, human - Food and Nutrition 3: Public Health Nutrition admissions anatomy, exercise and physiology, together - Exercise and Health Psychology T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 with sport and exercise psychology. You - Project (Sport/Exercise Science or Nutrition) E: [email protected] will also study the essential principles of - Food and Nutrition 4: Contemporary scientific investigation. Issues in Food and Nutrition or Nutritional How to apply Ergogenic Aids and the Extreme Environment FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Year 2 extends your knowledge of the PT direct to the University effects of nutrition, sport and exercise Teaching, learning and assessment on human physiology and exercise • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, Entry requirements prescription. You will examine the principles tutorials and practical laboratory experience, • Min. 104-144 UCAS points, depending of energy metabolism and develop your with access to high-specification physiology on qualifications, to include two A-levels or understanding of health and exercise and biomechanics laboratories. equivalent. physiology and sport and exercise • Assessment includes continuous • Subjects: A-level (104 points) – PE, psychology. You will also take a module in assessment, essays, laboratory reports, Biology, Chemistry, Psychology, Home research methods to prepare you for your presentations, thesis and examinations. Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health), Year 3 research project. Design and Technology: Food Technology, Careers and progression or Food Studies (min. grade C) required; If you choose to take the four-year You will gain specific skills and knowledge General Studies not accepted. BTEC sandwich route of this degree, you will related to nutrition, exercise and health. Extended Diploma – Sports and Exercise undertake one year of industry-related work However, the course will also equip you Science or Applied Science (112 points - experience between Years 2 and 3. with useful interpersonal and transferable DMM); other sports-related courses (144 skills relevant to a range of careers. points - DDD) (if doing other BTEC courses In Year 3, you will apply your knowledge (eg Health and Social Care), please contact of nutrition and exercise to topics such Potential careers for graduates of this University for verification); Access to HE as the role of nutrition in health and course include roles in nutrition, exercise Diploma in science subjects. disease, public health promotion, and the and health-related research, the sport and • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric psychological issues relating to health leisure industries, lifestyle management, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): and exercise. You can choose to study health promotion and teaching. We also five subjects including English Language, either contemporary issues of food and provide you with a range of analytical and Mathematics and Double Science (if not nutrition or extreme environments and communication skills that are in demand in taking Double Science, then must have ergogenic aids. You will also undertake an many other sectors, such as management, Biology and Chemistry at grade C). independent project, which can be focused sales and administration. • If you do not meet our entry requirements on exercise, nutrition or health science. in terms of UCAS points and/or science UCAS code and duration subject requirements, we may still be able Examples of modules BB49 – 3yrs FT to consider you for our extended degree Year 1 BB4X – 4yrs SW in Nutrition (Exercise and Health) (CB64) - Food and Nutrition 1: An Introduction CB64 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 including a science foundation year. - Sport and Exercise Psychology 1 6yrs PT - Functional Anatomy and Exercise Make it happen: Physiology International entry www.kingston.ac.uk/exercise2017 - Essentials for Sport and Exercise Science Yes Year 2 - Food and Nutrition 2: Applied Nutrition - Sport and Exercise Psychology 2 - Health and Exercise Physiology - Research Methods in Exercise Science 179 Nutrition (Human Nutrition) BSc(Hons) single honours If you are interested in nutrition and the role it can play in human development, this broad-based degree, accredited by the Association for Nutrition, is ideal. You will have the opportunity to specialise in areas of applied and clinical nutrition, such as the role of nutrition in health and disease.

What you will study Year 2 Contact Year 1 provides the basics for studying - Proteins and Metabolism Science, Engineering and Computing nutrition – biochemistry, physiology, human - Food and Nutrition 2: Applied Nutrition admissions nutrition and basic food science, plus - Infection and Immunity T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 general scientific and laboratory skills. - Principles of Pharmacology with E: [email protected] Research Methods Year 2 covers more advanced aspects of Optional sandwich year How to apply human biology, including biochemistry, Year 3 FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 pharmacology, immunology and - Food and Nutrition 3: Public Health Nutrition PT direct to the University microbiology. You will consider nutrition at - Food and Nutrition 4: Contemporary different stages of life and in assessment of Issues in Food and Nutrition Entry requirements health, learning to obtain and interpret food - Project/Dissertation (Nutrition) • Min. 104/112 UCAS points, depending and nutrient intake data. You will develop - Option module (eg Medical Microbiology on qualifications, to include at least two skills to prepare for Year 3’s project. and Immunology; Clinical Chemistry and A-levels or equivalent. Haematology (Blood Sciences); Health and • Subjects: A-level (104 points) – Chemistry Year 3 explores more-specialised and Exercise Physiology) or Biology A2 minimum grade C required applied aspects, such as nutrition’s role in plus another Science A-level preferred (eg health and disease. Options include Medical Teaching, learning and assessment Chemistry, Biology, Physics, Geography, Microbiology and Immunology, Clinical • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, Psychology, Physical Education, Mathematics, Chemistry and Haematology, and Health and tutorials, practicals, field work, workshops, Further Mathematics, Statistics, Home Exercise Physiology. Your independent nutrition journal clubs, online discussion forums, and Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health), research project will be in a subject of interest feedback/feed-forward sessions. Design and Technology: Food Technology, (eg public health and clinical nutrition). • Assessment is mostly by coursework and Food Studies – if not listed, contact the exam. Some modules are assessed entirely by University for verification); applicants Accreditation coursework (eg case studies, essays, critical with only one science A-level (Biology or Accreditation by the Association for analysis/evaluation of literature, debates, Chemistry) will still be considered; BTEC Nutrition (the professional body for presentations, projects and portfolios). Extended Diploma – appropriate science nutritionists) means our graduates can subjects (112 points - DMM) (if doing other apply to become associate nutritionists Careers and progression BTEC courses (eg Health and Social Care), without having to prove competence (see Nutrition is an expanding area, with please contact University for verification); more at www.associationfornutrition.org/). increasing awareness of its role in the Access to HE Diploma in science subjects. disease process. This degree prepares you • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric This course scored 100 per cent for overall for many industry and public sector careers score under newly reformed GCSE grading): satisfaction in the 2015 National Student – roles in public health, clinical research, five subjects including English Language, Survey (NSS) – ahead of the 39 other UK food and pharmaceutical industries. Mathematics and Double Science (if not institutions offering nutrition degrees (including taking Double Science, then must have the 10 London universities). It ranked first UCAS code and duration Biology and Chemistry at grade C or above). for teaching quality and second for student B400 – 3yrs FT • If you do not meet our entry requirements experience out of 38 institutions offering ‘Food B402 – 4yrs SW in terms of UCAS points and/or science Science’ programmes (The Times/Sunday B401 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 subject requirements, we may still be able Times Good University Guide 2016). 6yrs PT to consider you for our extended degree in Nutrition (Human Nutrition) (B401) including Examples of modules International entry a science foundation year. Year 1 Yes - Human Physiology Make it happen: - Food and Nutrition 1: An Introduction www.kingston.ac.uk/nutrition2017 - The Biochemical Foundations of Life - Scientific and Laboratory Skills 180 Pharmacology BSc(Hons) single/joint honours This course explores how chemicals – in particular, drugs – interact with living systems both in health and disease. It focuses on biological rather than chemical processes, and addresses the curriculum requirements set out by the British Pharmacological Society. The course includes the option to undertake an extended period of work experience.

What you will study Professional recognition in academia or industry. Graduates also use Year 1 gives you an essential This course meets the core curricular their degree to work in teaching, medical understanding of how the human body requirements set out by the British writing, patents or regulatory affairs. works, and provides the knowledge that Pharmacology Society (BPS) – underpins the study of pharmacology. You the professional association for Studying pharmacology at Kingston will gain a comprehensive overview of pharmacologists and one of the leading provides you with both specific scientific physiology from the cellular to organ- pharmacological societies in the world. knowledge and general transferable skills system level, as well as chemistry, that will significantly enhance your CV. genetics and molecular biology. The Examples of modules Scientific and Laboratory Skills module Year 1 UCAS code and duration gives you training and confidence in a - Genes, Cells and Tissues • Single honours: B210 – 3yrs FT number of laboratory techniques. - The Chemical Foundations of Life B211 – 4yrs SW - Scientific and Laboratory Skills B212 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 Year 2 introduces pharmacology as a - Human Physiology 6yrs PT distinct subject, including the action of Year 2 • Joint honours: see www.ucas.com or drugs at their target sites and the actions - Molecular Biology of the Cell pages 222–225 for codes. of the body on drugs once they’ve been - Principles of Pharmacology with administered. The Systems Pharmacology Research Methods International entry module covers drugs acting on the major - Infection and Immunity Yes organ systems of the body, including the - Systems Pharmacology cardiovascular, nervous, gastrointestinal, Optional sandwich year Contact renal, respiratory and endocrine systems. Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing Further coverage of immunology, - Current Concepts in Biomolecular Science admissions microbiology and molecular biology enables - Chemotherapy of Infectious and T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 you to study relevant disease and its Neoplastic Diseases E: [email protected] treatment. A module in pharmacological - Molecular Genetics and Bioinformatics principles and research skills and methods or Brain and Behaviour How to apply prepares you for undertaking your - Project/Dissertation (Bioscience) FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 independent research project during Year 3. PT direct to the University Teaching, learning and assessment Year 3 aims to provide further in-depth • Teaching methods include lectures, Entry requirements study of pharmacology – drugs used to seminars and practicals. There is an • Min. 104/112 UCAS points, depending treat cancer and infectious diseases; emphasis on problem-based/case-based on qualifications and on joint honours drugs acting on the brain and peripheral learning as the course progresses. combination, to include two science-based nervous system, such as analgesics and • Assessment methods: most modules are A-levels or equivalent. anaesthetics; novel drugs used to treat assessed by exam and coursework. • Subjects: A-levels – 104 points. Biology degenerative brain diseases; and the or Chemistry (32 points - grade C or above) mechanisms of action of drugs of abuse. Careers and progression required; some joint honours combinations You will have the opportunity to investigate Pharmacology graduates work in a may require specific A-levels or equivalent; current concepts in the biomolecular variety of roles within the pharmaceutical General Studies not accepted. sciences, as well as the option to study industry. These include drug discovery • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable bioinformatics and molecular genetics. and development, clinical trials, toxicity numeric score under newly reformed GCSE An independent research project enables and safety testing, and medical sales and grading): which must include English, you to specialise within a particular area marketing. Suitably qualified graduates Mathematics and Double Award Science. of interest. can use their degree to enter medicine, dentistry or veterinary science. Many Make it happen: graduates decide to undertake a higher www.kingston.ac.uk/pharmacology2017 degree, leading to a research career either 181 Sport Coaching FdSc This Sport Coaching FdSc programme at Kingston is pioneering in its curriculum design and vocational focus. It provides a perfect blend of coaching theory and performance analysis with a strong emphasis on applied practice and experience in the workplace.

What you will study Coaching Certificate (UKCC) Level 3/4, and UCAS code and duration At the heart of this course are the you will have the opportunity to develop C602 – 2yrs FT fundamental theories of sport coaching, practical coaching skills. practical competencies and the application International entry of academic knowledge. This is provided You will be required to produce a valid Yes in the core modules – The Science and Disclosure and Barring Service check Practice of Coaching, Sport Coaching (DBS) to show you are able to work with Contact Theory, Research Informed Coaching members of the public in partnership with Science, Engineering and Computing Practice and Analysis in Sport and Exercise. the placement contact. admissions T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 To reflect the multidimensional nature Examples of modules E: [email protected] of coaching, other modules focus Year 1 on anatomy, physiology, nutrition, - Functional Anatomy & Kinesiology How to apply biomechanics, psychology and motor skill - Anatomy, Physiology & Nutrition FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 acquisition. This enables you to develop - Sport and Exercise Psychology 1 PT direct to the University your coaching philosophy and style based - The Science and Practice of Coaching on your specific interests and specialisms. Year 2 Entry requirements In partnership with the Fulham FC - Analysis in Sport and Exercise • Minimum 80 UCAS points, depending Foundation, the course keeps abreast of - Sport Coaching Theory on qualifications, including two A-levels, or the research and changing nature of the - Research Informed Coaching Practice equivalent. industry, ensuring it provides knowledge, - Sport and Exercise Psychology 2 or Health • Subjects: A-level (80 UCAS points) – skills and experience for you to pursue a and Exercise Physiology minimum grade C in Science/Physical career in sport coaching. Education/Sport Studies eg Physical Teaching, learning and assessment Education, Applied Science, Biology, Human You will also gain in-depth knowledge and • Teaching methods: lectures are usually Biology, Psychology or Chemistry; BTEC understanding of industry-standard analysis supported by smaller group tutorials, Extended Diploma (QCF) –sport- related tools used to aid coaching development seminars and practical laboratory sessions. courses (80 UCAS points- MMP). of athletes and teams. You will have • Some modules are taught at nearby • Mature Students who do not possess opportunities to gain work-based learning Nescot College. the formal qualifications may gain entry to experience at a number of local amateur • Assessment methods include continuous the course if they have relevant experience and professional clubs. assessment (eg essays, laboratory reports, and/or other recognised qualifications presentations, thesis) and exam. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable A coaching placement in Year 2 will equip numeric score under newly reformed you with the skills required to be an Careers and progression GCSE grading): which must include English effective reflective practitioner in the sport You will graduate from this course with Language, Mathematics and Science. coaching field. specific skills and knowledge related to sport analysis and coaching science, Make it happen: You will graduate from this two-year as well as useful interpersonal and www.kingston.ac.uk/sportfound2017 foundation degree with a balanced transferable skills for the work environment. theoretical and applied grounding, A minimum of 25 per cent of the course experience of using and working with the has practical or simulated work-based latest analysis techniques and potential for learning, comprising 100 hours of a wide range of employability options. vocational coaching experience. This emphasis on work-based learning allows Please note: although the course will not provide you to reflect upon current research and professional coaching qualifications, your own personal experience of working it provides the scientific knowledge to in an applied setting to improve your achieve qualification up to United Kingdom coaching practice. 182 Sport Science (Coaching) BSc(Hons) single honours This course is ideal if you are interested in using sport science to enhance your coaching knowledge and practice. It covers the scientific foundation of sport analysis and performance, giving you the opportunity to explore a range of performance-related subjects, including coaching practice, exercise physiology, biomechanics, notational analysis, and sport psychology.

What you will study and gives you the opportunity to develop from this course to work with athletes, Year 1 introduces you to the theory and practical coaching skills. training for future national and international practice of effective coaching and leadership. competitions, as well as working with You will take part in a practical-based Examples of modules participants in grass-roots sport. coaching module, exploring the theories Year 1 that underpin coaching and leadership - Functional Anatomy and Exercise Physiology UCAS code and duration roles in sport and exercise. You will learn to - Sport and Exercise Psychology 1 CX6C – 3yrs FT understand sport as an academic subject, - The Science and Practice of Coaching CX61 – 4yrs SW by putting theories to use in a practical - Essentials for Sport and Exercise Science CX6D – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 context. Other modules cover key concepts Year 2 6yrs PT in sport and exercise psychology, such as - Analysis in Sport and Exercise motivation and personality. There are also - Sport Coaching Theory International entry modules regarding human physiology and an - Research Methods in Exercise Science Yes introduction to anatomy and biomechanics. - Sport and Exercise Psychology 2 OR In addition, you will be introduced to the Health and Exercise Physiology Contact essential principles of scientific investigation. Optional sandwich year Science, Engineering and Computing Year 3 admissions Year 2 builds on foundation knowledge, - Sport and Exercise Science Project T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 introducing you to new topic areas such as - Notational Analysis in Sport E: [email protected] notational analysis in sport. There are further - Coaching Practice practical modules in sport analysis, and you - Option module (eg Biomechanics of How to apply will study physiology and psychology in more Sport Performance and Injury; Extreme FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 detail. You will be introduced to contemporary Environments and Ergogenic Aids; Applied PT direct to the University issues in sport coaching and gain a deeper Sport Psychology) understanding of sport and exercise Entry requirements psychology. Finally, you will study research Teaching, learning and assessment • Minimum 104/112/144 UCAS points, methods in physical activity, preparing you • Teaching methods: lectures are usually depending on qualifications, including two for your Year 3 research project. supported by smaller group tutorials, A-levels, or equivalent. seminars and practical laboratory sessions. • Subjects: A-level (104 UCAS points) – In Year 3, you will have the opportunity to • Some modules are taught at nearby minimum grade C in Physical Education, gain further experience in the Coaching Kingston College. Biology, Human Biology, Psychology, Practice module. You will develop analytical • Assessment methods include continuous Applied Science or Chemistry, grade C or skills by studying advanced notational assessment, such as essays, laboratory above; BTEC Extended Diploma – Sport and analysis, and you will extend your knowledge reports, presentations, thesis and exam. Exercise Science or Applied Science (112 of sport physiology or sport psychology UCAS points), other sport- related courses and/or biomechanics (depending on your Careers and progression (144 UCAS points). preference and focus for coaching). Our graduates have specific skills and • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable knowledge related to coaching science numeric score under newly reformed GCSE All Year 3 students are required to develop and sport analysis, as well as useful grading): which must include English, their independent learning skills by carrying interpersonal and transferable skills for Mathematics and Double Science. out a project/dissertation on a selected the work environment. Graduates may topic in coaching and sport analysis. develop careers in sport development and Make it happen: coaching-related roles in both the private www.kingston.ac.uk/sportcoaching2017 Please note: although the course will not and public sectors. provide professional coaching qualifications, it provides the scientific knowledge to Employment opportunities in sport analysis achieve qualification up to United Kingdom and coaching are ever expanding. There Coaching Certificate (UKCC) Level 3/4, are ongoing opportunities for graduates 183 Sport Science BSc(Hons) single/joint honours If you are interested in the scientific processes and principles that underpin sport participation and performance, this course is ideal. It covers the theory and practical aspects of sport science, giving you the opportunity to explore a range of sport-related subjects, from exercise physiology and sport psychology to biomechanics and notational analysis.

What you will study If you choose to take the four-year UCAS code and duration You can choose to study Sport Science on sandwich route of this degree, you will • Single honours: its own or in combination with Business. undertake one year of industry-related C600 – 3yrs FT If you choose this option, you will study work experience. C601 – 4yrs SW Business modules alongside your Sport C608 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p173 Science modules. Examples of modules 6yrs PT For a full list of modules, see the course • Joint honours: see www.ucas.com or Year 1 introduces human anatomy, webpage. pages 222–225 for codes. biomechanics, exercise physiology, and sport and exercise psychology. You will Teaching, learning and assessment International entry examine the theory and practice of effective • Teaching methods include lectures, Yes coaching and will have the opportunity seminars, tutorials and practical laboratory to develop your coaching and leadership experience with access to high- Contact skills. You will also take part in a practical- specification physiology and biomechanics Science, Engineering and Computing based module, exploring the theories that laboratories. admissions underpin coaching and leadership roles in • Some modules are taught at nearby T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 sport and exercise in a practical context. A Kingston College. E: [email protected] further module teaches you the essential • Assessment methods include continuous principles of scientific investigation. assessment, such as essays, laboratory How to apply reports, presentations, thesis and exam. FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 In Year 2, you will extend your knowledge PT direct to the University of physiology and examine the effects Careers and progression of exercise on a range of physiological Our students graduate with specific Entry requirements systems, equipping you with the scientific skills and knowledge related to sport and • Minimum 104/112/144 UCAS points, skills to monitor and assess health, fitness exercise, as well as useful interpersonal depending on qualifications and joint and performance. You will develop your and transferable skills. honours combination including two understanding of sport and exercise A-levels, or equivalent. psychology and will cover topics in Employment opportunities include sport-, • Subjects: A-level (104 UCAS points) - biomechanics, nutrition and analysis in recreation- and health-related fitness roles Physical Education, Chemistry, Biology, sport and exercise. You will also take a in the private and public sectors, along Human Biology, Applied Science or module in research methods, preparing you with sport management and development. Psychology, grade C or above; General for your final-year research project. There are increasing opportunities for sport Studies not accepted. BTEC Extended scientists to work with athletes or conduct Diploma Sport and Exercise Sciences or Choices available in Year 3 enable you to research, and many of our graduates Applied Science (112 UCAS points); other focus your degree on your areas of interest. pursue careers in education. sport-related BTECs (144 UCAS points). A core module in extreme environments • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable and ergogenic aids will provide you numeric score under newly reformed GCSE with essential knowledge of applied grading): which must include English and, physiological responses to exercise and Mathematics. performance conditions. In addition, there is the option of covering sport injuries, Make it happen: which will provide essential knowledge of www.kingston.ac.uk/sportsci2017 injury assessment and rehabilitation. All Year 3 students also undertake a project/ dissertation on a selected topic.

184 Heidi Vogt-Svendsen

“I chose to study at Kingston because I know a few people who already studied here and it was recommended to me. Kingston sets up events where you can meet future employers, which is a really good opportunity for students and the lecturers are always there to help. I think the support is one of the greatest things about studying here.”

185 Mathematics and statistics

There is a big difference between the mathematics and statistics subjects you study at school and those you study at university. At degree level, you will experience the excitement of exploring the fundamental principles of a subject that is familiar and yet produces some surprising results. You will gain satisfaction from solving challenging problems. You will focus much more on the ideas and techniques used in the modern world rather than on dry ‘recipes’ to solve equations. Our mathematics and statistics courses encompass numerical techniques and methodologies that are at the heart of science, technology, business and government.

Our courses focus on modern, applied aspects of mathematics and statistics in a variety of areas including actuarial, financial, business and scientific fields. You will use problem-solving and analytical skills to address real problems in practical ways. An emphasis on employability means that much of your learning will have a practical purpose, and you will develop the transferable skills valued by employers.

You can also gain extremely valuable industry experience between Years 2 and 3 if you choose a BSc with Professional Placement. This experience enhances both your learning and your employability.

If you are a mature student, or do not have the standard entry requirements, our foundation year can help you gain the skills and knowledge you need for degree-level study.

186 Computing and Mathematics Foundation Year

If you would like to study computing or mathematics at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include an extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels or if you have non-computing or non-mathematics A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration The extra year is designed to equip you - Mathematics UCAS codes for the foundation course with the skills and knowledge to continue - Mathematics for Computing route of each degree are on the relevant on to the degree of your choice. - Computer Systems course page. - Computer Programming 1yr FT Throughout this foundation year, you will - Technical Investigation and Skills study a broad introductory programme International entry that enables you to experience a range of Teaching, learning and assessment Yes subject areas and gives you the flexibility • Teaching methods include lectures, to reconsider your degree route if you seminars and tutorials, workshops and Contact wish. Subjects start at an elementary level, computer practical work. Particular Science, Engineering and Computing and there is a strong emphasis on the emphasis is placed on developing key admissions development of practical, investigational skills that will help mature applicants T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and study skills. who are returning to education and those E: [email protected] from a non-computing and mathematics This course is taught at Kingston College, background. How to apply where you will benefit from the friendly, • Assessment includes a mixture of Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 informal atmosphere of college life but with coursework and examination. Coursework the advantage of being able to access the may take the form of report writing, case Entry requirements facilities of the University. studies and/or presentations. Examinations • 64 UCAS points from two A-levels or take place at the end of the year, giving equivalent. Course features you the opportunity to settle back into • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C) including English • This course provides entry to all education and into the course. The style of and Mathematics. computing and mathematics honours assessment provides a natural progression • If you are a mature student, there are no degrees. to Year 1 of your chosen degree. formal entry requirements, but offers will • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 depend on an interview. points for entry. Careers and progression • Those without formal entry requirements This course will qualify you to progress to Make it happen: may be considered if they have suitable Year 1 of a bachelors degree at Kingston www.kingston.ac.uk/ work experience, but will be subject to University. compmathsfdn2017 interview. • Applications from mature students are See the relevant course page to find out welcome. where your chosen degree could lead.

187 Actuarial Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) single honours This course is ideal if you enjoy mathematics and statistics and would like to use your skills to model future events and risk. It is similar to the BSc(Hons) Actuarial Science course but gives greater flexibility to explore other areas of mathematics and statistics with a little less specialisation in actuarial work.

What you will study Examples of modules will learn on this course. They’ll also be Year 1 is shared with a suite of related Year 1 interested in how you have developed your courses, giving you the opportunity to - Introduction to Mathematical Methods wider range of skills, including advanced transfer if you wish. It will equip you with and Structures problem-solving, analysis and logical a broad understanding across a range - Introduction to Computational thinking. of areas. You will study mathematical Mathematics methods and fundamental statistical and - Introduction to Probability and Statistics Actuaries are employed extensively by computing concepts, which you will apply - Applications of Mathematics in Finance insurance companies and the government, to the evaluation of financial risks later in and Investments both for direct policy assessments and for the course. Year 2 financial planning. Their value is recognised - Mathematical and Numerical Methods by the high salaries they command Year 2 moves on to topics in actuarial - Probability Distributions and Statistical worldwide. science as well as mathematical topics Modelling that underlie more realistic quantitative - Survival and Stochastic Models UCAS code and duration modelling. You will study actuarial - Option module (eg Financial Management GG1J – 3yrs FT modelling and models involving lifetime for Actuaries; Mathematical Models and GGCH – 4yrs FDN, see p187 distributions, and mathematical problems Computation 1; Mathematical Analysis and GG1H – 4yrs SW (with Professional involving several variables, together with Argument; Statistics in Practice) Placement) differential equations that represent how Optional sandwich year 6yrs PT quantities change. The predictive power of Year 3 statistics will begin to become evident, and - Applications of Calculus International entry the statistical module will further provide - Contingencies Yes an essential building block for final-year - Option modules (eg Statistical Methods modules. You will have an opportunity for Insurance; Portfolios, Investments and Contact to take a professional placement year to Derivatives; Mathematical Models and Science, Engineering and Computing develop your skills in a real work setting, Computation 2; Mathematics Education: admissions following successful completion of Year 2. Theory and Practice; Individual Project; T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Time Series Analysis and Further Inference; E: [email protected] Year 3 combines advanced topics from Operational Research) the fields of mathematics, statistics and How to apply actuarial science and will prepare you for Teaching, learning and assessment FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 entry into the profession. You will study • Teaching methods include lectures, PT direct to the University mathematical techniques that can be used computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in to value cash flows dependent on death, sessions for mathematics support and Entry requirements survival or other risks. You will also have assistance with study skills are available. • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels the chance to extend your knowledge and • Assessment methods include coursework or equivalent, with minimum grade C in abilities by applying them to a relevant and practical/written exam or coursework A-level Mathematics or equivalent. General research. only (such as tests, group work, case Studies not accepted. studies and presentations). • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable numeric score under newly reformed GCSE Careers and progression grading), including English Language and A degree in actuarial mathematics and Mathematics. statistics can take you far. From investment banking to environmental charities, from Make it happen: government to agriculture, and from www.kingston.ac.uk/actuarial2017 healthcare to technology, all sorts of organisations are keen to make use of the numerical skills and techniques you 188 Actuarial Science BSc(Hons) single honours This specialist course is designed for students who are already committed to a career in applying mathematical and statistical techniques in the financial world. It is aimed at high-achievers who are looking for professional entry into actuarial careers.

What you will study entry into the professional field. You will you have developed your wider range of The curriculum draws together a variety study statistical techniques of particular skills, including advanced problem-solving, of subject areas to enable you to model relevance to financial work, financial analysis and logical thinking. The value of real-world effects and their financial modelling of markets, investment and risk, actuaries is recognised by the high salaries implications. You will explore a blend of as well as mathematical techniques that they command worldwide. applied mathematics and statistics, with can be used to value cash flows dependent appropriate computing support, and will on death, survival or other risks. The curriculum of this degree covers much cover background material in finance and of the material from several of the Institute accounting. The programme structure Examples of modules and Faculty of Actuaries’ core technical also offers flexibility – you may transfer to Year 1 subject areas. It could therefore lead related courses at the end of Year 1. - Introduction to Mathematical Methods you towards the Institute’s professional and Structures qualifications. Alternatively, you could Year 1 will provide a foundation for the - Introduction to Computational Mathematics pursue a variety of other careers in the rest of the course by equipping you with - Introduction to Probability and Statistics financial world. a broad understanding across a range of - Applications of Mathematics in Finance areas. You will study mathematical methods and Investments UCAS code and duration and fundamental statistical and computing Year 2 N324 – 3yrs FT concepts, which you will apply to the - Mathematical and Numerical Methods N323 – 4yrs SW (with Professional evaluation of financial risks later in the - Financial Management for Actuaries Placement) course. You will also be introduced to the - Probability Distributions and Statistical 6yrs PT study of financial mathematics. Modelling - Survival and Stochastic Models International entry Year 2 moves on to topics in actuarial Optional Professional Placement Year Yes science, as well as mathematical topics Year 3 that underlie more realistic quantitative - Applications of Calculus Contact modelling. You will study actuarial - Contingencies Science, Engineering and Computing modelling and models involving lifetime - Statistical Methods for Insurance admissions distributions, financial systems and - Portfolios, Investments and Derivatives T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 mathematical problems involving several E: [email protected] variables, together with differential Teaching, learning and assessment equations that represent how quantities • Teaching methods include lectures, How to apply change. The predictive power of statistics computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 will become evident, and the statistical sessions for mathematics support and PT direct to the University module will further prepare you for final- assistance with study skills are available. year modules. • Assessment methods include coursework Entry requirements and practical/written exam or coursework • 120 UCAS points to include two A-levels On successful completion of Year 2, you only (for example tests, group work, case or equivalent, with minimum grade B may transfer to our flexible Actuarial studies and presentations). in A-level Mathematics (or equivalent); Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) General Studies not accepted. course. You will also have an opportunity to Careers and progression • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable undertake a professional placement year to A degree in actuarial science can take numeric score under newly reformed GCSE develop your skills in a real work setting. you far. Many industries, including grading), including English Language and healthcare, pensions, insurance, banking Mathematics. Year 3 allows you to develop an in-depth and investments – where a single decision knowledge of actuarial science. Your can have a major financial impact – are Make it happen: studies will combine advanced topics from keen to make use of the numerical skills www.kingston.ac.uk/ the fields of mathematics, statistics and and techniques you will learn on this actuarialscience2017 actuarial science, and will prepare you for course. They will also be interested in how 189 Financial Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) joint honours This course is designed to help you develop the skills needed for careers in many aspects of the financial world as well as in the wider business environment where financial, mathematical, statistical and computing skills are highly valued.

What you will study flexible curriculum enables you to transfer wider range of skills, including advanced The course combines the fundamentals to related courses at the end of Year 1, problem-solving, analysis and logical of financial mathematics with the study of and you may choose to spend Year 3 on a thinking. business management applications. professional placement, developing your skills in a real work setting. Career options are rewarding, both In Year 1, you will be introduced to a wide intellectually and financially. The variety of topics, laying the foundations for Examples of modules satisfaction of solving real world problems, further work. Your study of mathematical Year 1 working with people in other professions, methods will include calculus and linear - Introduction to Mathematical Methods thinking through solutions and then algebra, and you will be introduced to and Structures communicating them, is often matched computing techniques to support the - Introduction to Computational with good salaries. mathematics and its applications. Introductory Mathematics statistics studies explain the fundamental - Introduction to Probability and Statistics UCAS code and duration theories and techniques of the subject. - Business Management G9N1 – 3yrs FT You will also explore the fundamentals of Year 2 G9ND – 4yrs FDN, see p187 how businesses and markets operate and - Mathematical and Numerical Methods G9NC – 4yrs SW (with Professional interact, with an introduction to ideas of - Applications of Mathematics in Finance Placement) market research and marketing. and Investments - Probability Distributions and Statistical International entry In Year 2, you will extend your knowledge Modelling Yes and problem-solving skills, as you study - Managing Resources more sophisticated mathematical methods Optional Professional Placement Year Contact and statistical modelling approaches. Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing Investigating real-world problems will - Applications of Calculus admissions require the application of up-to-date - Portfolios, Investments and Derivatives T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 industry-standard software (such as SAS, - Individual Project E: [email protected] Maple and Matlab) in addition to the more - Management Strategy and Organisations traditional pencil and paper. You will also How to apply explore the techniques of mathematics Teaching, learning and assessment Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 applied to financial and investment • Teaching methods include lectures, problems. The business element looks at computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in Entry requirements how organisations attempt to manage their sessions for mathematics support and • 104 UCAS points, to include two A-levels human and financial resources to achieve assistance with study skills are available. or equivalent, with minimum grade C in and maintain competitive advantage. • Assessment methods include coursework A-level Mathematics or equivalent. General and practical/written exam or coursework Studies not accepted. In Year 3, your studies will extend to partial only (eg tests, group work, case studies • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable differential equations and optimisation and presentations). numeric score under newly reformed GCSE (areas of mathematics that may be applied grading), including English Language and to a vast range of real-world problems). Careers and progression Mathematics. You will explore the mathematical and A degree in financial mathematics with statistical models of risky assets and the a business component can take you far. Make it happen: theory of pricing contracts based on these From investment banking to environmental www.kingston.ac.uk/finmaths2017 assets. You will also undertake a major charities, from government to agriculture, project (independent study), investigating and from healthcare to technology – all a financial mathematics topic in depth. sorts of organisations are keen to make use In the business field you will study the of the numerical skills and techniques you management of organisations at the will learn on your course. They will also be strategic level in a variety of contexts. The interested in how you have developed your 190 Mathematics BSc(Hons) single honours This degree provides a broad mathematics programme that includes application and statistics modules. It covers the fundamental techniques of mathematics with appropriate computational and statistical support to give you the tools to tackle real-world problems that require quantitative investigation.

What you will study in mathematical education (including a thinking through solutions and then In Year 1, you will be introduced to a short placement in a local school). This communicating them, is often matched variety of topics to lay the foundations for will draw together the academic strands with a good salary. further work. Your study of mathematical of the course and significantly enhance methods will include calculus, linear your employability skills. In addition, you UCAS code and duration algebra, ordinary differential equations, may select specialist option modules G100 – 3yrs FT an introduction to numerical methods and from different areas of mathematical G108 – 4yrs FDN, see p187 exposure to symbolic algebra and linear and statistical applications, such as G102 – 4yrs SW (with Professional algebra packages. There is broad coverage fluid dynamics, medical statistics and Placement) of probability and statistics. Financial operational research. 6yrs PT mathematics is introduced as an area of application leading to a large number of The flexible curriculum of this course International entry lucrative careers, providing a set of skills enables you to transfer to related courses Yes and knowledge that is becoming essential at the end of Year 1, and you may choose for everyone who wishes to prosper in our among applied mathematical, statistical Contact increasingly financially sophisticated world. and computational modules, as your Science, Engineering and Computing interests develop. admissions In Year 2, the module Mathematical and T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Numerical Methods introduces a range of Examples of modules E: [email protected] further useful mathematical techniques. For a full list of modules, see the course You will develop more skills highly valued webpage. How to apply by employers, such as constructing FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 and communicating rigorously logical Teaching, learning and assessment PT direct to the University arguments, as you explore some of the • Teaching methods include lectures, underlying principles of calculus in the computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in Entry requirements Mathematical Analysis and Argument sessions for mathematics support and • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels module, seeing how the mathematics of assistance with study skills are available. or equivalent, with minimum grade C in change is built on solid foundations. You • Assessment methods include coursework A-level Mathematics or equivalent. General will also extend your problem-solving and practical/written exam or coursework Studies not accepted. skills by studying more-sophisticated only (eg tests, group work, case studies • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable mathematical and statistical modelling. and presentations). numeric score under newly reformed GCSE Your investigation of real-world problems grading), including English Language and will require the application of up-to-date Careers and progression Mathematics. industry-standard software (such as SAS, From investment banking to environmental Maple and Matlab), in addition to the more charities, from government to agriculture, Make it happen: traditional pencil and paper. and from healthcare to technology – all www.kingston.ac.uk/mathsci2017 sorts of organisations are keen to make use Once you have successfully completed Year of the numerical skills and techniques you 2, you will have the opportunity to take a will learn on this course. They will also be professional placement year to develop interested in how you have developed your your skills in a real work setting. wider range of skills, including advanced problem-solving, analysis and logical In Year 3, you will extend your study thinking. to partial differential equations and optimisation (areas of mathematics that Career options are rewarding, both may be applied to a vast range of real- intellectually and financially. The world problems). You will undertake a major satisfaction of solving real-world problems, project (independent study) or studies working with people in other professions, 191 Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) single honours This degree provides a broad mathematics and statistics programme with a strong emphasis on applicable aspects. It covers fundamental mathematical and statistical techniques as well as practical applications of mathematical and statistical methods as they are used in real life.

What you will study will draw together the academic strands UCAS code and duration In Year 1, you will be introduced to a wide of the course and significantly enhance GG31 – 3yrs FT variety of topics, laying foundations for your employability skills. In addition, you GGDH – 4yrs FDN, see p187 further work. Your study of mathematical may select specialist option modules from GGC3 – 4yrs SW (with Professional methods will include: calculus; linear across different areas of mathematical Placement) algebra; ordinary differential equations; an and statistical applications, such as 6yrs PT introduction to numerical methods; and fluid dynamics, medical statistics and exposure to symbolic algebra and linear operational research. International entry algebra packages. There is broad coverage Yes of probability and statistics. Financial The flexible curriculum of this course mathematics is introduced as an area of enables you to transfer to related courses Contact application leading to a large number of at the end of Year 1, and you may choose Science, Engineering and Computing lucrative careers, providing a set of skills among applied mathematical and statistical admissions and knowledge that is becoming essential modules as your interests develop. T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 for prospering in our increasingly financially E: [email protected] sophisticated world. Examples of modules For a full list of modules, see the course How to apply In Year 2, the module Mathematical and webpage. FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Numerical Methods introduces a range of PT direct to the University further useful mathematical techniques. You Teaching, learning and assessment will extend your knowledge and problem- • Teaching methods include lectures, Entry requirements solving skills, studying more sophisticated computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels statistical modelling and learning how sessions for mathematics and assistance or equivalent, with minimum grade C in practical statistical analysis is undertaken with study skills support are available. A-level Mathematics or equivalent. General in the real world. Investigating real-world • Assessment methods include coursework Studies not accepted. problems will require the application of up- and practical/written exam or coursework • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable to-date industry-standard software (such only (eg tests, group work, case studies numeric score under newly reformed GCSE as SAS, Maple and Matlab) in addition to and presentations). grading), including English Language and the more traditional pencil and paper. You Mathematics. will have the opportunity to enhance your Careers and progression mathematical and computational modelling From investment banking to environmental Make it happen: skills or investigate the fundamentals charities, from government to agriculture, www.kingston.ac.uk/mathsstats2017 of mathematics and improve your and from healthcare to technology – all communication of logical arguments. sorts of organisations are keen to make use of the numerical skills and techniques you Once you have successfully completed Year will learn on this course. They will also be 2, you will have the opportunity to take a interested in how you have developed your professional placement year to develop wider range of skills, including advanced your skills in a real work setting. problem-solving, analysis and logical thinking. In Year 3, you will extend your study to partial differential equations and Career options are rewarding, both optimisation (areas of mathematics that intellectually and financially. The may be applied to a vast range of real- satisfaction of solving real-world problems, world problems). You will undertake a major working with people in other professions, project (independent study) or studies thinking through solutions and then in mathematical education (including a communicating them, is often matched short placement in a local school). This with a good salary. 192 Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) joint honours This mathematics degree includes a minor field in Business. It is the ideal choice if you are interested in developing mathematical skills with a business emphasis. Roughly a quarter of the curriculum will focus on business topics, while the remainder of the course explores core themes in mathematics and its applications.

What you will study short placement in a local school) – this UCAS code and duration The course combines the fundamentals of will draw together the academic strands G1N2 – 3yrs FT applicable mathematics with the study of of the course and significantly enhance G1NG – 4yrs FDN, see p187 business management applications. The your employability skills. In addition, you G1NF – 4yrs SW (with Professional flexible curriculum enables you to transfer may select from specialist option modules Placement) to related courses at the end of Year 1, across different areas of mathematical and you may choose to spend Year 3 on a and statistical applications, such as fluid International entry professional placement, developing your dynamics, financial mathematics and Yes skills in a real work setting. operational research. In the business field, you will study the management of Contact In Year 1, you will be introduced to a wide organisations at the strategic level in a Science, Engineering and Computing variety of topics to lay the foundations for variety of contexts. admissions further work. Your study of mathematical T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 methods will include calculus and linear Examples of modules E: [email protected] algebra, and you will be introduced For a full list of modules, see the course to computing techniques to support webpage. How to apply the mathematics and its applications. Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Introductory statistics studies explain the Teaching, learning and assessment fundamental theories and techniques • Teaching methods include lectures, Entry requirements of the subject. You will also explore the computer practicals and tutorials. Drop-in • 104 UCAS points, to include two A-levels fundamentals of how businesses and sessions for mathematics support and or equivalent, with minimum grade C in markets operate and interact, with an assistance with study skills are available. A-level Mathematics or equivalent. General introduction to ideas of market research • Assessment methods include coursework Studies not accepted. and marketing. and practical/written exam, or coursework • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable only (eg tests, group work, case studies numeric score under newly reformed In Year 2, you will extend your knowledge and presentations). GCSEgrading), including English Language and problem-solving skills as you study and Mathematics. more sophisticated mathematical methods Careers and progression and statistical modelling approaches. A degree in mathematics with a business Make it happen: Investigating real-world problems will component can take you far. From www.kingston.ac.uk/mathsbus2017 require the application of up-to-date investment banking to environmental industry-standard software (such as SAS, charities, from government to agriculture, Maple and Matlab) in addition to the more from healthcare to technology, all sorts traditional pencil and paper. You will also of organisations are keen to make use of explore the techniques of mathematics the numerical skills and techniques you applied to financial and investment will learn on this course. They will also be problems. The business element looks at interested in how you have developed your how organisations attempt to manage their wider range of skills, including advanced human and financial resources to achieve problem-solving, analysis and logical and maintain competitive advantage. thinking.

In Year 3, you will extend your study Career options are rewarding, both to partial differential equations and intellectually and financially. The optimisation (areas of mathematics that satisfaction of solving real world problems, may be applied to a vast range of real- working with people in other professions, world problems). You will undertake a major thinking through solutions and then project (independent study) or studies communicating them is often matched with in mathematical education (including a good salaries. 193 Media and communications technology

If you are excited by visual effects, computer animation, games, television and video, mobile telephones, computer-generated imagery (CGI) and the internet, these courses allow you to explore a rapidly changing world where art and science mix. You also have the opportunity to gain valuable industry experience between Years 2 and 3 of your course by taking an optional sandwich year.

These courses emphasise practical skills, preparing you for your career. We will train you on industry-standard software, used in the very best professional visual effects, design and multimedia communications studios. Our computing facilities include a dedicated media studio equipped with dual-screen digital-media workstations, and a computer games lab equipped with PCs and games console development hardware.

Our specialist equipment will help you learn studio skills such as the use of video cameras and sound- recording equipment, studio broadcast techniques, lighting principles, video and broadcast electronics, audio and video signal processing, multimedia and internet broadcast technologies, as well as non-linear editing and visual effects.

Regular visiting lecturers from industry ensure that your studies are lively, up to date and relevant to contemporary business. We welcome a wide range of professionals to our classrooms, including producers and effects supervisors from Disney and DreamWorks, video editors, technical broadcasting specialists and multimedia experts, as well as lighting and camera specialists from organisations such as the BBC and ITN. We have also welcomed guests from leading creative post-production facilities such as Framestore and independent internet companies.

194 Science Foundation Year

If you would like to study a science subject at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include this extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels, if you are a mature student, or if you have non-science-based A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration This extra year is designed to equip you - Biology Codes for the foundation course route are with the skills and knowledge to continue - Chemistry on the relevant course page. on the degree of your choice. It is taught - Mathematics for Science 1yr FT at Kingston College, where you will benefit - Sport Science from the friendly, informal atmosphere of - Earth Sciences and the Environment International entry college life before continuing your study at - Computer Systems Yes the University campus. - Computer Programming - Scientific Investigation and Skills Contact Throughout the foundation year you will Science, Engineering and Computing study a range of subjects that underpin Teaching, learning and assessment admissions subsequent study in Year 1 of your degree • Teaching methods: a variety of teaching T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and beyond. The broad scope of subjects and learning methods are used, including E: [email protected] is intended to allow study in a range of lectures, seminars and tutorials, workshops subject areas and, in some instances, allow and practical work. Particular emphasis How to apply flexibility of choice of intended degree is placed on developing key skills that will Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 route. Subjects start at an elementary level, help mature applicants who are returning and there is a strong emphasis on the to education and those from a non-science Entry requirements development of practical investigational and background. • 64 UCAS points to include two A-levels study skills. • Assessment includes a mixture of or equivalent. Those studying two or more coursework and examination. Coursework science-based A-levels or equivalent may Course features may take the form of essays, report be considered over-qualified for this course. • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 writing, case studies and/or data analysis. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable points for entry. Examinations take place at the end of the numeric score under newly reformed • Those without formal entry requirements year, giving you the opportunity to settle back GCSE grading), including English (essential may be considered if they have suitable into education and the course. The style of for B231 Pharmacy), Mathematics and work experience, but will be subject to assessment provides a natural progression Science. interview. to Year 1 of your chosen degree. • Applications from mature students are Make it happen: welcome. Careers and progression www.kingston.ac.uk/scifdn2017 • This course provides entry to all science The course is intended to qualify a student honours degrees. for progression to Year 1 of a bachelors • The first year is taught at Kingston College. degree. Career opportunities are dependent upon the chosen degree route and are included on the relevant course page.

195 Computer Graphics Technology BSc(Hons) single honours This course produces graduates with a balanced mix of technical and artistic skills that are highly valued within the CGI, visual effects, computer animation, games and multimedia industries. Taught by staff with specialisms in computing, TV, science, design and graphics, it balances theory with practical work, including the use of 2D and 3D CGI graphics software.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Year 1 provides a firm foundation in the Year 1 G452 – 3yrs FT practical skills of 2D and 3D computer- - Creative Design Concepts G451 – 4yrs SW generated imagery (CGI). You will gain - Digital Media Applications and Practice G453 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p195 the skills you need to work independently - Camera, Action: CGI or Film 6yrs PT on projects later in the course. You will - Object-oriented Programming also study the basics of the science that Year 2 International entry governs the motion and illumination of - Modelling and Animation Yes objects, and will learn how this knowledge - Portfolio Development and Professional can be applied to computer graphics. The Practice Contact fundamentals of computer programming - Scripting for Technical Directors Science, Engineering and Computing are introduced, preparing you for later - Digital Motion Graphics, Editing and admissions modules where you can make your own Compositing T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 modifications to graphical software and Optional sandwich year E: [email protected] extend its functionality, as well as giving Year 3 you the ability to improve your productivity. - Individual Media Project How to apply - Visual Effects FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 Year 2 develops your technical expertise - Professional Practice in Computer Graphics PT direct to the University and creative design skills. You will explore - Option module (eg Game Creation Processes; in greater depth the themes introduced in Multimedia Authoring and Design; Computer Entry requirements Year 1, and will cover new themes such Vision Graphics and Image Processing • Min. 96/112 UCAS points, depending on as 3D character animation, compositing, qualifications, to include two A-levels or motion graphics and 3D computer-graphics Teaching, learning and assessment equivalent. scripting. Small, independent projects • Teaching methods include lectures, • Subjects: A-level – at least one in during Year 2 enable you to prepare for workshops, practical sessions and Computing, Mathematics, Science, Media your media project in Year 3. seminars. Project modules will include Studies/Production, Art or Design award critique sessions. (min. 80 points). You will spend much of Year 3 working • Assessment methods: the majority of • Plus GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable on your media project, culminating in the modules are assessed by coursework numeric score under newly reformed GCSE production of a computer-graphics product. assignments and tests. A small number grading): English, Mathematics, Science, You will also study visual effects and of modules are also partly assessed by and one of Art or Design and Technology (optionally) computer games. You will work examination. (preferably grade C or above). on collaborative projects that provide you with vital teamworking skills necessary to Careers and progression Make it happen: succeed in a career in computer graphics. Graduates of this course will have gained www.kingston.ac.uk/compgraph2017 To further enhance your employability, the skills that are appropriate for working you will be instructed in professional in the exciting world of features, TV practice and helped to develop your self- commercials, visual effects, CGI animation, management and presentation skills. and games and multimedia industries. Our graduates achieve positions such as In some cases, lectures will be delivered by technical directors, modellers, lighters, professionals from industry. riggers, technical animators, effects animators, shader writers, environment artists, texture artists, compositors, multimedia developers or graphics and interactivity programmers. Highly valued computing skills acquired on this course can be applied to a wide range of industries. 196 Creative Technology BSc(Hons) single honours This course combines creative design with contemporary digital media technology in the form of motion graphics, multimedia interactivity and visual effects. It will provide you with the expertise required by the 21st-century digital designer working across converging new media, such as the internet, mobile devices, TV and film.

What you will study Examples of modules development) and Envy (Soho-based post- You will be taught by a team of Year 1 production). Others have formed start-up multidisciplinary staff with experience in - Creative Design Concepts companies of their own. design and technology. Both academic - Digital Media Applications and Practice and industry-experienced staff teach - Camera, Action: CGI or Film UCAS code and duration the conceptual, creative and technical - Programming 1 G456 – 3yrs FT skills, using industry-standard software in Year 2 G457 – 4yrs SW purpose-built media and games labs and - Multimedia Authoring and Design W900 – 4yrs FDN, see p195 filming studios. - Digital Motion Graphics, Editing and 6yrs PT Compositing Your studies will reflect both creative and - Portfolio Development and Professional International entry technological subjects. Practice Yes • Creative subjects, such as design for new - CGI and Media in Context OR Visual media, digital illustration, motion graphics Storytelling Contact and visual effects, are studied from basic Optional sandwich year Science, Engineering and Computing principles and developed throughout the Year 3 admissions course to create a portfolio of work ready - Visual Effects T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 for you to enter industry. - Individual Media Project E: [email protected] • Technology-based subjects, such as - Professional Practice in Creative Technology HTML, web technologies, multimedia, - Modelling and Animation OR Games How to apply digital compositing and scripting languages Creation Processes FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 for interactivity, are explored to enable PT direct to the University you to develop the skills required for Teaching, learning and assessment employment in the creative industries. • Teaching methods include lectures, Entry requirements smaller tutorial groups and seminars, • Min. 96/112 UCAS points, depending on You will also develop computer skills practical workshop sessions, projects qualifications, to include two A-levels or throughout the course, such as scripting based on workplace scenarios, real-life equivalent. language to make interactive multimedia case studies, individual assignments and • Subjects: at least one Mathematics, content. A choice of option modules in group tasks. Computing, Science, Media Production, Art Years 2 and 3 enables you to specialise in • Assessment methods are primarily or Design award (min. 80 points) required. your subject of interest. coursework-based and also include • Plus five GSCEs, to include minimum workshops, in-class tests and written work. grade B in Art or Design, or a related subject, and grade C in Science and Careers and progression Mathematics. Graduates of this course will find career opportunities primarily in the creative Make it happen: industries, including within motion graphics www.kingston.ac.uk/ (MGFX), visual effects (VFX), post- creativetechnology2017 production, TV graphics, animation, editing, e-learning, new media, future media, interactive content creation, web design and development, and new markets, such as games design for mobile devices.

Our graduates have gone on to work for companies such as Channel 4 (TV motion graphics), Framestore (visual effects and design), the NHS (web design and 197 Performance and screen studies

We offer a dynamic environment in which to explore dance, drama, film studies, media, music, creative music technologies and television studies.

Many of our courses are relatively new, which means we are fresh, ambitious and willing to do things differently. There is also a real energy to the courses, underpinned by expert lecturers who practise in their fields. Drama and dance students benefit from close associations with professional companies and theatres, including Kingston’s Rose Theatre. Film, television and media students learn from top scholars and industry professionals via masterclasses, guest talks and screenings. Music students who study individual performance have lessons from top London professionals.

Our location in London provides a great global city as a backdrop to your studies. We will encourage you to make full use of its rich resources, such as the BFI Southbank, the National Theatre and Sadler’s Wells, as well as its wealth of music venues, from the Royal Opera House to the O2 Academy Brixton.

A key element of our courses is an emphasis on the collective. In dance, for example, the mantra is ‘stronger, together’. Full-field film and television students work together too; as do the staff teams who bring their own diverse experience to teaching. Music students often participate in multidisciplinary performance projects; this collective approach is also taken with our drama students.

198 Creative Music Technologies BMus(Hons) single honours This course will enable you to engage with popular and traditional musical genres, and gain advanced skills in sound manipulation, recording and production techniques through a hands-on and creative approach to learning. You will join a thriving community of musicians who are actively involved in creating music through performance, composition and production work.

What you will study Examples of modules industries (eg audio post-production in film, In Year 1, you will study specialist Year 1 television and game audio), music business music technology skills alongside - The Foundations of Music Technology and administration (eg arts administration), music production. The focus is on key - Recording and Production Techniques 1 teaching and music publishing. musical and study skills while developing - Creating with Technology specialist composition and/or performance - Writing and Performing Kingston University places strong emphasis techniques. You will have opportunities to - Writing and Composing on developing employability skills. Music participate in a wide range of creative and Year 2 graduates can access all the career paths performance-based activities. - Recording and Production Techniques 2 open to graduates of other arts disciplines. - Creating Sound and Music for Image In Year 2, you will further explore studio, - Sonic Art in Theory and Practice The University also has a thriving recording and production techniques, - The Working Musician postgraduate music portfolio, enabling while enhancing your creative skills in - Composition 2 students to continue their studies and work composition and/or performance. Key - Performance 2 towards a MMus, MA or PhD. features include sound synthesis and - Songwriting and Performing creating sound and music to moving image. Year 3 UCAS code and duration You will also learn research skills and - Individual Project W301 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT explore live sound and event management. - The Studio Musician A core module focuses on music industry - Live Performance International entry careers; you will have the opportunity - Special Study Options (eg Applied Yes to broaden your experience through an Musical Skills, Advanced Techniques for industry work placement. Composing for Image) Contact - Optional module (eg Jazz Studies; The Admissions and department administrator, Year 3’s key focus is the individual project, Psychology of Music; Current Debates in Music offering you the choice of special study Music Education) T: +44 (0)20 8417 5149 supported by personal tutorials or individual E: [email protected] instrumental lessons. Visiting industry Teaching, learning and assessment professionals present research seminars. • Teaching methods include lectures, How to apply You will choose additional modules from seminars, tutorials and practical FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 a range of associated topics, further workshops, giving you hands-on PT direct to University developing your musical interests. experience. Visiting producers, composers and artists lead special lectures and Entry requirements You will also have the opportunity to study master-classes. If you take performance • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels a foreign language for free while at the as a specialism, you will receive individual or equivalent, including Music or Music University. Options include: Arabic, French, tuition on your main instrument or voice; Technology (40 points/grade B) or BTEC German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, however, this option is restricted to equivalent. Portuguese, Russian and Spanish. For more those with ABRSM grade 8 or equivalent • ABRSM grades: points accepted in information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls standard (demonstrated through audition). UCAS tariff. • Assessment is through written • Knowledge of music theory to ABRSM coursework, practical presentations, Grade 5 and competency in reading and creative projects and tests, without formal writing music is desirable. written exams. If you study performance, • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric you will be assessed through a recital. score under newly reformed GCSE grading): English. Careers and progression Graduates of this course work in many Make it happen: fields – composing and performing www.kingston.ac.uk/ positions, in the media and recording creativemusicbmus2017 199 Dance BA(Hons) single/joint honours This degree has a broad focus and capitalises on London’s vibrant multicultural dance scene. It is designed to assist students who may not have a classical or contemporary dance background, and covers ‘urban’, ethnic and popular dance styles as well as more conventional dance. You can choose to study Dance as a single honours degree or in combination with Drama.

What you will study Examples of modules analysis and critical thinking provided by As well as learning new dance techniques Year 1 degree-level study. Any industry requiring and forms, this degree will enable you to - Dancing Cultures innovative and creative solutions to develop your own dance identity. - Dancing Histories old problems will find you an attractive - Dance Making 1 proposition. Within the performing arts, you Year 1 focuses on developing your - Dancing Bodies might follow a range of pathways extending dance technique and knowledge of Year 2 (modules will run according to to performance, choreography, directing, dance history; on gaining embodied and demand and staff availability) community dance, teaching or the film theoretical experience of cultural forms; - Performing Theories industry. Outside of the performing arts, on developing creative skills; and on - Popular Dance our students go on to work in a variety increasing your knowledge of anatomy - Performing Techniques of industries including producing, event and basic teaching skills. - Option modules (for example: Dance and management, fitness instruction, media and Professional Practice; Dance Making 2; teaching. For those interested in further In Year 2, while continuing to develop both Dance Teaching and Leading; Performing professional training or academic study in your fitness and dance technique, you Cultures) the arts, this course offers a solid academic will learn about theoretical frameworks Year 3 (modules will run according to foundation for postgraduate courses. and methodological tools, and will apply demand and staff availability) them to your practical work. You will - Production Project UCAS code and duration also learn more about popular dance. A - Research Project Single honours: W500 variety of exciting option modules allows - Dance Making 3: Creation and Collaboration Joint honours (Dance and Drama): WW45 you to focus on areas of interest such as - Performing Techniques 2 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT choreography, dance on screen, intensive - Option modules (for example: Access to technique, popular dance techniques, Dance; Street Dances) International entry contemporary techniques, cultural Yes dances, teaching, event management and Teaching, learning and assessment professional career development. • Teaching methods include experiential Contact practical workshops, a developmental Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office In Year 3, you will work with a professional technique class, critical viewings, lectures, T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 choreographer to create and perform a new seminars and ethnographic fieldwork. The E: [email protected] piece of work, and will work with a supervisor focus is on understanding theory through to create a piece of research (this might practice; most modules marry conceptual How to apply be practice-led). Option modules continue and creative exploration. FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 strands introduced in Year 2, with additional • Assessment methods include PT direct to University opportunities to undertake a work placement, performance; practical presentations; focus on hybridity, or work with a composer. group presentations; academic, contextual Entry requirements and reflective essays; creative diaries; and • 112–128 UCAS points. You can also choose to study a foreign portfolios. • To include BBC at A-level BTEC Extended language for free while at the University. Diploma DDM or equivalent. Options include: Arabic, French, German, Careers and progression • GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, A performing arts-related degree offers score under newly reformed GCSE Russian and Spanish. For more information, many career possibilities. The broad focus grading): Mathematics and English or English see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls of this course enables you to develop Literature. skills applicable across the employment • Participation in dance workshop and spectrum – employers value the creativity, interview. communicative and expressive skills, self-discipline and organisational abilities Make it happen: fostered by this kind of study, as well www.kingston.ac.uk/dance2017 as more conventional skills in research, 200 Drama BA(Hons) single/joint honours This course explores the practice, history and theory of drama in a range of contexts and settings. You will have the chance to work with leading professionals and be actively involved with productions. Our drama team has links with many theatre companies and practitioners, a close association with the town’s Rose Theatre, and is engaged in cutting-edge research. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study Examples of modules Careers and progression Four key themes run throughout the Year 1 Students pursue careers in performing course: performance histories; creative - Staging Histories arts – acting, directing, producing, arts theatre-making; performance texts; and - Making Theatre Happen journalism and teaching. The degree performance in relation to culture. Each - The Actor and the Text provides analytical, communication, theme integrates theory and practice. You - Culture and Performance performance, research and teamworking will explore how these complementary Year 2 skills – highly valued by a range of areas relate to and impact upon each other. - Devising in Context employers. Drama-related skills are - The Play Today recognised as essential to training, from Year 1 introduces approaches and ideas - Modernism and the Stage customer relations and PR, to high-level central to the study of drama. You will study - Option modules (eg Shakespeare: problem-solving and senior management key approaches to interpreting performance, Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow; Popular training courses. The course also provides analyse playtexts and productions; explore Performance 1: Mask and Clown; Write a firm foundation for specific theatre arts skills and methodologies of performing and Action: Introduction to Dramatic Writing training or other postgraduate study. theatre-making; learn basic principles of and The Theatre Director: Crafting theatre design; and study key phases in Productions for the Stage) UCAS code and duration theatre history. You will then consolidate Year 3 Single honours: W400 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT your different kinds of learning in a - Production Projects A&B Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or performance project. - Dissertation www.ucas.com - Option modules (eg After Modernism: Year 2 develops your understanding of key Avant-garde Performance from the International entry themes. Core modules cover contemporary 1940s to the Present Day; Beyond Text: Yes play study, devising performance and Advanced Dramatic Writing; Popular Modernist theatre theory and practice. Performance 2: Cabaret, Music Hall, Contact You may also choose from option modules Variety, Stand-up and Burlesque; Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office in popular performance, Shakespeare, Professional Practice; Renaissance T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 scriptwriting and directing. Drama in Action 1547–1642; Special E: [email protected] Study: Staging the Nations; Special Study: Year 3 encourages greater independence Tragedy, Catastrophe, Trauma and Cyber How to apply and specialisation. A major production Text: Theatre in a Digital Era) FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 project, either text-based or devised, PT direct to University is a core element. You will be able to Teaching, learning and assessment follow your interests through a choice of • Teaching sessions integrate theory and Entry requirements option modules; for example, cabaret and practice – lectures, seminar discussions • 112–128 UCAS points, to include BBC variety performance, Renaissance theatre, and practical workshop activities. at A-level OR BTEC Extended Diploma performance and identity, scriptwriting • Assessment methods include DDM. A-Level Drama or similar at grade B theatre in the digital age. performances, performed presentations, required. essays, critiques, play scripts and written • GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric You can choose to study a language for reflections on practice. There are no written score under newly reformed GCSE free while at the University. Options include: exams. Project-based assignments draw grading): Mathematics and English or English Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, together different strands of your learning. Literature. Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and As the course progresses, you will have • Full-field applicants: workshop and Spanish. For more information, see increasing independence in the conception, interview (half-field applicants may also www.kingston.ac.uk/kls design and delivery of projects. need to attend).

Make it happen: www.kingston.ac.uk/drama2017

201 Film BA(Hons) single/joint honours Giving you a solid understanding of film modes, models and approaches, this course explores the history and theory of film, comparing national cinemas across the world to Hollywood’s dominance. It examines how film language is used to create meaning, studies films in social and national contexts, and investigates key theories surrounding authorship, realism, feminism, genres and star systems. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study Through film practice modules, students Careers and progression In Year 1 you will learn to ‘read’ a film – of the single honours Film BA(Hons) can This degree is particularly useful examining camera use, editing of shots, explore and contrast new modes of working for employment in the culture, the importance of lighting, and the use of with filmed stories, delving deeper into communications, media and leisure set design to shape meaning. Studying the world of filmmaking and internet- industries. The practical experience gained cinema’s history, you will discuss and driven content production. They may build may well give you an edge over graduates understand films in the industrial and a substantial visual portfolio of work, of more conventional film courses. This historical contexts in which they were understand and plan their future paths – degree enhances critical and analytical made. The practical modules – for single into industry or outside it, in the burgeoning capabilities and communication skills – all honours students only – will develop skills world of the internet platform. in demand by employers. It also provides in pre-production planning, filming and an excellent basis for postgraduate study, editing. You will learn how the film industry Examples of modules such as our Film Making MA. works as part of Britain’s media landscape, Year 1 the skillset required to work in film, and the - Approaches to Cinema UCAS codes and duration career opportunities available. - Hollywood and Beyond Single honours: W610 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT - Documentary: Interrogating the factual Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or Year 2 further develops your understanding (film practice module) www.ucas.com of film theory and history, and includes - Techniques 1 (film practice module) training in research techniques, Year 2 International entry scriptwriting and documentary-making. - Global Cinema Cultures Yes There will be opportunities to consider - Thinking About Film different global forms of filmmaking, - Screenwriting Contact through case studies of different national - Digital Realms (film practice module) Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office cinemas, such as French, German, Latin - Techniques 2 (film practice module) T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 American, Asian and Middle Eastern. You Year 3 E: [email protected] will also have the opportunity to study - Power and Resistance abroad at one of our prestigious partner - The Major Project (film practice module) How to apply universities in Europe or further afield. - Techniques 3 (film practice module) FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Cult Films, Trash Aesthetics and Exploitation PT direct to the University Year 3’s choice of modules enables you - Film Dissertation to tailor your studies to your interests. - Special Study: Avant Garde and Entry requirements Option modules include: an exploration of Experimental Cinema • Single honours: 112 UCAS points, to cult films, the representation of women - Special Study: Getting High on Cinema: include two A-levels or equivalent. in classical Hollywood, special studies The Drug Experience Film • Joint honours:112–128 UCAS points focusing on a range of contemporary - Vamps, Divas, Tramps, Lolitas (depending on combination), to include approaches to cinema, a dissertation and a - @ Work in the Media Industries two A-levels or equivalent (see webpage work placement module. for further requirements for specific Teaching, learning and assessment combinations). Years 2 and 3 give you the chance to carry • Teaching includes lectures, seminars, • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric out more independent research and writing, workshops, film screenings and tutorial score under newly reformed GCSE grading): both in a group and individually. support. You set your own programme of Mathematics and English (preferred). independent reading and film study. You will have the opportunity to study • Assessment includes essays, seminar Make it happen: a foreign language for free while at the presentation, study log, extended research www.kingston.ac.uk/film2017 University. Options include: Arabic, French, essay and exam, and in practice, film German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, making and moving image portfolio. Portuguese, Russian and Spanish. For more information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls 202 Media & Communication BA(Hons) single/joint honours This course explores issues related to the production and consumption of media and cultural objects such as art, film, television, music and literature, and how these shape our communication practices. It examines the role of media in contemporary society, economy and politics, while also enabling you to develop practical skills in digital media. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study the module @ Work in the Media Industries, Careers and progression Year 1 will give you a thorough grounding in which will provide you with the opportunity This course is designed to prepare you historical and contemporary developments to undertake a period of work experience for a career in media production and the in media and culture and their social, within a media organisation; and through creative sector, but its critical, creative and political and economic impacts, both in the option of a work-based research strand interdisciplinary nature also enables you Britain and overseas. You will be introduced within the Media Research Project. to develop the generic skills needed for to particular media forms and genres, and professional success in wider fields. to relevant conceptual frameworks for the You can choose to study a foreign language analysis of media and communication. for free while at the University. Options UCAS code and duration Finally, you will be given an introduction to currently include: Arabic, French, German, Single honours: P300 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT production practice and will be encouraged Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or to relate this practice to the wider world of Russian and Spanish. For more information, www.ucas.com contemporary media production. see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls International entry In Year 2, the core module, Cultural Examples of modules Yes Theories of Mass and New Media, will Year 1 build on the theoretical and conceptual - How Media Changed the World Contact understanding developed in Year 1. You - Digital Media Foundations Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office will also build on your production practice - Media Now: Text, Practices and Events T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 in the Multimedia Production module. You - Media@Work E: [email protected] will choose further modules from a range Year 2 of options from both inside and outside the - Cultural Theories of Mass and New Media How to apply media and cultural studies field, examining - Multimedia Production FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 various aspects of media production, - Identity and Difference PT direct to the University media consumption or genre. The Media - Media Industries and Professions Industries and Professions module has - Just Like That! Comedy and Light Entry requirements an optional work-based learning element, Entertainment in TV and Film • Single honours: 112 UCAS points to which offers the opportunity to develop and - Screenwriting include two A-levels or equivalent. reflect upon your employability skills. Year 3 • Joint honours: 112–128 UCAS points - Issues in Contemporary Media and (depending on combination), to include two During Year 2, you will also have the Culture A-levels or equivalent. chance to study abroad, which provides - Media Research Project • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric a great opportunity to further enhance - Special Study modules (see course score under newly reformed GCSE grading): employability, gain new language skills and webpage) English (required), Mathematics (depending experience a different country and culture. - @ Work in the Media Industries on combination). - Power and Resistance In Year 3, a choice of modules enables - Big Ideas for the Small Screen Make it happen: you to tailor your studies to your interests, - Days of Hope: Drama in Broadcasting www.kingston.ac.uk/media2017 while offering you a curriculum that is - Gender, Race and Class designed to foster and support your skills as an independent researcher and Teaching, learning and assessment creative practitioner. You will undertake • Teaching methods include lectures, special studies, which are informed by seminars, practical workshops, your tutors’ research specialisms, while presentations and tutorial support. also undertaking your own research-based • Assessment methods include practical projects in the capstone Media Research productions, essays, group and individual Project module. Links with industry and seminar presentations, study logs, a professional practitioners are forged through dissertation and exams. 203 Music BMus(Hons) single honours This course provides a thorough training in practical, creative, theoretical and academic areas of music while enabling you to develop specialist skills in a range of topics. We have particular strengths in composition and performance, and aim to teach as much as possible through practical workshops and hands-on experience. There are no restrictions on genres.

What you will study Year 2 Official records show that Kingston University In Year 1, you will learn key musical and - Aural, Analysis and Improvisation music graduates do very well following study skills while developing your specialist - Musical Revolutions graduation – typically more than 90 per cent composition and/or performance work. - The Working Musician are in employment or further study within You will have the opportunity to work - Composition 2 six months of completing their first degree. collaboratively, producing music in a variety - Creating Sound and Music for Image Positions our graduates have achieved of contexts and styles. You will also have - Performance 2 include: musician, music teacher, director access to solo performance modules in - Songwriting and Performing of music, radio internship, DJ, music which you will receive individual tuition. - Sonic Arts studio internship, music loans officer, sales Year 3 negotiator and account executive; while In Year 2, you will continue to develop - Individual Project some have become employers themselves. your creative skills in composition and/ - Current Debates in Music Education or performance alongside a historical - Jazz Studies Kingston University has a thriving and analytical exploration of music. You - Live Performance postgraduate music portfolio, with many will learn key research skills, as well as - Special Study modules (eg Applied students continuing to further study such practical skills in organising events. A core Musical Skills, Advanced Techniques for as a MMus, MA or PhD. module focuses on careers in the music Composing for Image) industry, and you will have the opportunity - The Psychology of Music UCAS code and duration to broaden your experience through an - The Studio Musician Single honours: W300 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT industry work placement. Teaching, learning and assessment International entry Year 3’s key module is the Individual • Teaching methods include lectures, Yes Project, which enables you to undertake seminars, tutorials and practical workshops your choice of special study supported by enabling you to gain hands-on experience. Contact personal tutorials or individual instrumental Special lectures and master-classes are Admissions and department administrator, lessons. You will also attend research led by visiting producers, composers Music seminars given by visiting speakers, and and artists. If you take performance as a T: +44 (0)20 8417 5524 will choose modules from a range of topics specialism, you will receive individual tuition E: [email protected] to further develop your musical interests. on your main instrument or voice – this option is restricted to those with ABRSM How to apply You will have the opportunity to study grade 8 or equivalent standard. FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 a foreign language for free while at the • Assessment is through written coursework, PT direct to the University University. Options currently include: practical presentations and tests. Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Entry requirements Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and Careers and progression • 112 UCAS points to include two A-levels Spanish. For more information, see Studying music develops practical, or equivalent, including A-level Music (40 www.kingston.ac.uk/kls theoretical and academic skills alongside UCAS points) or BTEC: Music. the self-discipline necessary for focused • ABRSM grades: points are accepted in tariff. Examples of modules and specialist study. Specific employability • Note: music theory knowledge to ABRSM Year 1 skills, preparing you for work, are grade 5 standard is required; competency - Collaborative Practice and Process embedded into modules across the degree. in reading and writing music is essential. - The Foundations of Music • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric - Writing and Repertoire Our music graduates are well qualified to score under newly reformed GCSE grading): - Composition 1 enter a range of careers throughout the Mathematics, English. - Performance 1 music profession, cultural sector and in - Performing and Composing music education. Music graduates are also Make it happen: sought after by other employers because of www.kingston.ac.uk/musicbmus2017 their wide range of transferable skills. 204 Television & New Broadcasting Media BA(Hons) joint honours This degree explores the evolving nature of television and its relationship with a range of interrelated media forms – radio and the internet, journalism, mobile phones, tablets and iPods. You will learn how to analyse visual texts and create your own. You will gain a thorough understanding of television and new media histories, enabling you to go forward to shape the future of television. (See pages 222–225 for joint honours options.)

What you will study currently include: Arabic, French, German, solid base from which you can develop In an age of globalisation, new technologies Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, the additional skills and portfolio of work and multiple channels, contemporary Russian and Spanish. For more information, needed for roles in these areas. television is no longer a box in the corner, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls but a dynamic form that operates across UCAS code and duration media platforms. Examples of modules See pages 222–225 or www.ucas.com for Year 1 UCAS codes. Year 1 modules introduce you to the study - Getting on the Box: Expressing Ideas of television and other broadcasting media through TV International entry to help you consider how television has - Are you Watching Carefully? Close Yes developed in Britain, how it is produced Readings of Television and how it is perceived. We will train you Year 2 Contact to ‘read’ television and its programmes - Watching the Detectives Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office critically, and place them within social, - Just like That! Comedy and Light T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 cultural and historical contexts. We will also Entertainment in TV and Film E: [email protected] equip you with the skills to undertake the - New Broadcast Production key roles in professional TV production: Year 3 How to apply such as studio shooting, on-location - Big Ideas for the Small Screen FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 shooting, green screen compositing, - Days of Hope: Drama in Broadcasting PT direct to the University editing, lighting and camera work. - Television Programme Production and Broadcasting Entry requirements In Year 2, modules focus on different key - Special Study: Watch the Skies: Science • 112–128 UCAS points (depending on genres of television, such as detective Fiction Television and Film combination), to include two A-levels or fiction, light entertainment and comedy. The - Special Study: We are the Champions: equivalent. practical module in Year 2 will develop your Sport and Broadcasting • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric skills in digital production, while theoretical - Dissertation score under newly reformed GCSE grading): modules encourage more independent - @ Work in the Media Industries Mathematics and English preferred; research. During the second year, you will other requirements may apply for certain also have the opportunity to spend a period Teaching, learning and assessment combinations. of time abroad at one of our prestigious • Teaching methods include lectures, partner universities. seminars, practical workshops, Make it happen: presentations and tutorial support. www.kingston.ac.uk/tvnewmedia2017 In Year 3, option modules enable you to • Assessment methods include essay, specialise in your areas of interest. Special practical projects, seminar presentation, Study modules offer an opportunity for study logs, dissertation and exam. in-depth analysis of a range of key areas, including TV horror, science fiction and Careers and progression sport, while the dissertation will enable Employers are looking for people with you to develop your own area of study. flexible, transferable skills, and this course Practical work will focus upon studio will encourage you to think critically production, and a work placement module and communicate effectively – useful offers the opportunity for learning within qualities for a career in any field. However, the sector. Your practical and theoretical the degree will be particularly useful if work will become even more self-sufficient you would like to work in the culture, and independent. communications or leisure sectors, and also gives a good foundation for You can choose to study a foreign language postgraduate study. If you aim to work in for free while at the University. Options television or the media, it will provide a 205 Pharmacy and chemistry

If you are interested in studying a pharmaceutical or chemical science, Kingston University offers a range of high- quality courses that will give you a sound preparation for professional life.

We have one of the largest undergraduate teaching programmes in pharmaceutical and chemical sciences in the UK. You will be taught by highly qualified, friendly and enthusiastic staff, and have access to great facilities, such as a simulated pharmacy dispensary, new teaching laboratories and state-of-the-art instrumentation laboratories.

Through our pharmaceutical and chemical research, and our contacts with other academic, university and medical institutions, we ensure that our teaching reflects the latest scientific knowledge. Our well-established connections with the worlds of industry and healthcare also ensure our courses are highly relevant, keeping you up to date with the latest developments.

In addition, our pharmacy degree is fully accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), and our courses are reviewed with the help of our industrial advisory board that includes representatives from Procter & Gamble, the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry, GlaxoSmithKline and LGC (formerly Laboratory of the Government Chemist). Many of our courses include opportunities to gain first-hand industrial experience, including one-year work placements in the UK and abroad, and regular visits and placements.

Whatever your area of interest, we will help you make a success of your studies in this exciting sector.

206 Science Foundation Year

If you would like to study a science subject at Kingston University but are not yet ready to join the first year of a BSc(Hons) course, you can include this extra foundation year within your chosen degree. This gives you an alternative entry route if you lack traditional qualifications such as A-levels, if you are a mature student, or if you have non-science-based A-levels.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS code and duration This extra year is designed to equip you - Biology Codes for the foundation course route are with the skills and knowledge to continue - Chemistry on the relevant course page. on the degree of your choice. It is taught - Mathematics for Science 1yr FT at Kingston College, where you will benefit - Sport Science from the friendly, informal atmosphere of - Earth Sciences and the Environment International entry college life before continuing your study at - Computer Systems Yes the University campus. - Computer Programming - Scientific Investigation and Skills Contact Throughout the foundation year you will Science, Engineering and Computing study a range of subjects that underpin Teaching, learning and assessment admissions subsequent study in Year 1 of your degree • Teaching methods: a variety of teaching T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and beyond. The broad scope of subjects and learning methods are used, including E: [email protected] is intended to allow study in a range of lectures, seminars and tutorials, workshops subject areas and, in some instances, allow and practical work. Particular emphasis How to apply flexibility of choice of intended degree is placed on developing key skills that will Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 route. Subjects start at an elementary level, help mature applicants who are returning and there is a strong emphasis on the to education and those from a non-science Entry requirements development of practical investigational and background. • 64 UCAS points to include two A-levels study skills. • Assessment includes a mixture of or equivalent. Those studying two or more coursework and examination. Coursework science-based A-levels or equivalent may Course features may take the form of essays, report be considered over-qualified for this course. • Typically, students need a minimum of 64 writing, case studies and/or data analysis. • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable points for entry. Examinations take place at the end of the numeric score under newly reformed • Those without formal entry requirements year, giving you the opportunity to settle back GCSE grading), including English (essential may be considered if they have suitable into education and the course. The style of for B231 Pharmacy), Mathematics and work experience, but will be subject to assessment provides a natural progression Science. interview. to Year 1 of your chosen degree. • Applications from mature students are Make it happen: welcome. Careers and progression www.kingston.ac.uk/scifdn2017 • This course provides entry to all science The course is intended to qualify a student honours degrees. for progression to Year 1 of a bachelors • The first year is taught at Kingston College. degree. Career opportunities are dependent upon the chosen degree route and are included on the relevant course page.

207 Chemistry BSc(Hons) single honours If you enjoy mainstream chemistry and would like to apply the knowledge and skills you gain to industry, research or teaching, Kingston University’s Chemistry degree is ideal.

What you will study Examples of modules work in research, development, marketing, Three foundation chemistry modules in Year 1 sales, teaching and other areas. Around Year 1 will introduce you to the fundamental - Foundation Organic and Physical Chemistry a third of our students go on to further aspects of the subject. The modules will - Foundation Inorganic and Environmental studies at MSc, MPhil and PhD level. consolidate your existing knowledge and Chemistry provide a base upon which you can develop - Introduction to Spectroscopy and UCAS code and duration advanced chemistry concepts. You will learn Experimental Techniques F100 – 3yrs FT and develop the laboratory and practical - Academic Skills for Molecular Sciences F101 – 4yrs SW techniques needed for the later years of Year 2 F108 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p207 the course. You will also broaden your - Inorganic Chemistry knowledge through a module that discusses - Organic and Medicinal Chemistry International entry environmental chemistry. - Physical Chemistry Yes - Analytical and Experimental Chemistry In Year 2, you will take a more in-depth look Optional sandwich year Contact at inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. Year 3 Science, Engineering and Computing You will continue to carry out experimental - Project admissions work, developing the theoretical knowledge - Organic and Natural Product Chemistry T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 and practical skills needed to become - Inorganic and Physical Chemistry- E: [email protected] a competent professional. Additional Industrial and Polymer Chemistry OR modules, covering experimental and Advanced Analytical Science How to apply analytical chemistry, will expand your Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 skills for interpreting the results of modern Teaching, learning and assessment spectroscopic investigations. • Teaching methods include lectures, Entry requirements workshops and practical classes. Theory • Min. 104 UCAS points, depending on In Year 3, you will undertake more- work is backed up by independent or qualifications, to include two science specialised study of the inorganic, physical group-based practical study. A-levels or equivalent. and organic chemistry taught in Years 1 and • Assessment typically comprises 60 • Subjects: A-level Chemistry (mininum 2, with the chance to choose option modules per cent exam/40 per cent coursework, grade C); General Studies and Critical in areas of materials or industrial chemistry. including practical exercises and in-course Thinking not accepted. There is also a project module, which forms tests. Projects are assessed by practical • BTEC Extended Diploma in Applied an important part of this year’s work. work, poster presentation of results and a Science (must include specific advanced written report. chemistry units). An optional sandwich year provides an • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable opportunity to gain first-hand experience Careers and progression numeric score under newly reformed GCSE of how chemistry is applied in an industrial The chemical industry is at the heart of grading), including English Language and situation. The industrial placement tutor, manufacturing. With a turnover in excess Mathematics. based in the department, will help prepare of £57bn, the UK chemical industry is you to find a placement. internationally competitive, employing more Make it happen: than 180,000 people working for 3,000 www.kingston.ac.uk/chemistry2017 organisations. (Source: Chemical Industries Association, January 2014 – www.cia.org.uk)

Chemistry graduates from Kingston University have established a good employment record over many years, gaining jobs at pharmaceutical companies such as GlaxoSmithKline and Pfizer, in the NHS and within the City of London. They 208 Chemistry MChem(Hons) single honours MChem degrees have been designed with the needs of the modern industrial or research chemist in mind. They contain greater emphasis on research while expanding the academic content of the traditional BSc course.

What you will study Examples of modules such as GlaxoSmithKline and Pfizer, in the Years 1 and 2 of the MChem(Hons) course Year 1 NHS and within the City of London. They are identical to our BSc(Hons) course. In - Foundation Organic and Physical Chemistry work in research, development, marketing, Year 1, the three foundation chemistry - Foundation Inorganic and Environmental sales, teaching and other areas. Around modules will introduce the fundamental Chemistry a third of our students go on to further aspects of the subject. They are designed - Introduction to Spectroscopy and studies at MSc, MPhil and PhD level. to consolidate your existing knowledge Experimental Techniques and provide a base upon which you can - Academic Skills for Molecular Sciences UCAS code and duration develop advanced chemistry concepts. Year Year 2 F104 – 4yrs FT 1’s studies will enable you to learn and - Inorganic Chemistry develop the laboratory techniques needed - Organic and Medicinal Chemistry International entry for higher levels of the course. A module on - Physical Chemistry Yes experimental chemistry will further develop - Analytical and Experimental Chemistry your practical skills, while a module on Year 3 Contact environmental chemistry will broaden your - Organic and Natural Product Chemistry Science, Engineering and Computing knowledge of chemistry and its impact. - Industrial and Polymer Chemistry admissions - Inorganic and Physical Chemistry T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 Year 2 takes a more in-depth look at - Advanced Analytical Science E: [email protected] inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. Year 4 Experimental work will continue to - Advanced Organic and Medicinal Chemistry How to apply develop the skills you will need to become - Advanced Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 a competent professional. Additional - Project modules covering experimental and Entry requirements analytical chemistry will expand your skills Teaching, learning and assessment • Min. 112 UCAS points, depending on for interpreting the results of modern • Teaching methods include lectures, qualifications, to include two science spectroscopic investigations. workshops and practical classes. Theory A-levels or equivalent. work is backed up by independent or • Subjects: A-level – minimum grade C in Year 3 shares some modules with our group-based practical study. Chemistry, or equivalent; General Studies BSc(Hons), particularly in areas of organic, • Assessment typically comprises 60 and Critical Thinking not accepted. BTEC natural product, physical, inorganic and per cent exam/40 per cent coursework, Extended Diploma in Applied Science (must analytical chemistry. However, unlike the including practical exercises and in-course include specific advanced chemistry units). BSc(Hons) course, it offers an opportunity tests. Projects are assessed by practical • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable to study industrial as well as polymer and work, poster presentation of results and a numeric score under newly reformed GCSE materials chemistry in greater depth. written report. grading), including English Language and Mathematics. In Year 4, you will spend half of your time Careers and progression on a research project, enhancing your skills The chemical industry is at the heart of Make it happen: in experimental design, critical analysis, manufacturing. With a turnover in excess www.kingston.ac.uk/mchem2017 problem solving and laboratory work. of £57bn, the UK chemical industry is The other modules further develop your internationally competitive, employing more knowledge and understanding of inorganic, than 180,000 people working for 3,000 physical, organic and medicinal chemistry. organisations. (Source: Chemical Industries Association, January 2014 – www.cia.org.uk)

Chemistry graduates from Kingston University have established a good employment record over many years, gaining jobs at pharmaceutical companies 209 Pharmaceutical & Chemical Sciences FdSc foundation degree This two-year course is designed to give an introduction to pharmacy, chemistry and the pharmaceutical sciences. There is a strong practical element, which will develop your laboratory techniques. You will also be required to undertake a work placement, which will provide valuable vocational experience and open up new employment opportunities.

What you will study MChem route: UCAS code and duration In Year 1, you will study core modules - Organic and Physical Chemistry F190 – 2yrs FT that cover each of the main subject areas - Inorganic and Environmental Chemistry in pharmacy and the pharmaceutical and - Introduction to Spectroscopy and International entry chemical sciences. Experimental Techniques Yes - Option module (eg Work-based In Year 2, your final year, you will have the Dissertation; Medicines, Health and Contact opportunity to choose from a selection of Wellbeing; Cells, Tissues and Organ Science, Engineering and Computing option modules, enabling you to specialise Systems; The Science of Medicines) admissions in an area that particularly interests you. MPharmSci route: T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 - Cells, Tissues and Organ Systems E: [email protected] Throughout the course there is an - Introduction to Spectroscopy and emphasis on a vocational application of Experimental Techniques How to apply the taught material. You will undertake a - Option modules (eg Work-based Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 work placement in a related workplace Dissertation; Medicines, Health and for a minimum of one day a week – for Wellbeing; Organic and Physical Chemistry; Entry requirements example, in a community pharmacy or The Science of Medicines) • 72 UCAS points, to include at least two a pharmaceutical company. This work A-levels or equivalent experience may be paid or voluntary and Teaching, learning and assessment • Subjects: A-level in Chemistry (min. will help you put your studies into practice. • Teaching methods include lectures, grade D) and one other science subject, You will be given assistance in finding a workshops/practicals, tutorials, work- General Studies not accepted; minimum of placement if you are not already working in specific tasks and assignments, and online AS Biology recommended; AVCE – Science such a position when you start the course. learning. (double award); BTEC – appropriate • Assessment methods include a subjects The course is based at both Kingston combination of assignments, presentations, • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable University and South Thames College. tests, exams and project reports. numeric score under newly reformed GCSE grading): which must include English, Professional accreditation Careers and progression Mathematics and Double Award This course is accredited by the General Graduates will be well-prepared for jobs Science. Pharmaceutical Council, to allow graduates in the pharmacy and pharmaceutical who have attained the required standards industries. For example, in community Make it happen: direct entry to Year 2 of the Master of or hospital pharmacies, graduates could www.kingston.ac.uk/ Pharmacy programme. find employment as assistants or trainee pharmchemfdn2017 technicians. In the pharmaceutical industry, Examples of modules graduates will be prepared for laboratory- Year 1 based roles or as medical representatives. - Introduction to Pharmacy Practice Successful completion of the course will - Foundation Chemistry for Pharmacy and also allow you to transfer to Year 2 of the Pharmaceutical Sciences pharmacy, chemistry or pharmaceutical - Life Science and Medicine chemistry undergraduate masters courses - Academic and Professional Skills Portfolio (subject to meeting the required levels Year 2 of attainment). Further study opens up MPharm route: opportunities to become a registered - Medicines, Health and Wellbeing pharmacist or to enter a career in research - Cells, Tissues and Organ Systems for new drugs and medicines. - The Science of Medicines - Introduction to Spectroscopy and Experimental Techniques 210 Pharmaceutical Science BSc(Hons) single honours Pharmaceutical science is concerned with the design and development of new drugs for clinical purposes. It explores the different sources of medicine, how they work and how they can be formulated (eg tablet, cream, inhaler), analysed and tested. This course provides a wide understanding of all aspects of the pharmaceutical industry.

What you will study Year 3 includes the Topics in Careers and progression Year 1 provides a general introduction to Pharmaceutical Science module, enabling The pharmaceuticals sector is a biology, chemistry and physiology, as well you to specialise in particular areas of growth area within the UK chemicals as to pharmaceutical science itself. The pharmaceutical science. You will also industry, with good job prospects for Foundation Chemistry for Pharmaceutical undertake a year-long research project, pharmaceutical scientists. Our graduates Science module introduces formulation through which you will apply all the work in areas of the industry such as science, pharmacokinetics and molecular theoretical knowledge gained over the research, development, quality assurance, modelling; while the importance of practical whole course in an experimental context. marketing and sales. Many have gained work and instrumental techniques is Specialisation is also available in Year 3, in jobs in laboratories, in hospitals and in also emphasised. You will also study an the form of two option modules: one will educational establishments. Students academic skills module, which covers develop and enhance your analytical skills; often progress successfully to a wide mathematics, statistics, generic study skills the other will deepen your knowledge base range of postgraduate studies, including and information technology. This module in natural product chemistry. teacher training. is designed to give you those life-long learning skills that employers value. Examples of modules UCAS code and duration Year 1 BB22 – 3yrs FT Year 2 places more emphasis on organic - Foundation Chemistry for Pharmaceutical BBG2 – 4yrs SW chemistry and on the development of Science B208 – 4/5yrs FDN, see p207 practical skills, especially in the area of - Bioscience 1 6yrs PT pharmaceutical analysis – an important - Introduction to Spectroscopy and subject in relation to the actions and Experimental Techniques International entry characterisation of drugs. You will build - Academic Skills for Molecular Sciences Yes on the pharmaceutical chemistry learned Year 2 in Year 1 by studying the properties and - Organic and Medicinal Chemistry Contact formulation of pharmaceuticals. The - Pharmacology and Pharmaceutics Science, Engineering and Computing course also covers the effect of drugs - Analytical Science admissions in living systems and the principles - Practical and Research Skills in T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 of the immune system, along with an Pharmaceutical Science E: [email protected] introduction to micro-organisms in relation Optional sandwich year to human disease, their control and safe Year 3 How to apply working practices. Year 2 features a large - Drug Development FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 element of experimental pharmaceutical - Topics in Pharmaceutical Science PT direct to the University chemistry. This provides you with the - Project necessary practical and organisational - Organic and Natural Product Chemistry Entry requirements skills to conduct independent laboratory OR Advanced Analytical Science • Min. 104 UCAS points, depending on investigations. You will also have the qualifications, to include two science opportunity to develop other transferable Teaching, learning and assessment A-levels or equivalent. skills that are important to improving your • Teaching includes lectures, workshops, • Subjects: A-level – minimum grade C employability and career planning. tutorials and practical classes. in A-level Chemistry, or equivalent, and • Assessment typically comprises 60 AS Biology required; General Studies The optional sandwich year between per cent exam/40 per cent coursework and Critical Thinking not accepted. BTEC Years 2 and 3 provides an opportunity (eg practical work, in-course tests, Extended Diploma in Applied Science (must to gain first-hand experience of how assignments and essays). contain specific advanced chemistry units). pharmaceutical science is applied in an industrial situation. The industrial Make it happen: placement tutor will help you find your www.kingston.ac.uk/pharmsci2017 paid placement.

211 Pharmaceutical Science MPharmSci(Hons) single honours Pharmaceutical science is concerned with the design and development of new drugs for clinical purposes. It explores the different sources of medicine, how they work and how they can be formulated (eg tablet, cream, inhaler), analysed and tested. This four-year course is ideal if you see yourself as a research scientist working in areas such as drug discovery and delivery.

What you will study and laboratory work. The project also Careers and progression Year 1 provides a general introduction to provides an opportunity to display initiative The pharmaceuticals sector is a growth biology, chemistry and physiology, as well and creativity. In addition, you will take area within the UK chemicals industry, with as to pharmaceutical science itself. The advanced masters-level modules in good job prospects for pharmaceutical Foundation Chemistry for Pharmaceutical the Manufacture and Clinical Trials of scientists. Our graduates work in Science module introduces formulation Medicines and Advanced Organic and areas of the industry such as research, science, pharmacokinetics and molecular Medicinal Chemistry. development, quality assurance, regulatory modelling, while the importance of practical affairs, marketing and sales; while many work and instrumental techniques is also Examples of modules have gained jobs in laboratories in hospitals emphasised. You will also study a module Year 1 and in educational establishments. Our that covers mathematics, statistics, generic - Foundation Chemistry for Pharmaceutical students frequently progress to further study skills and information technology. Science study at PhD level. This module gives you those life-long - Bioscience 1 learning skills that employers value. - Introduction to Spectroscopy and UCAS code and duration Experimental Techniques B204 – 4yrs FT Year 2 places more emphasis on organic - Academic Skills for Molecular Sciences chemistry and on pharmaceutical analysis, Year 2 International entry which is important in relation to the - Organic and Medicinal Chemistry Yes characterisation of drugs and how they - Pharmacology and Pharmaceutics act on the body. You will build on the - Analytical Science Contact pharmaceutical chemistry learned in Year 1 - Practical and Research Skills in Science, Engineering and Computing by studying the properties and formulation Pharmaceutical Science admissions of pharmaceuticals. The course also covers Year 3 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 the effect of drugs in living systems and - Topics in Pharmaceutical Science E: [email protected] the principles of the immune system, along - Organic and Natural Product Chemistry with an introduction to micro-organisms - Drug Development How to apply in relation to human disease, their control - Advanced Analytical Science Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 and safe working practices. In Year 2 Year 4 there is a large element of experimental - Research Project Entry requirements pharmaceutical chemistry. This provides - Advanced Organic and Medicinal • Min. 112 UCAS points, depending on you with the necessary practical and Chemistry qualifications, to include two science-based organisational skills to conduct independent - Manufacture and Clinical Trials of Medicines A-levels or equivalent. laboratory investigations. You will also • Subjects: A-level – min. grade C in have the opportunity to develop other Teaching, learning and assessment A-level Chemistry, or equivalent, and AS transferable skills, important to improving • Teaching includes lectures, workshops, Biology required; General Studies not your employability and career planning. tutorials and practical classes. accepted. BTEC Extended Diploma in • Assessment typically comprises 60 Applied Science (must contain specific Year 3 shares some modules with our per cent exam/40 per cent coursework advanced chemistry units). BSc(Hons) Pharmaceutical Science degree, (eg practical work, in-course tests, including a module that will deepen assignments and essays). Make it happen: your knowledge base in natural product www.kingston.ac.uk/mpharmsci2017 chemistry, and another that will develop and enhance your analytical skills.

In Year 4, you will spend half of your time working on your research project, enhancing your skills in experiment design, critical analysis, problem solving 212 Pharmacy MPharm(Hons) single honours Pharmacy is a science-based healthcare profession that involves the preparation, supply and monitoring of medicines for the treatment and prevention of disease. If you have a keen interest in health issues, disease management and the sciences associated with medicine, this four-year course, taught jointly with St George’s, University of London, is ideal.

What you will study Accreditation Council’s professional registration exam. Year 1 introduces the scientific basis of The Master of Pharmacy (MPharm) Subject to satisfactory completion of a pharmacy, including cell biology, physiology degree is fully accredited by the General relevant project, graduates may apply and pharmaceutical and biological Pharmaceutical Council. for associate membership of the Royal chemistry (including the importance of Society of Chemistry (AMRSC). There are natural products as medicines). You will also Examples of modules many career opportunities for qualified study important pharmaceutical dosage Year 1 pharmacists, mostly in hospital pharmacy forms, formulation and manufacturing - The Human Body departments and community pharmacies, processes, physico-chemical aspects of - The Role of the Pharmacist as well as in the pharmaceutical industry. drug stability and pharmacopoeial and - Making Medicines There are also opportunities to pursue regulatory requirements. You will gain a - The Science of Drugs higher degrees by research. clear understanding of the profession of Year 2 pharmacy and the practical and theoretical - Drug Design and Medicine Development UCAS code and duration aspects of dispensing. - Pharmacy Law, Ethics and Practice B230 – 4yrs FT B231 – 5yrs FDN, see - The Central Nervous System and Mental p207 Year 2 places more emphasis on the Health role of hospital, community and industrial - The Cardio-respiratory System 1 International entry pharmacists. It includes the study of Year 3 Yes pharmacy law and ethics and good - Infection, Immunology and Cancer dispensing practice. You will integrate - Endocrine, Reproductive and Inflammation Contact science with practice, learning through - The Cardio-respiratory System 2 Science, Engineering and Computing case studies how chemistry, pharmacology - Gastrointestinal, Liver and Skin admissions and pharmaceutics affect clinical practice. Year 4 T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 - Technology to Care E: [email protected] Year 3 focuses on body systems and - Effective Decision Making for Pharmacy disease stats. Examples of study include: the Practice How to apply role of the liver in health and disease; and - Research Methods and Project Through UCAS, see pages 227–229 cancer – its causes, the science behind its treatment and the clinical management of Teaching, learning and assessment Entry requirements cancer patients. You will have opportunities • Teaching methods include lectures, • 128 UCAS points, to include three to learn alongside other future healthcare workshops, tutorials, seminars and practical A-levels or equivalent. professionals, and get to talk to patients classes, backed up by computer-assisted • Subjects: A-levels – Chemistry (40 about their conditions and treatment. learning, problem-based learning and points, grade B) required, plus at least one self-directed study. Some modules are other of Mathematics, Physics or Biology A major element of Year 4 is the research- taught at St George’s, University of London. at grade B (40 points); minimum of grade based project, for which you will receive You will work with hospital and community B in AS Biology is required if Biology is not tuition in research skills. A problem-based pharmacists, other healthcare professionals, studied at A-level; General Studies and approach is used for more advanced and have contact with patients. Critical Thinking not accepted. teaching in areas such as pharmaceutical • Assessment methods include modular • Plus five GCSEs (A*–C, or comparable technology and biotechnology. Professional exams and coursework. numeric score under newly reformed GCSE practice topics include advanced grading), including English, Mathematics prescription analysis, risk management and Careers and progression and Double Award Science. drug interventions, as well as the wider To become a pharmacist, you need to • Our selection process includes a role of the pharmacist in pharmaceutical achieve an accredited four-year degree in Disclosure and Barring Service check care. A total of 20 placement days, mostly Pharmacy (MPharm) before completing a (previously CRB) and interviews. in hospital or community pharmacies, are year of pre-registration training in approved spread throughout the course. These serve pharmaceutical establishments and then Make it happen: to introduce and develop professional skills. passing the General Pharmaceutical www.kingston.ac.uk/mpharm2017 213 Psychology, criminology and sociology

Do you enjoy asking why? If you do, you could have the makings of a good social scientist.

Psychology, criminology and sociology enable us to understand the forces at work in society. They are also about critical thinking – challenging assumptions and questioning everyday social worlds. A degree in one of these disciplines gives you the opportunity to examine large-scale social structures, such as gender, class and ethnicity, and the smaller scale, for example, individual behaviours.

At Kingston University, you can gain a broad knowledge of sociology, psychology or criminology in combination with another subject (joint honours), or develop in-depth understanding through a single honours degree.

Whatever option you choose, we encourage you to look at the world in a new way. You will join a thriving, intellectual environment with an exciting mix of approaches – the precise science and experimentation of some sub-disciplines of psychology, the debate of ideas and theories for understanding real-world phenomena, the search for solutions to social problems within sociology and criminology. In addition to academic theory we include opportunities to gain practical experience, enhancing your studies.

You will learn from experienced staff, many of whom are current practitioners (eg as counsellors, health and forensic psychologists). We have a strong involvement in national, European and international research networks and collaborations. Students have praised the energy and enthusiasm of our staff and the quality of our teaching. We pride ourselves on being accessible, friendly and intellectually engaging.

214 Criminology BSc(Hons) single/joint honours Criminology studies crime, crime control and criminalisation of social ‘groups’, from ‘street-level’ crime to global terrorism and cybercrime. It studies society, politics, law, psychology and culture to understand offending behaviour, people’s responses to it, and how fear of crime affects feelings of security and wellbeing. It explores cultural representations of criminality – their relation to class, gender, age, sexuality, race and ethnicity.

What you will study Spanish. For more information, see Skills gained from this degree are relevant Year 1 gives a thorough grounding in www.kingston.ac.uk/kls. to many careers, and include: research criminology’s foundations, using a variety and reporting, analytical and critical of perspectives to understand crime, its You will also have the opportunity to thinking; project design and management; causes, and responses to it by justice study abroad, enhancing your knowledge, conference planning and presentation. systems. Surveys, interviews, media experiencing other cultures, and building analysis, ethnographic observations confidence and social networks. This degree is also an excellent foundation for and statistics will give evidence to your postgraduate study in criminology and fields arguments. Fieldwork will develop project Examples of modules such as law, social policy, politics, international management and team-working skills. By Year 1 relations, human rights and sociology. the end of Year 1, you will understand how - Foundations in Criminological Theory to think like a criminologist. - Crime, Law and Justice UCAS codes and duration - Violence, Transgression and Society Single honours: L311 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT Year 2 will feature independent academic - Researching Everyday Life Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or work in your chosen areas of inquiry. Year 2 www.ucas.com Your choice of modules will be based - Policing and Punishment on specialist research interests in the - Doing Criminological Research International entry department and the wider Faculty. Areas - Crime, Media and Policy Yes include: policing and prisons, and crime - Youth, Crime and Deviance as it relates to youth, gender, transgender, Year 3 Contact sexuality, race and ethnicity. - Criminology Placement Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office - Criminology Dissertation T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 Year 3 explores criminology’s application - Transnational Crime E: [email protected] to real-world settings. You may choose - The Politics of Crime in the Black Atlantic a criminology placement, incorporating - Social Intersections: Gender, Race and How to apply community or work-based learning, studying Class FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 social aspects of organisations and working - Culture, Consumption and Branding PT direct to the University life. Through a dissertation you will think - Migration and Social Transformation critically about the discipline of criminology, - War and Society Entry requirements applying criminological perspectives to • Single honours: 112 UCAS points, to real-world issues. Working on a student Teaching, learning and assessment include two A-levels or equivalent. conference, you will learn event organisation • Modules are taught through workshops, • Joint honours: 112–128 UCAS points and management, and disseminate your seminars and lectures. Feedback is provided (depending on combination), to include two research to a wide audience. before the final assessment. You will have A-levels or equivalent (see webpage for regular meetings with your personal tutor and requirements for specific combinations). You will join our annual School of one-to-one sessions with module lecturers. • Plus GCSE: English (A*–C, or comparable Psychology, Criminology and themed • Assessments provide relevant practice and numeric score under newly reformed GCSE week, featuring workshops, presentations, experience for employment after graduation, grading, required); Mathematics (A*–C, or discussions and reading groups on a including essays, examinations, research comparable numeric score under newly contemporary social issue, led by expert reports, presentations and case studies. reformed GCSE grading, required for some speakers and practitioners. 2014’s ‘Gender combinations) Week’ and 2015’s ‘War and Peace Week’ Careers and progression • Key Skills Level 2 may be used in lieu of were great successes. 2016 will investigate Criminology graduates pursue careers in poor GCSEs, depending on combination. ‘Race and Ethnicity’. criminal justice policy and practice, policing, teaching, campaigning, charitable and non- Make it happen: You may study a foreign language for free governmental agencies, ‘care’ professions, www.kingston.ac.uk/criminology2017 while at the University. Options include: government and social policy research, Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, market research, advertising, business, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and human resources, and media industries. 215 Forensic Psychology BSc(Hons) single honours Fascinating, dynamic, challenging and relevant to today’s society. If you’re seeking a career in forensic or other areas of psychology, this degree includes all core areas required by the British Psychological Society. One of the few UK degrees offering a specialist forensic psychology qualification, it examines criminal investigation, psychology of offending behaviour, and practical and theoretical approaches to psychology in general.

What you will study You can choose to study a foreign language • Assessments in Years 1 and 2 focus on Year 1 introduces the core principles for free while at the University. Options key skills and understanding of forensic and major techniques of forensic include: Arabic, French, German, Italian, and core areas of scientific psychology. psychology, the issue of crime and the Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian Year 3 assessments focus on ability to criminal justice system. It examines major and Spanish. For more information, see analyse and critically evaluate. Year 3’s concepts, methods and theories in core www.kingston.ac.uk/kls. dissertation represents the culmination of areas of psychological science, such as theoretical and practical knowledge. relationships between brain and behaviour, Professional accreditation interaction within groups, how human We are seeking accreditation by the British Careers and progression beings learn and develop. You will have a Psychological Society (BPS) for this course. The forensic psychology job market is growing. personal tutor, fortnightly tutorials in small Our graduates will then be eligible for With this degree you may develop a career groups and individually, enhancing your graduate membership of the BPS and the in criminological and forensic psychology – academic and career skills. Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership. through a postgraduate BPS-approved forensic This first step towards becoming a chartered psychology MSc. Skills are also relevant to Year 2 studies relationships between psychologist can (with further training) lead other areas of psychology and employment – crime, mental health and interventions in to a career in forensic psychology. teaching; probation service; youth offending a forensic context. Core modules include teams; police work; government research research methods, individual differences, Examples of modules and development. For postgraduate study, social psychology, child development, Year 1 the University offers an MA in Criminology biopsychology and cognitive psychology. - Foundations of Psychology and an MSc in Forensic Psychology. - Research Methods Year 3 includes valuable work experience - Crime, Law and Justice UCAS codes and duration and lectures by experienced forensic - Introduction to Forensic Psychology C8C6 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT psychologists. It studies psychological Year 2 theories related to investigation and - Brain Behaviour and Cognition International entry criminal behaviour. You will choose - Social, Individual and Developmental Yes a dissertation topic, supervised by Psychology researchers whose range of expertise - Research Methods 2 Contact includes: investigation into the predictors of - Forensic Mental Health and Criminal Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office criminal and partner violence, including the Behaviours T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 role of gangs, substance abuse and marital Year 3 E: [email protected] breakdown; the application of psychological - Dissertation OR Project principals to verbal and non-verbal aspects - Psychology of Offenders and Investigations How to apply of deception; and detection of deception - Applied Criminology FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 through interviewing. Option modules - Option modules (eg Advanced Research PT direct to University enable you to tailor the course to your Methods; Neuropsychology and Neuro- aspirations and interests. rehabilitation; Critical Social Psychology; Entry requirements Psychology in action; understanding • 120 UCAS points. You will join our annual School of psychological practice and interventions; • A-level Psychology not required but must Psychology, Criminology and Sociology Psychology of Health and Wellbeing; Gender be passed (A*–C) if taken. themed week. This series of workshops, and Society; Transnational Crime; Applied • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric presentations, discussion and reading Criminology; Special Study: Cyber Crime score under newly reformed GCSE grading): groups, on a contemporary social and Society; Special Study: Youth Justice) Mathematics and English. issue, are led by expert speakers and practitioners. 2014’s ‘Gender Week’ and Teaching, learning and assessment Make it happen: 2015’s ‘War and Peace Week’ were great • Teachers are professionals, conducting www.kingston.ac.uk/ successes. 2016 will run a ‘Race and cutting-edge research in their areas of forensicpsychology2017 Ethnicity Week’. expertise. 216 Psychology BSc(Hons) single/joint honours This course provides a practical and theoretical approach to scientific psychology. You can tailor your learning to a variety of specialisms, including health, counselling, social, developmental, forensic and neuropsychology. Accredited by the British Psychology Society, this degree is the first step towards becoming a chartered psychologist. You can choose to study psychology as a single or joint honours degree (see pages 222–225 for joint honours options).

What you will study globalised world. Options include: Arabic, Teaching, learning and assessment Year 1 introduces concepts, methods and French, German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, • Work-based skills are developed through major theories in psychology, and outlines Portuguese, Russian and Spanish. For more learning strategies such as lectures, how psychologists approach theoretical information, see www.kingston.ac.uk/kls. interactive workshops and laboratory-based and practical problems. You will study the practical sessions. historical and philosophical development of In addition, you will have the opportunity to • Assessments include laboratory reports, psychological thought, how people interact study abroad, extending your knowledge and essays, objective tests, workshop exercises, in groups, and how we learn and develop understanding of other cultures, and helping short projects, presentations and written as human beings. You will be assigned a you build confidence and social networks. exams. personal tutor and have fortnightly tutorials in very small groups and individually to help Professional accreditation Careers and progression you develop key academic and career skills. This course is accredited by the British Numeracy and literacy skills acquired on Psychological Society (BPS). Successful this course are highly valued by employers. In Year 2, core modules cover research completion confers eligibility for graduate Psychology graduates are employed in many methods, individual differences, social membership of the BPS and the Graduate professional settings. Many students continue psychology, child development, biopsychology Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) – training, becoming chartered psychologists. and cognitive psychology. The choice of the first step towards becoming a chartered Careers include clinical, forensic, option modules enables you to specialise in a psychologist. To attain GBC, you must educational and occupational psychology, particular area, such as mental health, and gain follow either the single honours or major social work, counselling and teaching. work experience (eg within the department, route, attaining at least a second-class in local schools or clinical settings). honours degree. UCAS code and duration Single honours: C800 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT In Year 3, you will choose a dissertation Examples of modules Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or topic that is related to, and supported Year 1 www.ucas.com by, an additional module, comprising a - Psychology Research Methods 1 ‘capstone’ project. Further option modules - Foundations of Psychology International entry allow you to tailor your course to future - Historical and Philosophical Concepts Yes career aspirations and interests. in Psychology - Social Selves Contact You will also participate in the annual School Year 2 Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office of Psychology, Criminology and Sociology - Psychology Research Methods 2 T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 themed week – a series of workshops, - Social, Individual and Developmental E: [email protected] presentations, discussion and reading Psychology groups on a contemporary social issue, all - Brain, Behaviour and Cognition How to apply led by expert speakers and practitioners. - Learning and Behaviour FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 2014’s ‘Gender Week’ and 2015’s ‘War and - Mental Health and Brain Function PT direct to the University Peace Week’ were great successes. 2016 - Work-based Learning in Psychology will have a ‘Race and Ethnicity Week’. Year 3 Entry requirements - Psychology Research Project • 120 UCAS points, to include a minimum Every week, you will be able to meet lecturers - Advanced Research Methods in Psychology of two A-levels or equivalent. informally in our ‘social space’ to discuss - Advanced Developmental Psychology • A-level Psychology is not required but exciting contemporary psychological issues. - Neuropsychology and Neuro-rehabilitation must be passed (A*–C) if taken. - Critical Social Psychology: Memory, • Plus GCSE (A*–C or comparable numeric You can study a foreign language for free Narrative and Representation score under newly reformed GCSE grading): while at the University, enhancing your - The Psychology of Health and Wellbeing English and Mathematics. knowledge of other cultures, sharpening - Psychology in action: understanding communications skills and increasing your psychological practice and intervention. Make it happen: attractiveness to employers in an increasingly - The Psychology of Art and Film www.kingston.ac.uk/psychology2017 217 Sociology BSc(Hons) single/joint honours Sociology looks at how we influence one another as individuals and groups, and the ways in which wider social factors affect what we do and how we think. Sociology challenges our prejudices and assumptions, explores questions about the nature of society, human relationships and behaviour, examining issues around power and inequalities, social change, conflict and development.

What you will study Examples of modules UCAS codes and duration Year 1 will give you a thorough grounding Year 1 Single honours: L300 – 3yrs FT; 6yrs PT in the conceptual and practical foundations - Contemporary Issues in Sociology Joint honours: see pages 222–225 or of sociology, using a variety of perspectives - Social Selves www.ucas.com to interpret society and the everyday - Violence, Transgression and Society lives of individuals. You will learn various - Researching Everyday Life International entry research techniques to give evidence to your Year 2 Yes arguments. Fieldwork exercises will develop - How to Change the World your project management and team-working - Researching Race and Ethnicity Contact skills. By the end of Year 1, you will have - Creative Societies Arts and Social Sciences Admissions Office acquired a ‘sociological imagination’. - Globalisation and Social Change T: +44 (0)20 8417 2378 / 2361 - Crime, Media and Policy E: [email protected] Year 2 will study a range of classic and - Policing and Penal Studies contemporary thinkers, not only to understand - Youth, Crime and Deviance How to apply the world, but to try to change it. You will Year 3 FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 undertake more independent work, choosing - Sociology Placement PT direct to the University an area of enquiry from a range including: - Sociology Dissertation communities and social space; fashion and - Social Intersections: Gender, Race Entry requirements consumption; film and museums; globalisation and Class • Single honours: 112 UCAS points, to and social change; race and ethnicity; science - Culture, Consumption and Branding include two A-levels or equivalent. and technology; and war and military studies. - Making Social Futures • Joint honours: 112–128 UCAS points - Migration and Social Transformation (depending on combination), to include two Year 3 will explore different ways in which - The Politics of Crime in the Black Atlantic A-levels or equivalent (see webpage for sociology is applied in real-world settings. You - War and Society requirements for specific combinations). will have an opportunity to take a placement, • Plus GCSE: English (A*–C required or incorporating community or work-based Teaching, learning and assessment comparable numeric score under newly learning while studying social aspects of • Teaching is through workshops, seminars reformed GCSE grading); Mathematics organisations and working life. Through your and lectures. Field work gives opportunities (A*–C or comparable numeric score under dissertation you will think critically about the to observe different aspects of social life. newly reformed GCSE grading required for discipline of sociology. You will also participate • You will have regular meetings with your some combinations). in a student conference, giving you experience personal tutor and one-to-one sessions • Key Skills Level 2 may be used in lieu of of event organisation and management and with lecturers. poor GCSEs, depending on combination. allowing you to disseminate your research to a wide audience. Careers and progression Make it happen: Our graduates typically pursue careers in www.kingston.ac.uk/sociology2017 You will take part in the annual School of the ‘caring professions’, government and Psychology, Criminology and Sociology social policy research, market research, themed week. Previous themes have advertising, business, human resources, included “Gender” and “War and Peace”. media industries, teaching and charitable These weeks incorporate a series of and non-governmental associations. workshops, presentations, discussion and reading groups and are led by expert speakers and practitioners. 2016’s theme is ‘Race and Ethnicity’.

You can also learn a language for free and/or study abroad for a year as part of your degree. See pages 36 and 38 for further details. 218 Construction and Surveying

At Kingston University we offer a range of career-focused degree programmes in Construction and Surveying, including the BSc Building Surveying, BSc Construction Management and BSc Quantity Surveying Consultancy.

Building Surveying concerns all aspects of property and construction, from supervising large mixed-use developments to planning domestic extensions. The main area of specialism includes the maintenance and adaptation of buildings, which involves working in areas such as building design, refurbishment or alteration, building control and resolving disputes between adjoining owners or landlords and tenants.

Construction Management emphasises the development of a professional attitude to management, design, maintenance, sustainability, quality and health and safety by enabling students to gain knowledge and practical skills through experimentation using laboratories, site visits and field courses.

Quantity Surveyors ensure that developments and construction projects are completed on time and within budget. Much of their work is concerned with the financial aspects of construction, and they are increasingly involved in providing clients with strategic business advice. The BSc Quantity Surveying Consultancy reflects the mix of technical, economic, legal and managerial skills required in this industry.

Accreditation At Kingston University, we are very proud of our long-standing partnership with professional bodies such as the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) which accredit our BSc Building Surveying and BSc Quantity Surveying Consultancy. Similarly, our BSc Construction Management has dual accreditation by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) and the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).

Career progression These degree programmes offer many opportunities for a successful career in the construction industry and you may choose professional roles in both the private and public sectors. With an accredited degree, you are eligible to register for the practice qualification required to become a chartered surveyor or manager/builder upon gaining a graduate position. The sandwich route of your chosen course will give you the opportunity for an industrial placement year and allow you to gain relevant work experience. The option of studying part time is available for both surveying degree programmes.

219 Building Surveying BSc(Hons) single honours Building surveyors are involved in all aspects of property and construction, from supervising large mixed-use developments to planning domestic extensions. Specialisms include the maintenance and care of buildings – areas such as building design, refurbishment or alteration – and resolving disputes between neighbours or landlords and tenants. Studies cover the fields of technology, building design, building pathology, surveys, management, law, professional practice and heritage buildings. What you will study You may study this course full time over of Professional Competence (APC) upon Sustainable building design is a key feature three years, as a sandwich course over four gaining a graduate or placement year. The of the course, with design modules in years, or part time over five years. APC is the practice qualification required to each year. In Year 1, you will explore the become a chartered surveyor. This course principles of design aesthetics, examining Accreditation also satisfies the academic component what makes a building well or poorly At Kingston, we are very proud of our of the Chartered Institute of Building designed. You will spend time designing, long-standing association with professional (CIOB), enabling you to start your practice using both sketching and computer-aided bodies such as the Royal Institution of period with a view to gaining complete design packages. Modules in design and Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and the membership. development enable you to appreciate the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). For design process, the relationship of buildings full details about the accreditations for this UCAS code and duration with the environment and the need for course, please visit the course webpage. K261 – 3yrs FT design innovation and sustainability. K230 – 4yrs SW Examples of modules 5yrs PT Year 2’s technology modules teach you how Year 1 buildings are constructed and how and why - Context of Building Surveying International entry they fall apart – a key component of the - Sustainable Design and Development Yes chartered building surveyor’s knowledge base. - Residential Construction Technology This knowledge is applied to the Building - Principles of Law and Organisations Contact Maintenance & Management module, in Year 2 Science, Engineering and Computing which you will learn how to keep buildings - Commercial Construction Technology admissions in use, and is developed further in the Year - Building Appraisal T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 3 module, Building Design and Application. - Building Maintenance and Adaptation E: [email protected] You will also study the particular challenges - CAD and Building Science associated with historic and heritage buildings Optional sandwich year How to apply in The Existing Built Environment module. Year 3 FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 - Building Design and Application PT direct to the University The course provides a foundation of - The Existing Built Environment business and legal knowledge applied to - Professional Practice in Context Entry requirements the property and construction industries, - Research Project • 112 UCAS points, to include two A-levels enabling you to advise clients of the legal or equivalent. General Studies not accepted. and financial implications resulting from Teaching, learning and assessment • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric different treatments of buildings. • Teaching methods include lectures, score under newly reformed GCSE grading): simulated and live projects, debates and five subjects including Mathematics and Becoming a chartered professional is not research work (in groups and individually), English Language, or equivalent. just about gaining knowledge. You will practicals and site and field trips. develop skills such as how to present • Assessment methods include exams, Make it happen: yourself and how to work in teams, how to coursework and student-led projects. www.kingston.ac.uk/buildingsurv2017 write reports and debate current topics, and how to apply IT to your discipline. You will Careers and progression also learn how to initiate and execute simple On completion of this degree, graduates research projects. This course enables you usually enter the property or construction to practise these skills. It culminates in a industry, working either for a property major group project in Year 3, along with company, a consultancy or a large an independent research project, enabling property-owning organisation. you to graduate confident that you have the knowledge and skills to begin a career as a With an accredited degree, you will be professional building surveyor. eligible to register for the RICS Assessment 220 Quantity Surveying Consultancy BSc(Hons) single honours Quantity surveyors ensure that developments and construction projects are completed on time and within budget. Much of their work is concerned with financial aspects of construction, and they are increasingly involved in providing clients with strategic business advice. This degree reflects the mix of technical, economic, legal and managerial skills required in this industry.

What you will study and execute simple research projects. The and you may choose roles in either the The quantity surveyor’s role is to course enables you to practise these skills, consultancy or public sectors. provide advice on the cost implications and culminates in a major group project of construction and minimise the in Year 3, along with an independent With an accredited degree, you are eligible whole-life costs of a project while still research project, enabling you to graduate to register for the RICS Assessment of achieving the required standards of confident that you have the knowledge and Professional Competence (APC) (the quality, many of which are specified skills to begin your career as a professional practice qualification required to become by statute or regulations. The need to quantity surveyor. a chartered surveyor) upon gaining a incorporate sustainability is also now a graduate position or placement year. key consideration. This course gives you Accreditation The course also satisfies the academic sound knowledge of the construction At Kingston, we are very proud of our component of the Chartered Institute of and development processes, helping you long-standing association with professional Building (CIOB) qualification, enabling you develop the competencies you need to bodies such as the Royal Institution of to start your practice period with a view to enter practice as a quantity surveyor. Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and the gaining corporate membership. Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). For Year 1 explores the legal, technical full details about the accreditations for this UCAS code and duration and economic context within which course, please visit the course webpage. K281 – 3yrs FT construction professionals work. Modules K240 – 4yrs SW in sustainable design and development and Examples of modules 5yrs PT construction technology will prepare you for Year 1 measurements – one of the core technical - Context of Quantity Surveying International entry skills of a quantity surveyor. - Sustainable Design and Development Yes - Residential Construction Technology Year 2 builds on this knowledge and - Principles of Law and Organisations Contact applies it to more-complex commercial Year 2 Science, Engineering and Computing structures. You will be introduced to cost- - Commercial Construction Technology admissions planning techniques, contract law and the - Design Economics and Cost Planning T: +44 (0)20 8417 4545 pre/post-contract financial and contract - Contract Administration E: [email protected] administration duties of the quantity - Advanced Measurement surveyor. Year 3 How to apply - Project Management FT through UCAS, see pages 227–229 The course will give you a business - Consultancy PT direct to the University perspective, enabling you to understand the - Professional Practice in Context construction industry and its relationship - Research Project Entry requirements to the consultancy market. Therefore, in • 112 UCAS points, depending on Year 3, specialist modules in consultancy Teaching, learning and assessment qualifications, to include two A-levels or and project management cover topics • Teaching methods include lectures, equivalent; General Studies not accepted. such as the consultant–client relationship, simulated and live projects, debates and • Plus GCSE (A*–C, or comparable numeric organisational change management, project research work (in groups and individually), score under newly reformed GCSE grading): control and project team leadership. site visits and field trips. five subjects including Mathematics and • Assessment methods include English Language, or equivalent. Becoming a chartered professional is not coursework, projects and exams. just about gaining knowledge. You will Make it happen: be guided in developing skills such as: Careers and progression www.kingston.ac.uk/qs2017 how to present yourself; how to work in This degree offers many opportunities. teams; how to write reports and debate Management consultancy, value current topics; and how to apply IT to your engineering and business risk management discipline. You will also learn how to initiate are all growth areas within the field, 221 Joint honours combinations

222 Economics Psychology (minor field) L2CW 3FT/6PT p217 Psychology (half field) LCF8 3FT/6PT p217 Applied Economics and/with... Sociology LLF3 3FT/6PT p218 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Spanish NR45 3FT/6PT p167 Business (minor field) LCN1 3FT/6PT p79 Television & New Broadcasting Media LP2J 3FT/6PT p205 French L055 3FT/6PT p164 International Relations LLD2 3FT/6PT p157 Politics and/with... Politics LLC2 3FT/6PT p158 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Sociology LL13 3FT/6PT p218 Criminology LLJ2 3FT/6PT p215 Spanish LR10 3FT/6PT p167 Economics, Applied LLC2 3FT/6PT p95 English Literature QLHG 3FT/6PT p163 History VLD2 3FT/6PT p155 Journalism PL52 3FT/6PT p165 Media & Communication PLH2 3FT/6PT p203 History and politics Psychology (minor field) L2C8 3FT/6PT p217 Psychology (half field) LCG8 3FT/6PT p217 History and/with... Sociology LLG3 3FT/6PT p218 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Television & New Broadcasting Media LPFH 3FT/6PT p205 Business (minor field) VCN1 3FT/6PT p79 Creative Writing WV81 3FT/6PT p161 Criminology LV31 3FT/6PT p215 Drama WV41 3FT/6PT p201 English Literature QV31 3FT/6PT p163 Journalism, language and literature Film PV31 3FT/6PT p202 Human Rights VL12 3FT/6PT p156 Creative Writing and/with... International Relations VLC2 3FT/6PT p157 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Journalism VP15 3FT/6PT p165 Criminology WL83 3FT/6PT p215 Politics VLD2 3FT/6PT p158 Drama WW84 3FT/6PT p201 Psychology (minor field) V1C8 3FT/6PT p217 English Language & Linguistics WQ83 3FT/6PT p162 Psychology (half field) VC18 3FT/6PT p217 English Literature WQV3 3FT/6PT p163 Publishing V1P4 3FT/6PT p166 Film WP83 3FT/6PT p202 Sociology VL13 3FT/6PT p218 History WV81 3FT/6PT p155 Human Rights WL82 3FT/6PT p156 Human Rights and/with... Journalism WP85 3FT/6PT p165 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Media & Communication WPV3 3FT/6PT p203 Creative Writing WL82 3FT/6PT p161 Psychology (minor field) W8C8 3FT/6PT p217 Criminology LLH2 3FT/6PT p215 Psychology (half field) WC88 3FT/6PT p217 English Language & Linguistics QLH2 3FT/6PT p162 Publishing W8P4 3FT/6PT p166 History VL12 3FT/6PT p155 Television & New Broadcasting Media WPW3 3FT/6PT p205 Journalism LP25 3FT/6PT p165 Media & Communication LPF3 3FT/6PT p203 English Language & Linguistics and/with... Psychology (minor field) L2CV 3FT/6PT p217 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Psychology (half field) LC28 3FT/6PT p217 Business (minor field) QHN1 3FT/6PT p79 Sociology LL23 3FT/6PT p218 Creative Writing WQ83 3FT/6PT p161 Spanish LR01 3FT/6PT p167 Criminology LQ33 3FT/6PT p215 Drama WQ43 3FT/6PT p201 International Relations and/with... English Literature QH90 3FT/6PT p163 2nd field UCAS Duration Page French Q01R 3FT/6PT p164 Business (minor field) LFN1 3FT/6PT p79 International Relations QLJ2 3FT/6PT p157 Criminology ML92 3FT/6PT p215 Journalism QP35 3FT/6PT p165 Drama WLK2 3FT/6PT p201 Psychology (minor field) Q3C8 3FT/6PT p217 Economics, Applied LLD2 3FT/6PT p95 Psychology (half field) QC38 3FT/6PT p217 English Language & Linguistics QLJ2 3FT/6PT p162 Publishing QP34 3FT/6PT p166 English Literature QL3G 3FT/6PT p163 Sociology QL33 3FT/6PT p218 French R0N1 3FT/6PT p164 Spanish QR11 3FT/6PT p167 History VLC2 3FT/6PT p155 Television & New Broadcasting Media QPH3 3FT/6PT p205 Journalism LPF5 3FT/6PT p165 Media & Communication LP2H 3FT/6PT p203 223 English Literature and/with... Spanish and/with 2nd field UCAS Duration Page 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Creative Writing WQV3 3FT/6PT p161 Criminology LR50 3FT/6PT p215 Criminology LQH3 3FT/6PT p215 Economics, Applied LR10 3FT/6PT p95 Drama WQK3 3FT/6PT p201 English Language & Linguistics QR11 3FT/6PT p162 English Language & Linguistics QH90 3FT/6PT p162 English Literature QR17 3FT/6PT p163 Film QPJ3 3FT/6PT p202 Human Rights LR01 3FT/6PT p156 French QR01 3FT/6PT p164 International Relations NR45 3FT/6PT p157 History QV31 3FT/6PT p155 Media & Communication NR79 3FT/6PT p203 International Relations QL3G 3FT/6PT p157 Psychology (half field) CR81 3FT/6PT p217 Journalism QPH5 3FT/6PT p165 Psychology (major) C8R4 3FT/6PT p217 Media & Communication QP3H 3FT/6PT p203 Politics QLHG 3FT/6PT p158 Publishing Q3P4 3FT/6PT p166 Sociology QL3H 3FT/6PT p218 Spanish QR17 3FT/6PT p167 Performance and screen studies Television & New Broadcasting Media QP3J 3FT/6PT p205 Dance and/with... French and/with… 2nd field UCAS Duration Page 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Drama WW45 3FT/6PT p201 Drama W00A 3FT/6PT p201 Economics, Applied L055 3FT/6PT p95 Drama and/with... English Language & Linguistics Q01R 3FT/6PT p162 2nd field UCAS Duration Page English Literature QR01 3FT/6PT p163 Creative Writing WW84 3FT/6PT p161 Film WR00 3FT/6PT p202 Dance WW45 3FT/6PT p200 International Relations R0N1 3FT/6PT p157 English Language & Linguistics WQ43 3FT/6PT p162 Journalism R1P5 3FT/6PT p165 English Literature WQK3 3FT/6PT p163 Media & Communication RN15 3FT/6PT p203 Film WP43 3FT/6PT p202 Psychology RC80 3FT/6PT p217 French W00A 3FT/6PT p164 Psychology (Major) C8R1 3FT/6PT p217 History WV41 3FT/6PT p155 International Relations WLK2 3FT/6PT p157 Journalism and/with... Media & Communication WPK3 3FT/6PT p203 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Psychology (minor field) W4C8 3FT/6PT p217 Creative Writing WP85 3FT/6PT p161 Psychology (half field) WC48 3FT/6PT p217 English Language & Linguistics QP35 3FT/6PT p162 English Literature QPH5 3FT/6PT p163 Film and/with... Film PP35 3FT/6PT p202 2nd field UCAS Duration Page French R1P5 3FT/6PT p164 Business (minor field) PHN1 3FT/6PT p79 History VP15 3FT/6PT p155 Creative Writing WP83 3FT/6PT p161 Human Rights LP25 3FT/6PT p156 Drama WP43 3FT/6PT p201 International Relations LPF5 3FT/6PT p157 English Literature QPJ3 3FT/6PT p163 Media & Communication PP53 3FT/6PT p203 French WR00 3FT/6PT p164 Politics PL52 3FT/6PT p158 History PV31 3FT/6PT p155 Psychology (minor field) P5C8 3FT/6PT p217 Journalism PP35 3FT/6PT p165 Psychology (half field) PC58 3FT/6PT p217 Media & Communication PH90 3FT/6PT p203 Publishing P5P4 3FT/6PT p166 Publishing P3P4 3FT/6PT p166 Television & New Broadcasting Media P396 3FT/6PT p205 Publishing and/with... 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Media & Communication and/with... Creative Writing W8P4 3FT/6PT p161 2nd field UCAS Duration Page English Language & Linguistics QP34 3FT/6PT p162 Business (minor field) P351 3FT/6PT p79 English Literature Q3P4 3FT/6PT p163 Creative Writing WPV3 3FT/6PT p161 Film P3P4 3FT/6PT p202 Criminology LPH3 3FT/6PT p215 History V1P4 3FT/6PT p155 Drama WPK3 3FT/6PT p201 Journalism P5P4 3FT/6PT p165 English Literature QP3H 3FT/6PT p163 Media & Communication PP34 3FT/6PT p203 Film PH90 3FT/6PT p202 Television & New Broadcasting Media PP43 3FT/6PT p205 French RN15 3FT/6PT p164 Human Rights LPF3 3FT/6PT p156 224 International Relations LP2H 3FT/6PT p157 Politics* C8L2 3FT/6PT p158 Journalism PP53 3FT/6PT p165 Sociology* C8L3 3FT/6PT p218 Politics PLH2 3FT/6PT p158 Spanish* C8R4 3FT/6PT p167 Psychology (minor field) P3C8 3FT/6PT p217 Television & New Broadcasting Media* C8PH 3FT/6PT p205 Psychology (half field) PC38 3FT/6PT p217 Publishing PP34 3FT/6PT p166 *See the combinations table for this subject if you’d like to study Sociology PLH3 3FT/6PT p218 Psychology as a half or minor field. Spanish NR79 3FT/6PT p167 Television & New Broadcasting Media PJ90 3FT/6PT p205 Sociology and/with... 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Television & New Broadcasting Media and/with... Business (minor field) LHN1 3FT/6PT p79 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Criminology ML93 3FT/6PT p215 Creative Writing WPW3 3FT/6PT p161 Economics, Applied LL13 3FT/6PT p95 English Language & Linguistics QPH3 3FT/6PT p162 English Language & Linguistics QL33 3FT/6PT p162 English Literature QP3J 3FT/6PT p163 English Literature QL3H 3FT/6PT p163 Film P396 3FT/6PT p202 History VL13 3FT/6PT p155 International Relations LP2J 3FT/6PT p157 Human Rights LL23 3FT/6PT p156 Media & Communication PJ90 3FT/6PT p203 International Relations LLF3 3FT/6PT p157 Politics LPFH 3FT/6PT p158 Media & Communication PLH3 3FT/6PT p203 Psychology (minor field) P3CV 3FT/6PT p217 Politics LLG3 3FT/6PT p158 Psychology (half field) CP83 3FT/6PT p217 Psychology (minor field) L3C8 3FT/6PT p217 Publishing PP43 3FT/6PT p166 Psychology (half field) CL83 3FT/6PT p217 Sociology LPJ3 3FT/6PT p218 Television & New Broadcasting Media LPJ3 3FT/6PT p205

Psychology, criminology and sociology

Criminology and/with... 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Creative Writing WL83 3FT/6PT p161 English Language & Linguistics LQ33 3FT/6PT p162 English Literature LQH3 3FT/6PT p163 Forensic Science LF34 3FT/6PT p177 History LV31 3FT/6PT p155 Human Rights LLH2 3FT/6PT p156 International Relations ML92 3FT/6PT p157 Media & Communication LPH3 3FT/6PT p203 Politics LLJ2 3FT/6PT p158 Psychology (minor field) M8C9 3FT/6PT p217 Psychology (half field) MC98 3FT/6PT p217 Sociology ML93 3FT/6PT p218 Spanish LR50 3FT/6PT p167

Psychology (major field) with... 2nd field UCAS Duration Page Business C8N1 3FT/6PT p79 Creative Writing* C8W8 3FT/6PT p161 Criminology* C9M8 3FT/6PT p215 Drama* C8W4 3FT/6PT p201 English Language & Linguistics* C8Q3 3FT/6PT p162 French* C8R1 3FT/6PT p164 History* C8V1 3FT/6PT p155 Human Rights* C8LF 3FT/6PT p156 International Relations* C8LG 3FT/6PT p157 Journalism* C8P5 3FT/6PT p165 Media & Communication* C8P3 3FT/6PT p203 225 UCAS Tariff Point Chart

This table shows the new Tariff points for some popular qualifications.

Welsh Baccalaureate Extended AS A New Tariff BTEC BTEC BTEC BTEC Advanced Skills Project level level points Extended Diploma Subsidiary Certificate Challenge Certificate Qualification Diploma Diploma 168 D*D*D* 160 D*D*D 152 D*DD 144 DDD 128 DDM 112 DMM D*D* 104 D*D 96 MMM DD 80 MMP DM 64 MPP MM A* A* 56 D* A A 48 PPP MP D B B 40 C C 32 PP M A* 28 D* D A D 24 D B A 20 E C B E 16 P M D C 12 D 10 E 8 P E 6

If you have any questions about the new Tariff, call UCAS’ Customer Experience Centre on 0371 468 0 468 (+44 330 3330 230 if you’re calling from outside the UK), or find more detailed information at www.ucas.com/new-tariff.

226 How to apply – UK and EU

Here at Kingston University, we look for evidence of Disabled students ability and potential. All disabled students applying to Kingston University are encouraged to disclose this on their UCAS form. The We not only look at students’ formal education information is treated confidentially and is only used to achievements but also at skills and interests to ensure that we can fully support your needs. evaluate their potential to succeed. Care-leaver students Applying to Kingston University Kingston University offers a range of support and For most of our degree courses you apply online bursaries for care leavers, so if you are a care leaver, through the Universities and Colleges Admissions tick the appropriate box on your UCAS form to help us Service (UCAS). There are a few exceptions (for ensure you receive the information quickly. example, where you may need to apply directly to the University) and, if this is the case, this will be indicated Once we receive your application on the course page. Once we have received your application from UCAS, we will look at your academic record, references and When to apply personal statement to consider your application. We encourage you to apply as early as possible and UCAS can start receiving applications from 1 Our offer September 2016 for courses starting in Autumn 2017. If we are able to offer you a place, UCAS will let you know via UCAS Track, and we also send you an email The normal closing date for applications is 15 January or letter. 2017. You can still apply through UCAS after this date but you may find that the more popular courses There are two types of offer Kingston University will are already full. If you apply after June, you will make. A conditional offer means that we will offer you automatically go into Clearing where, by applying direct a place on the condition that you meet certain criteria to the University, you will be considered if there are still (normally your exam results). An unconditional offer places available. means we are happy you have already satisfied the criteria and will offer you a place without you needing to How to apply fulfil any additional criteria. You can apply online through UCAS. Go to www.ucas.com/apply. The UCAS website also has Interviews and Applicant Days lots of information about how to fill in the online Most of our applicants are invited to an applicant open application form – see www.ucas.com day where you can experience and explore what the University has to offer, take a tour, enjoy a subject taster The UCAS code for Kingston University is K84. The code session and talk to staff and students. for partnership institutions (eg St George’s, University of London) is shown on the relevant course page. Some of our courses have an interview as part of the selection process. For more information about what this You can apply for up to five choices of institution or might involve and how you can prepare, please visit courses, including art and design, though you are not www.kingston.ac.uk/uginterviews obliged to use all your choice options. Accepting your offer An important element of your application form is the Once you have received responses from all the places personal statement. This is your chance to tell us a bit you have applied to, you need to make a firm and about yourself and explain why you want to study the insurance choice. Your firm choice should be the course. university/course you want to attend and study the most. You can find more information, including tips on writing your application, on our website at It is very important that you meet the deadline set by www.kingston.ac.uk/makeyourapplication UCAS for accepting your firm and insurance choice, otherwise you risk being declined by default and losing Part-time students your offer. If you wish to study a course that is available part-time, you should apply directly to the University.

227 How to apply – UK and EU

Standard entry qualifications Accrediting work and life experience We recognise and welcome a wide range of Study at another university or college (APL) or qualifications for entry to our degree courses, including: learning from relevant work/life experience (APEL) • A-levels; may count towards your entry requirements for your • BTEC Level 3 qualifications; Kingston University degree, if it is at the right level. • Scottish Highers; See the relevant course page on our website for more • Irish Leaving Certificate; information: www.kingston.ac.uk/courses2017 • International Baccalaureate; • Advanced Diploma; and Foundation programmes • Access to HE Diploma. If you do not currently meet the entry requirements for a degree course, these courses will prepare you for In addition to the requirements above, most courses undergraduate level study, programmes include: also require students to have at least five GCSEs (grade • Preparatory year for science, engineering or A*–C or 9 - 4) or equivalent, including English and computing and mathematics Mathematics. • Foundation Diploma in Art and Design • Work-based foundation degrees For the most up-to-date and detailed listings of our See the relevant course page for more information or course entry requirements, please check the full entry visit www.kingston.ac.uk/foundation profile for your chosen course on our website: www.kingston.ac.uk/courses2017 Further information For more information about applying to Kingston Alternative entry routes University, or our entry requirements, please contact While A-levels, BTECs and their equivalent are our Applicant Services: benchmarks for entry, we also recognise that many T: +44 (0)8448 552 177 perfectly capable and successful students may not F: +44 (0)20 8417 3532 have had the background or opportunities to gain these E: [email protected] qualifications. www.kingston.ac.uk/applications2017

At Kingston University, we welcome students from a range of learning backgrounds, and applications “Whenever I visited Kingston University, I was always from mature students (aged 21 or above) who can welcomed and cared for through the process and demonstrate the ability to work hard and learn quickly made to feel valued as a prospective student.” will be considered. Charlotte Fashion student So, if you haven’t studied for a while or you aren’t sure whether you have the right qualifications, there are several routes you may be able to take to get here. “Kingston University’s admissions process was the Access to Higher Education (HE) Diploma clearest. I applied for other universities as well, but The Access to HE Diploma is designed for people who Kingston was the only one that really answered all would like to go to university but left school without my questions.” the necessary qualifications. Delivered by colleges in Alessandra Rivalta, Italy England and Wales to help prepare students for degree- Journalism and Creative Writing BA(Hons) level study, Access to HE courses are available in a range of subjects, such as nursing, social studies, law and art and design.

Many of our courses have specific requirements for Access students, so please check to see if there are any unit or grade criteria that you need to achieve before being considered for a place. Please note that you will also be required to meet the course entry requirements for GCSE English and Mathematics. See www.accesstohe.ac.uk to search for a suitable course.

228 How to apply – International

Applying through UCAS Portfolio of work Almost all undergraduate applications to British For a large number of our art, design and architecture universities are made online through the Universities and courses, you will be required to submit a portfolio to Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). UCAS is a central support your application. A portfolio is a selection of organisation that allows British and international students your creative work that you put together to demonstrate to apply to up to five UK universities or courses. your creative skills and/or experience.

The UCAS application form Submitting your portfolio To apply through UCAS, go to www.ucas.com/apply. You may only submit your portfolio once your course The UCAS code for Kingston University is K84. application has been reviewed and we have contacted you to request it. You will be given a link to the The UCAS website includes lots of advice about how University’s portfolio dropbox where you will upload to fill in the form. It is important that you provide all the your portfolio in electronic format. Unfortunately, only information the University requires to make you an offer. electronic versions can be accepted. You will need the following supporting documentation to complete your application: Portfolio requirements • Copies of your qualifications/transcripts Your portfolio should contain a maximum of 20 images • Two references and include a written statement of no more than 300 • If English isn’t your first language, copies of a words explaining why you are applying for the course recognised English language qualification and how your portfolio demonstrates your suitability. • Personal statement The maximum size you can upload is 50MB. Further details will be provided when your portfolio is requested. The personal statement is a very important part of the application – it is your opportunity to tell the admissions Auditions and interviews tutor why you are suitable for the course. To help us ensure that you are suitable for a course, a few of our courses specify that you attend an interview When do I apply? or audition. If you do not live in the United Kingdom, Although Kingston University will accept late these will often be done either by telephone or via applications, we strongly recommend that you submit Skype. Once your application for the course has been your application as early as possible so that you have submitted, we will contact you with full details on how the best chance of receiving offers. If you miss the final your interview/audition will take place. deadline, your application will be considered under the ‘Clearing’ scheme. Clearing helps students who don’t Meet us in your country have a university place after June to apply for one of the As well as attending fairs and events around the places yet to be filled. world we also have in-country representatives that can provide information and advice about studying at Here are the deadlines for sending your application to Kingston University. See page 58 for more information UCAS: about meeting us in your country. • International (non-European Union) students should apply between 1 September and 30 June for courses If you’re unsure whether your qualifications meet our starting in September. entry requirements, please contact Applicant Services: T: +44 (0)8448 552 177 E: [email protected] Top tips for writing a good personal statement • Research the course thoroughly before you apply. Virtual tour • Explain why the course interests you. If you aren’t able to visit the University in person, you • Provide examples of previous study, work can take a virtual tour of our campuses online at experience or extracurricular activity that have www.kingston.ac.uk/ourcampustours influenced your choice of course. • Tell us about your future career plans and how Find out more the course could help you fulfil your ambitions. UCAS – online application www.ucas.com • Tell us about the skills or characteristics you have See page 54-55 for information about our preparatory that make you suitable for the course. courses designed for international students, these • Don’t forget to ask teachers, parents, colleagues include International Foundation Year and International or friends to check what you have written. Year One.

229 Getting here: maps and directions

Kingston is located in south-west London and Getting from Kingston station to our campuses has excellent transport links. The town has two We recommend you travel to Kingston station for our local train stations, is on many bus routes, is Kingston Hill and Roehampton Vale campuses and then close to major motorways linking London to the take a bus from the nearby bus station. rest of the country and has international airports within easy reach. To Kingston Hill campus • Turn left when leaving the railway station via the main How to get to Kingston exit. The directions below will take you to either Kingston or • Cross the lights onto Cromwell Road for the bus Surbiton mainline rail stations for Kingston University station, 50 metres ahead. campuses. You will also find directions on how to get • Take the 85 or K3 bus and get off at the ‘Kingston from the stations to the campuses by bus or on foot. University’ stop. • The Kingston Hill campus is on the other side of the By train road. Trains run regularly from , via Clapham Junction and Wimbledon, to both Kingston To Roehampton Vale campus and Surbiton stations, and take about 25 minutes. Then • Follow the directions as above onto the 85 or K3 bus. follow directions below to the campus you need. To • Get off at the ‘Roehampton Vale ASDA’ stop. plan your route, go to www.nationalrail.co.uk • Cross the road (Stag Lane). • The Roehampton Vale campus is down Friars Avenue, By bus which is immediately opposite. Kingston is on many bus routes and there are stops close to each campus, each served by a number of To Penrhyn Road and Knights Park campuses buses. Plan your journey at www.tfl.gov.uk It’s a 10- to 12-minute walk from the station to either campus. There are directions and a walking map at By bicycle www.kingston.ac.uk/directions There is a network of cycle routes adjacent to most University sites. Cycle parking facilities are available on Getting from Surbiton station to our campuses all sites, including halls of residence. We recommend travelling to Kingston Station for Kingston Hill and Roehampton Vale campuses. Airport connections From Heathrow Airport To Penrhyn Road and Knights Park campuses By tube/train: take the Piccadilly Line underground You can walk to Penrhyn Road campus in about 20 service to Earls Court, change to the District Line and minutes. There are directions and a walking map at: travel to Wimbledon, then take a mainline train to www.kingston.ac.uk/directions Kingston or Surbiton station. Then follow the relevant directions for the campus you need. Alternatively, by bus: • Leave Surbiton railway station via the main exit. From Gatwick Airport • Cross the mini-roundabout to Claremont Road. Take a train to Clapham Junction, catch a train to • Take the 71, 281, K2 or K3 bus towards Kingston, Kingston or Surbiton and then follow the relevant then… directions for your campus. For Penrhyn Road: • Get off at the ‘Kingston University’ stop. • The campus is on the other side of the road. For Knights Park: • Get off at the ‘Kingston Crown Court/ Kingston College’ stop. • Cross Penrhyn Road onto Denmark Road. • Turn left at the mini-roundabout, over the blue bridge. • Turn right onto Grange Road, and the Knights Park campus is on the right.

230 Getting to Kingston University by car Getting to St George’s, University of London campus If you prefer or need to drive, there are directions and By Tube maps on our website at www.kingston.ac.uk/directions The nearest Tube station is Tooting Broadway (Northern Line, Zone 3), and our campus is about five minutes’ Useful websites for route planners and traffic reports walk from the underground station. include: • www.theaa.com By bus • www.rac.co.uk Several buses stop directly outside St George’s University • www..co.uk/travelnews of London, and even more stop at Tooting Broadway Postcodes for Sat Navs are as follows: underground station. • Kingston Hill – KT2 7LB • Knights Park – KT1 2QJ By train • Penrhyn Road – KT1 2EE Tooting mainline station is a 15-minute walk away. The • Roehampton Vale – SW15 3DW line runs from Wimbledon to Luton and Bedford, via King’s Cross. Visit the website for more Parking information: www.thameslinkrailway.com For Open Days and Applicant Days at weekends, parking restrictions are usually lifted. Parking availability By car is good at Kingston Hill and Roehampton Vale, The closest major roads are the A3 from the west, M23/ however places are limited at our Penrhyn Road and A23 from the south and the A2 from the east. Knights Park campuses where public transport is recommended. St George’s is not located in the Congestion Charge zone. The university does not have public car-parking Outside these days, all visitors to Kingston University space so, although there is a limited amount of pay- must pre-book parking through the person they are and-display parking in the area, we advise using public visiting and display a visitor permit. transport.

Further information For detailed instructions on travelling to the Kingston area and the University’s campuses, see our website: www.kingston.ac.uk/directions

Kingston upon Thames Within Greater London 231 RICHMOND PARK

ROEHAMPTON VALE CAMPUS

C W

KINGSTON HILL CAMPUS

KB S

E MM

M A

H

T

R KNIGHTS PARK CAMPUS E

V I R PENRHYN ROAD CAMPUS

CL

SW

Halls of residence C Chancellors CL Clayhill KB Kingston Bridge House MM Middle Mill SW Seething Wells W Walkden

Kingston upon Thames Surrounding area

232 S

ker

Rd Wa

ne es lter St

Cr Sopwith Rd

Downhall Rd lm E

R

i Rd c te h ga m gs o Park Road Steadfast Road in n

K d

Thames Side Thames

ane ter L Wa 1 R H d

D 2 ig Wood Street

h o eddington Rd

l Rd p well S Crom

t h

r i

e n

e

t t

Lower T S ad e o e

t R dman Rd r Har

t fe i t F Castle St S

Vicarage Rd S

t S d e o c n h o e g r i W a re l H C air et London Rd sef Old Lond on Rd Kingston Bridge Hor d 4 Clar t R ence St reet ur h Co Fairfield Nort ton F p KINGSTONairfield HILL CAMPUS am HAMPTON COURT KH H 3 CHANCELLORS HALL St Thames St WALKDEN HALL

t en

8 E KINGSTON BRIDGE HOUSE HALLS Ed ee as RV ROEHAMPTONt VALE CAMPUS Market10 19 9 Lady Booth Road Fairfield R oad Place Union Str ay W F a i As r hdow fi n d e Eden St R l d el d

Br eet St James's

W oo heatfi W e k s 5 High Str 7 t

St 6 Orchard Rd Fairfield South

Rd

d

a Kingston Ha o P R ll Rd

a lm Mill Place er e Cre g

s n k

a r

r

d a

G

t

a P

East Lane e

o

e

R

r

t

s

t t S

h

e

ee

g l

i l

u

i n n

The Bittom ad M

e K

o

v

R

A

e se High Str lo an h C L plas s ters G Wa ran

enrhyn g e P R

RH d d

De a South Bittoms nm o The a R r k Gr d

o l ve Cr R e KP escent d fi

g

n

i

r

p MM

S

G ro ve Portland Rd

C r es ce D n e

d n Milner Road t m ar

oa k

R

d Rd

oa

eld

R fi

g

n Rd ed Woodbines Aven ri ld Alfr ue n e p fi y m

S o h lo r B Portsmouth Road

n

e

P PR Grov e Lane

e S F Grove Lan ur a bi s to s B n e e d R t o t a a a u d o f R o R

o r t a a R d v

o e

a

n

d

e G

SEETHING WELLS HALLS SURBITON TRAIN STATION CLAYHILL HALLS CH Kingston upon Thames Town centre

University campuses Kingston landmarks Other sites Penrhyn Road campus Kingston train station Entertainment Knights Park campus Cromwell Road bus station Restaurants/cafes Fairfield Road bus station Shops/supermarkets University halls Kingston Bridge Middle Mill Rose Theatre Police station Other University sites Guildhall Cooper House River House Kingston Public Library Market Place 233 Index to courses

A Financial Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) 190 Accounting & Finance BSc(Hons) 77 International Business BSc(Hons) 81 Actuarial Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) 188 Marketing & Advertising BSc(Hons) 82 Actuarial Science BSc(Hons) 189 Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) 193 Advertising, Marketing & BSc(Hons) 82 Aerospace Engineering BSc(Hons) 112 C Aerospace Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 113 Chemistry Aerospace Engineering, Astronautics & Space Technology Biochemistry BSc(Hons) 174 MEng/BEng(Hons) 114 Biochemistry, Medical BSc(Hons) 178 Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul) Chemistry BSc(Hons) 208 foundation certificate/foundation degree 119 Chemistry MChem(Hons) 209 Aircraft Engineering foundation course 115 Pharmaceutical & Chemical Sciences FdSc 210 Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) 117 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice FdA 101 Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) top-up 118 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice BA(Hons) top-up 102 Animation, Illustration BA(Hons) 72 Children and Young People, Working with BA(Hons) 152 Applied Economics BA(Hons) 95 Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) 125 Architecture BA(Hons) 64 Civil Engineering BSc(Hons) 126 Art Coaching, Sport FdSc 182 Art & Design Foundation Diploma 63 Coaching (Sport Science) BSc(Hons) 183 Art & Design History and Practice BA(Hons) 66 Communication Fine Art BA(Hons) 69 English Language & Linguistics BA(Hons) 162 Fine Art & Art History BA(Hons) 70 Marketing & Advertising BSc(Hons) 82 Illustration Animation BA(Hons) 72 Media & Communication BA(Hons) 203 Astronautics, Aerospace Engineering, & Space Technology Network Communications (Computer Science) BSc(Hons) 88 MEng/BEng(Hons) 114 Computing Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) 121 Computing and Mathematics foundation year 85, 187 Automotive Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 122 Computer Graphics Technology BSc(Hons) 196 Automotive Engineering (Motorsport) MEng/BEng(Hons) 123 Computer Science BSc(Hons) 86 Aviation Studies for Commercial Pilot Training Computer Science (Games Programming) BSc(Hons) 87 FdEng/BSc(Hons) top-up 120 Computer Science (Network Communications) BSc(Hons) 88 Computing with Business BSc(Hons) 89 B Creative Technology BSc(Hons) 197 Biochemistry BSc(Hons) 174 Cyber Security and Computer Forensics with Business Biochemistry, Medical BSc(Hons) 178 BSc(Hons) 90 Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) 175 Games Technology BSc(Hons) 91 Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) 176 Information Systems BSc(Hons) 92 Building Surveying BSc(Hons) 220 Software Engineering BSc(Hons) 93 Business Conservation, Historic Building FdSc/BSc(Hons) top-up 65 Advertising, Marketing & BSc(Hons) 82 Construction Management BSc(Hons) 127 Business BA(Hons)/BSc(Hons) 79 Creative Music Technologies BMus(Hons) 199 Business Economics BSc(Hons) 96 Creative Technology BSc(Hons) 197 Business HND 78 Creative Writing BA(Hons) 161 Business Management BSc(Hons) 80 Criminology Business, International BSc(Hons) 81 Criminology BSc(Hons) 215 Computing with Business BSc(Hons) 89 Forensic Psychology BSc(Hons) 216 Cyber Security and Computer Forensics with Business Cyber Security and Computer Forensics with Business BSc(Hons) 90 BSc(Hons) 90 Environmental Management with Business BSc(Hons) 134 B 234 D Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) 117 Dance BA(Hons) 200 Aircraft Engineering BSc(Hons) top-up 118 Design Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) 121 Architecture BA(Hons) 64 Automotive Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 122 Art & Design Foundation Diploma 63 Automotive Engineering (Motorsport) MEng/BEng(Hons) 123 Art & Design History and Practice BA(Hons) 66 Aviation Studies for Commercial Pilot Training Fashion BA(Hons) 67 FdEng/BSc(Hons) top-up 120 Fine Art BA(Hons) 69 Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) 125 Fine Art & Art History BA(Hons) 70 Civil Engineering BSc(Hons) 126 Graphic Design BA(Hons) 71 Construction Management BSc(Hons) 127 Illustration Animation BA(Hons) 72 Engineering foundation year 111 Interior Design BA(Hons) 73 Mechanical Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 128 Photography BA(Hons) 74 Mechanical Engineering BSc(Hons) 129 Product & Furniture Design BA(Hons) 75 Motorsport Engineering BSc(Hons) 124 Diagnostic Radiography BSc(Hons) 149 Software Engineering BSc(Hons) 93 Disaster Management, Environmental Hazards & BSc(Hons) 132 English Language & Linguistics BA(Hons) 162 Drama BA(Hons) 201 English Literature BA(Hons) 163 Environment E Environmental Hazards & Disaster Management BSc(Hons) 132 Early Years Environmental Management BSc(Hons) 133 Early Years: Education and Leadership in Practice Environmental Management with Business BSc(Hons) 134 BA(Hons) top-up 104 Environmental Science BSc(Hons) 135 Early Years FdA 103 Exercise, Nutrition & Health 179 Early Years: Leadership & Management FdA 105 Early Years: Teaching & Learning BA(Hons) top-up 106 F Economics Fashion BA(Hons) 67 Applied Economics BA(Hons) 95 Film Business Economics BSc(Hons) 96 Film BA(Hons) 202 Economics BSc(Hons) 97 Filmmaking BA(Hons) 68 Financial Economics BSc(Hons) 98 Finance Education Accounting & Finance BSc(Hons) 77 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice FdA 101 Actuarial Science BSc(Hons) 189 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice BA(Hons) top-up 102 Financial Economics BSc(Hons) 98 Early Years: Education and Leadership in Practice Financial Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) 190 BA(Hons) top-up 104 Fine Art BA(Hons) 69 Early Years FdA 103 Fine Art & Art History BA(Hons) 70 Early Years: Leadership & Management FdA 105 Forensic Early Years: Teaching & Learning BA(Hons) top-up 106 Cyber Security and Computer Forensics with Business Primary Teaching leading to Qualified Teacher Status BSc(Hons) 90 BA(Hons) 108 Forensic Science BSc(Hons) 177 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice Forensic Psychology BSc(Hons) 216 BA(Hons) top-up 108 Foundation Degrees Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice FdA 109 Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul) Engineering foundation degree 119 Aerospace Engineering BSc(Hons) 112 Aviation Studies for Commercial Pilot Training FdEng 120 Aerospace Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 113 Child Centred Interprofessional Practice FdA 101 Aerospace Engineering, Astronautics & Space Technology Early Years FdA 103 MEng/BEng(Hons) 114 Early Years: Leadership & Management FdA 105 Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul) Healthcare Practice FdSc 141 foundation certificate/foundation degree 119 Historic Building Conservation FdSc 65 Aircraft Engineering foundation course 115 Pharmaceutical & Chemical Sciences FdSc 210 235 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice FdA 109 International Law with Professional Experience LLB(Hons) 169 Sport Coaching FdSc 182 International Relations BSc(Hons) 157 Foundation Studies International Relations, Politics & BA(Hons) 159 Aerospace Engineering (Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul) IT (see computing) foundation certificate 119 Aircraft Engineering foundation course 115 J Art & Design Foundation Diploma 63 Journalism BA(Hons) 165 Computing and Mathematics foundation year 85, 187 Mathematics, Computing and foundation year 85, 187 L Engineering foundation year 111 Language Science foundation year 131, 173, 195, 207 English Language & Linguistics BA(Hons) 162 French BA(Hons) 164 French BA(Hons) 164 Furniture Design, Product & BA(Hons) 75 Spanish BA(Hons) 167 Law G International Law with Professional Experience LLB(Hons) 169 Games Programming (Computing Science) BSc(Hons) 87 Law with Professional Experience LLB(Hons) 170 Games Technology BSc(Hons) 91 Linguistics, English Language & BA(Hons) 162 Geography Literature, English BA(Hons) 163 Geography BA(Hons)/BSc(Hons) 136 Human Geography BA(Hons) 137 M Geology BSc(Hons) 138 Management Graphics Construction Management BSc(Hons) 127 Computer Graphics Technology BSc(Hons) 196 Environmental Management BSc(Hons) 133 Graphic Design BA(Hons) 71 Environmental Management with Business BSc(Hons) 134 Marketing & Advertising BSc(Hons) 82 H Mathematics Healthcare Actuarial Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) 188 Healthcare Practice FdSc 141 Computing and Mathematics foundation year 85, 187 Healthcare Practice DipHE and BSc(Hons) 142 Financial Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) 190 Midwifery/Registered Midwife BSc(Hons) 143 Mathematics BSc(Hons) 191 Midwifery/Registered Midwife (for registered nurses) Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) 192 BSc(Hons) 144 Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) 193 Nursing/Registered Nurse BSc(Hons) 145 Mechanical Engineering Nutrition (Exercise & Health) BSc(Hons) 179 Mechanical Engineering MEng/BEng(Hons) 128 Nutrition (Human Nutrition) BSc(Hons) 180 Mechanical Engineering BSc(Hons) 129 Paramedic Practice BSc(Hons) 146 Media Paramedic Science BSc(Hons) 147 Computer Graphics Technology BSc(Hons) 196 Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) 148 Creative Technology BSc(Hons) 197 Radiography, Diagnostic BSc(Hons) 149 Film BA(Hons) 202 Radiography, Therapeutic BSc(Hons) 150 Journalism BA(Hons) 165 Historic Building Conservation FdSc/BSc(Hons) top-up 65 Media & Communication BA(Hons) 203 History BA(Hons) 155 Publishing BA(Hons) 166 Human Geography BA(Hons) 137 Television & New Broadcasting Media BA(Hons) 205 Human Nutrition BSc(Hons) 180 Medical Biochemistry BSc(Hons) 178 Human Rights BA/BSc(Hons) 156 Midwifery/Registered Midwife BSc(Hons) 143 Midwifery/Registered Midwife (for registered nurses) BSc(Hons) 144 I Motorsport (Automotive Engineering) MEng/BEng(Hons) 123 Illustration Animation BA(Hons) 72 Motorsport Engineering BSc(Hons) 124 Information Systems BSc(Hons) 92 Music Interior Design BA(Hons) 73 Creative Music Technologies BMus(Hons) 199 International Business BSc(Hons) 81 Music BMus(Hons) 204 236 N Sport Science Coaching BSc(Hons) 183 Network Communications (Computer Science) BSc(Hons) 88 Statistics Nursing/Registered Nurse BSc(Hons) 145 Actuarial Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) 188 Nutrition Mathematics & Statistics BSc(Hons) 192 Nutrition (Exercise & Health) BSc(Hons) 179 Surveying Nutrition (Human Nutrition) BSc(Hons) 180 Building Surveying BSc(Hons) 220 Quantity Surveying Consultancy BSc(Hons) 221 P Real Estate Management BSc(Hons) 171 Paramedic Practice BSc(Hons) 146 Paramedic Science BSc(Hons) 147 T Pharmaceutical & Chemical Sciences FdSc 210 Teaching Pharmaceutical Science BSc(Hons) 211 Early Years: Teaching & Learning BA(Hons) top-up 106 Pharmaceutical Science MPharmSci(Hons) 212 Primary Teaching leading to Qualified Teacher Status Pharmacology BSc(Hons) 181 BA(Hons) 107 Pharmacy MPharm(Hons) 213 Television & New Broadcasting Media BA(Hons) 205 Photography BA(Hons) 74 Therapeutic Radiography BSc(Hons) 150 Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) 148 Pilot Training, Aviation Studies for Commercial W FdEng/BSc(Hons) top-up 120 Working with Children and Young People BA(Hons) 152 Politics Writing Politics BA(Hons) 158 Creative Writing BA(Hons) 161 Politics & International Relations BA(Hons) 159 Journalism BA(Hons) 165 Primary Teaching leading to Qualified Teacher Status BA(Hons) 107 Product & Furniture Design BA(Hons) 75 Psychology Forensic Psychology BSc(Hons) 216 Psychology BSc(Hons) 217 Publishing BA(Hons) 166

Q Quantity Surveying Consultancy BSc(Hons) 221

R Radiography Diagnostic Radiography BSc(Hons) 149 Therapeutic Radiography BSc(Hons) 150 Real Estate Management BSc(Hons) 171

S Science foundation year 131, 173, 195, 207 Social Work BA(Hons) 151 Sociology BSc(Hons) 218 Software Engineering BSc(Hons) 93 Space Technology, Aerospace Engineering, Astronautics & MEng/BEng(Hons) 114 Spanish BA(Hons) 167 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice BA(Hons) top-up 108 Special Educational Needs & Inclusive Practice FdA 109 Sport Coaching FdSc 182 Sport Science BSc(Hons) 184 237 Key contractual information (the ‘small print’)

Main Features and Fees The University website at: www.kingston.ac.uk contains The main features of your course are set out in this the most up-to-date information available and should be prospectus and our website. checked before applying. Every effort is made to ensure You will find the latest information on tuition fees, any that any changes referred to above are updated on the additional costs, and possible sources of funding by website as soon as practicable. visiting the website information shown in the course pages and clicking on the ‘fees and funding’ link. Please note that nothing within the contents of this prospectus or the University website is intended to Your Relationship with the University constitute an offer (or form part of an offer) of a place Your relationship with the University will be governed to any prospective student, nor should it be construed by many regulations and policies which are regularly as such. updated to ensure they are as helpful as possible and compliant with legislation. You can find the Withdrawals most up to date versions at: www.kingston.ac.uk/ Once you are enrolled, you have a right to cancel your policiesandregulations contract with us (i.e. to withdraw from your course) with a possible refund of your fees depending on the time Disclaimer in the year. That notification can be in any form as long This prospectus was issued in May 2016 and is primarily as it is in writing and clear, and sent to the right student intended for use by prospective students wishing to start office. The information and appropriate deadlines for courses in September 2017. It gives an outline of the notifying us are set out in full at www.kingston.ac.uk/ courses and services offered by Kingston University. moneymatters

The University makes every effort to ensure that the Complaints contents of and statements made in this prospectus are If you have a complaint, Kingston University has clear fair and accurate and the information was correct at the procedures you can follow: time of going to press. However, this is a general guide, Regarding admissions, look at the Admissions Policy and there may be changes following publication. We here: www.kingston.ac.uk/policiesandregulations aim to ensure that all courses and modules advertised are delivered. However in some cases courses and Once you are enrolled, look at the Student modules may not be offered. For more information Complaints Procedure here: www.kingston.ac.uk/ about why, and when you can expect to be notified, policiesandregulations read about Changes to Academic Provision here: www.kingston.ac.uk/policiesandregulations . Official Title & Address The University’s official title is ‘Kingston University It should be noted that information on entry Higher Education Corporation’. Our official address requirements for courses and modules is for guidance is River House, 53-57 High Street, Kingston Upon only; the conditions attached to offers may vary from Thames, Surrey KT1 1LQ. The main University year to year and from applicant to applicant. switchboard is +44 (0)20 8417 9000.

238 Explore Kingston University

Whether you are considering coming to Kingston Our Undergraduate open day dates are: University, have already applied to us, or have • Wednesday 29 June 2016 accepted an offer, there are lots of opportunities to • Saturday 24 September 2016 find out more about the University. • Saturday 8 October 2016

We visit schools and colleges, and you’ll find us at many Throughout the year we will be adding to our events fairs and events where you can talk to staff and often to calendar, so take a look at our website for more event a student ambassador. dates and to book your place www.kingston.ac.uk/ opendays The best way to really get a feel for the University is to come along to an open day. We also provide campus In addition, faculty or subject related open days and tours throughout the year. If you can’t visit us and look events are listed on our website. Please visit around in person, there’s lots of information available www.kingston.ac.uk/events for more information. online. If you aren’t able to visit the University in person, you UCAS and higher education fairs can take a virtual tour of our campuses online at UCAS and higher education (HE) fairs are a great way www.kingston.ac.uk/virtual-tour to find out more about our courses and have your questions answered. Kingston University staff and Campus tours students attend a number of fairs and conventions In addition to the open day, you may be interested in across the UK. To find out where you can meet us at a attending one of our campus tours led by a student fair visit www.kingston.ac.uk/ucasfairs ambassador. You’ll get a taste of university life, plus the opportunity to ask our students any questions you may We work closely with a wide range of schools and have about studying at Kingston University. colleges, and our Education Liaison team offers interactive and entertaining talks, ranging from how to These tours are designed to give a general overview of apply to university, to subject-specific workshops. The the campus and are not course-specific. In some cases majority of our activities are booked via teachers. For you can also arrange to meet with staff after your tour further information or to arrange a visit, please email to discuss the courses. [email protected] For more information on campus tours, go to Meet us in your country www.kingston.ac.uk/campustours As well as attending fairs and events around the world we also have in-country representatives that After you apply can provide information and advice about studying at Once you’ve applied to Kingston University, you should Kingston University. See page 58 for more information have a further opportunity to visit the University – either about meeting us in your country. at an Applicant Day or an interview. You will be sent information about these opportunities after you have Open days applied to us. The best way to find out more about Kingston University is to visit us. Our open days are a great way to explore Keeping in touch and finding out more our campuses and sample life as a student here. Our website is the best place to check for the most up-to-date information on courses. There is also a huge Our open days are usually held in June, September amount of additional material, including details of our and October, and are the ideal opportunity to find facilities and student profiles to help you decide whether out more about your course of interest, take a tour of Kingston University is the right choice for you. the campus, attend an introductory subject talk and meet staff and students. You might also want to take Check out our website: a walk around Kingston itself to give you a real taste of www.kingston.ac.uk everything there is to offer, from the fantastic riverside restaurants and bars, to the large shopping centre.

239 Parth Mehta BSc(Hons) Business Administration

“Kingston is consistently rated as one of the safest places in London and this makes it an ideal location for studying and living freely. Even better, it’s in the perfect spot to easily access central London. I did my first two years of study in Mumbai and my overall journey to become an international student at Kingston has been fantastic.”

240 Acknowledgements Designed, produced and published by the Marketing and Communications Directorate, Kingston University. Main photography by Ezzidin Alwan, Paul Carter, Anna Jannepalli, Jo Mieszkowski, and Philip Wolmuth. A special thanks to all Kingston University students and staff who let us take their photos and who told us all about life and study at Kingston University.

This publication has been printed by an FSC certified printer on FSC stock using vegetable based inks and in accordance with ISO 14001 environmental management systems. www.sterlingsolutions.co.uk To find out more about studying at Kingston University contact:

UK Students Applicant Services T: 0844 855 2177 E: [email protected]

International/EU Students International Office T: +44 (0)20 8417 3411 E: [email protected] W: www.kingston.ac.uk/international

UCAS CODE: K84

#makeitKU

Twitter.com/KingstonUni Facebook.com/KingstonUni Instagram.com/kingstonuniversity confident www.kingston.ac.uk